Annual Report of a Foreign Private Issuer — Form 20-F
Filing Table of Contents
Document/Exhibit Description Pages Size
1: 20-F Annual Report of a Foreign Private Issuer 33 175K
2: EX-8 List of Significant Subsidiaries 1 4K
3: EX-10.(A) Independant Auditors Report 2± 10K
4: EX-10.(B)1 Management Report & Financial Statements 194 749K
5: EX-10.(B)2 First Quarterly Report 20 84K
EX-10.(B)1 — Management Report & Financial Statements
Exhibit Table of Contents
Exhibit 10(b)(1)
Annual Report to shareholders for 2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See attachment.
Note: the Annual Report to Shareholders for 2001, consisting of the Management
Report and the Financial Statements and Analysis, is furnished to the Securities
and Exchange Commission for information only and is not filed except for such
specific portions that are expressly incorporated by reference in this report on
Form 20-F.
PHILIPS
ANNUAL REPORT 2001
MANAGEMENT REPORT
Philips has embarked upon a process of transformation designed to position the
company for the digital world of the 21st century. We are committed to working
together to deliver the innovative products,applications and technologies that
will allow our customers to enjoy the best the future has to offer.
One of our latest and most appealing products in the display area is a
full-featured computer monitor with the addition of complete TV functionality,
the 150MT LCD Monitor/TV shown on the cover. This product is the result of
leveraging our leadership in high-performance computer display devices and
cutting-edge television innovations. It operates like any other PC monitor in
displaying normal applications such as word processing, Internet browsing and
e-mail. But, when switched to TV mode, it enables you to watch the latest news
or any other TV program. A DVD player or VCR can also be connected. The
resizable picture-in-picture feature even allows you to work on the PC while
watching TV in a separate window.
"SAFE HARBOR" STATEMENT UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF
1995
This document contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the
financial condition, results of operations and business of Philips and certain
of the plans and objectives of Philips with respect to these items, in
particular the outlook paragraph of the "Report on the performance of the
Philips Group" in this Management Report booklet. By their nature,
forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to
events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a
number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ
materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
These factors include, but are not limited to, levels of consumer and business
spending in major economies, changes in consumer tastes and preferences, the
levels of marketing and promotional expenditures by Philips and its competitors,
raw materials and employee costs, changes in future exchange and interest rates
(in particular changes in the euro and the US dollar can materially affect
results), changes in tax rates and future business combinations, acquisitions or
dispositions and the rate of technical changes. Market share estimates contained
in this report are based on outside sources such as specialized research
institutes, industry and dealer panels, etc. in combination with management
estimates.
CONTENTS
02 GRAPHS
03 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
04 MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT
10 PROFILE 2002
12 LIGHTING
Leading light
16 CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
Going digital
22 DOMESTIC APPLIANCES AND PERSONAL CARE
Better experiences
24 COMPONENTS
High-end digital solutions
28 SEMICONDUCTORS
Bringing technology to life
32 MEDICAL SYSTEMS
Premier provider of healthcare solutions
36 MISCELLANEOUS - TECHNOLOGY & Design
Innovation powerhouse
40 REPORT ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
58 BOARD OF MANAGEMENT
59 GROUP MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
60 SUPERVISORY BOARD
61 REPORT OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
66 Introduction
66 Auditors' report
66 Accounting policies
67 Condensed statements of income of the Philips Group
68 Condensed balance sheets of the Philips Group
69 Condensed statements of cash flows of the Philips Group
70 The Philips Group in the last eight years
72 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION/IMPORTANT DATES/PAYMENT
OF DIVIDEND
THIS MANAGEMENT REPORT AND THE SEPARATE BOOKLET ENTITLED "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND ANALYSIS" TOGETHER COMPRISE THE FULL ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2001 OF
KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. ("ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS"). THIS
MANAGEMENT REPORT CONTAINS A SUMMARY OF THE OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND
PROSPECTS ENTITLED "REPORT ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PHILIPS GROUP". THE
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS MANAGEMENT REPORT IS DERIVED
FROM THE PHILIPS GROUP'S FULL ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDING NOTES. THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ANALYSIS BOOKLET ALSO CONTAINS ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL
INFORMATION AND FURTHER STATUTORY AND OTHER INFORMATION. FOR A FULL
UNDERSTANDING OF THE RESULTS OF THE GROUP AND THE STATE OF AFFAIRS, BOTH
BOOKLETS SHOULD BE CONSULTED.
1
GRAPHS
(SALES BAR CHART)
(SALES PER SECTOR CHART)
5-YEAR RELATIVE PERFORMANCE:
PHILIPS, S&P 100, SOXX
(BAR CHART)
(INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
(NET INCOME (LOSS) BAR CHART)
(CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES BAR CHART)
2
Financial highlights
all amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Download Table]
2001 2000
------- ------
Sales 32,339 37,862
Income (loss) from operations (1,371) 4,281
As a % of sales (4.2) 11.3
As a % of net operating capital (RONA) (9.1) 35.7
Net income (loss) (2,604) 9,602
Per common share - basic (2.04) 7.31
Dividend paid per common share (from
prior-year profit distribution) 0.36 0.30
Cash flows before financing activities (3,316) 592
Stockholders' equity 18,453 21,736
Per common share 14.48 16.93
Net debt: group equity 27:73 12:88
EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS*:
Income (loss) from operations (136) 3,211
As a % of sales (0.4) 8.5
As a % of net operating capital (RONA) (0.9) 26.8
Net income (loss) (908) 2,831
Per common share - basic (0.71) 2.16
* Special items relate to income and expenses resulting from normal business
operations, which, because of their size or nature, are disclosed
separately to give a better understanding of the underlying result for the
period. These include items such as restructuring and impairment charges,
acquisition-related charges and significant gains and losses on the
disposal of businesses or participations.
3
Message from the President
(PHOTO OF PRESIDENT)
4
Dear Shareholder,
It was heavy going for Philips in 2001. We were affected by the general economic
downturn that first manifested itself in the dot.com industry and then spread
out to engulf a substantial part of the technology sector, especially the mobile
telecom and IT-related industries; this downturn was exacerbated by the dramatic
events of September 11 in the US. Our Semiconductors, Components and Consumer
Electronics (CE) businesses were particularly hard hit. Semiconductors and
Components, for instance, supply parts to many of the major mobile phone
manufacturers and PC peripherals suppliers, so the stagnation in those markets
was sorely felt.
Our other divisions -- Lighting, Domestic Appliances and Personal Care (DAP) and
Medical Systems -- were, as a whole, only marginally impacted by the economic
cycle and continued to deliver an encouraging performance, with record operating
profits for DAP and for Medical Systems before acquisition-related charges.
Overall, Group sales fell 15%, contributing to a net loss of eur 2,604 million.
This figure includes special charges of Eur 2,007 million and gains of Eur 311
million. Excluding these items, the net loss came to Eur 908 million.
The loss is disappointing as it is due not only to the adverse economic
environment, but also to operational issues in some parts of our organization,
notably in the areas of innovation to market and supply chain management -- a
clear indication that we still have a lot of work to do.
On a positive note, our operational cash flow was Eur 1.2 billion positive,
notwithstanding the negative net income, thanks to focused working capital
management, including a sharp reduction in inventories. Another encouraging
development was the performance of our share price. During the early part of the
year our share price declined, as did other technology stocks, and then was
substantially negatively impacted in the second half of September. Since this
time, we have seen a significant recovery and over the whole year our relative
performance against our peers has been good. Also over a longer period of 2 to 3
years we see a good relative performance against our peers.
Early response
Before the global economic downturn became evident, Philips had already
initiated a number of reforms to deal with pressing short-term issues, such as
underperforming activities, and to establish the foundations for long-term
sustainable growth. Early in the year we took steps to cut costs, manage
inventories downward and reduce capital spending. We also tackled the
loss-making mobile handset business at Philips Consumer
5
Communications (PCC), transferring the manufacturing and part of the R&D to a
partnership with China Electronics Corporation (CEC). This approach means that
we will continue to sell Philips branded mobile phones, while now benefiting
from lower (and mostly variable) costs, a reduced asset base and significantly
diminished risks as well.
Corrective action was also taken at Digital Networks. Our set-top box business
in the USA, for example, has limited its platform diversity and is giving
priority to profitability rather than market share. At Semiconductors and
Components, capacity was adjusted to cope with reduced demand, and a number of
older, less efficient production lines were closed.
As the economic weakness in many of our markets continued, we took further
measures designed to cut overhead costs by 25% (Eur 300 million), e.g. by
lowering spending on consultancy and sponsorship and, more fundamentally, by
changing the way we work as a company -- cutting back bureaucracy and, wherever
possible, sharing internal resources.
Facing the facts
It would be too easy to attribute all our problems to the general economic
situation. Despite the excellent year we had in 2000, several problems were
already beginning to surface. Some of our processes are not up to benchmark
standard, our fragmented organization makes us carry too high costs for
infrastructure and overhead, and we've allowed too many low-growth, low-margin
businesses to develop. They account for an unacceptably high percentage of our
total portfolio. Consumer Electronics, for instance, which accounts for around a
third of Group sales, hasn't been performing well enough for several years.
Though parts of CE enjoy good returns and have strong market positions,
especially in Europe, other areas -- notably US operations -- are in need of
fundamental reform. We are addressing this. In the US, for instance, we have
revamped our product mix, installed a new management team and reallocated
production to reduce the cost base. In the consumer electronics business,
product innovation, customer intimacy and strong brand and channel management
are key success drivers. Accordingly, CE is intensifying its customer and market
focus. Technology leadership will be secured in critical areas through effective
cooperation with Semiconductors and Components. In some production activities
where we cannot add value, we will let others do it for us and outsource.
During the year, for instance, we arranged to outsource the manufacturing of our
VCRs to Funai Electric of Japan and, as mentioned above, transferred the
production of our mobile handsets to CEC. We also merged our cathode-ray tube
activities with those of LG Electronics of South Korea. Although these products
can still generate substantial income for
6
us in years to come -- the joint venture's market position in tubes is very
strong -- the real future of displays lies with newer technologies such as LCD.
Production outsourcing of mature technology lines, or partnering with other
companies, will allow us to still extract benefit from remaining growth and high
volumes while we develop new cutting-edge technologies and products with the
potential to deliver significantly higher margins.
Strategic focus
In 2001 we pushed ahead with a review of the Group's strategy, brand positioning
and company values, the objective being to create an even more dynamic,
customer-driven organization in which all the parts work together to fully
exploit the Group's powerful technology base, its research and development
strengths, its market positions and its ability to operate globally.
With the growing consumer demand for entertainment, information and
communications, any successful strategy for digital electronics will have to be
centered around three major developments: digitalization, convergence and
Internet pervasiveness. We are ideally placed to be a leading player in the
digital age of the Internet, just as we took the lead a century ago at the
beginning of the electrical age. We have the expertise in-house:
o optical storage on DVD, with rewriting capability;
o digital video, through our Nexperia digital video platform;
o wireless technologies such as Bluetooth for connectivity with other
products and networks, including the Internet;
o and display technologies and applications, such as one-chip TV ICs, LCD TV,
projection TV, Liquid-Crystal-on-Silicon mini-displays, polymer
light-emitting displays and flexible displays.
The technological foundation required to enable us to pursue our high-growth
ambitions is therefore largely in place -- now what remains is for us to
demonstrate the entrepreneurship and drive needed to unlock all this fantastic
potential.
Marketing and branding
Several times in the past we have failed to reap the benefit of our early
investments in technology. For some time our marketing has not been up to
standard in many areas. Accordingly, we've taken steps to upgrade the whole
marketing function throughout the Company, including the appointment of Chief
Marketing Officers in our major divisions. We will also be tightening the
consistency of the "Philips brand experience", so that those who buy and use our
products will recognize them clearly as being from us. It's a question of
design, a shared look and feel -- and the fact that our products show that we
understand what people want from technology. To this end we will roll out, in
the first quarter of 2002, a newly defined brand platform that clearly defines
our positioning.
7
Strength through cooperation
In order to become a leader in digital-age technology, our product divisions are
going to have to work more closely together. The technologies are converging,
and consumers tell us they no longer see any real division between technology
for the home, for work and for on the move. It's just technology for people. Our
divisions grew up historically on the basis of separate technologies. Those
boundaries are less relevant today and hold us back rather than help us work
more efficiently.
Our product divisions have many shared interests. For instance, solid-state
technologies within Lighting are linked with our screen display activities at
Components. Certain types of medical equipment are becoming consumer items,
implying a link between Medical Systems and Personal Care, while for
Liquid-Crystal-on-Silicon projection technology, you need semiconductors,
components and lighting expertise. Just as companies are increasingly finding
that they need to enter into alliances and partnerships, so we need to establish
more effective networks and partnerships within the Company. Bringing people
together is the key. One very good example of this was the introduction of the
DVD recorder last August: thanks to outstanding cooperation between several
divisions, we were able to bring this product to market six months ahead of
schedule and, more importantly, ahead of our competitors. This is the way we
have to go, working together, sharing best practices and resources, and
concentrating on seizing the opportunities of the future.
Gearing up for the future
So how do I see the Company developing in the next few years? I see Research,
Semiconductors, Components and the digital parts of Consumer Electronics as
forming the heart of our high-growth technology engine. Medical Systems'
multi-billion dollar acquisitions program has made the division a true high-tech
powerhouse (its acquisitions in of Agilent Healthcare Solutions Group and
Marconi's Medical Systems have already made it No. 2 in the world in medical
digital imaging equipment). Further growth will be driven by building our
service business and by our foray into home telemedicare. Around this core we
have Lighting and DAP - cash-generating businesses which to a large extent are
operating in more mature markets and are less impacted by the economic cycle. In
the case of Lighting, also a world leader, new growth will be stimulated by
emerging technologies, such as solid-state lighting (LEDs), and a strong focus
on lighting-related electronics. Finally, growth at DAP will center mainly on
male shaving and oral healthcare.
By increasing our focus on value creation from a total company perspective, e.g.
through cross-divisional programs in technology management and marketing, we
will energetically pursue our declared corporate objectives of generating
sustainable profit growth and maximizing shareholder value through product and
market leadership. To this end, we reaffirm our
8
commitment to the medium-term financial targets that serve as the performance
benchmarks for our transformation into a high-growth technology company: sales
growth of 10% on average per year, growth of earnings per common share of 15% on
average per year, IFO margin above 10% and a positive cash flow.
The Philips Way
However, the Company as a whole has to work with a shared sense of purpose and
motivation if we're to be successful. A clear recommitment to the values that
have sustained Philips' pioneering position for over a century is also a
priority as we move to unlock the Company's potential. Accordingly, we have
decided to introduce a new expression of our company values -- Delight
customers, Deliver on commitments, Develop people, Depend on each other -- which
will be rolled out in the first quarter of 2002. These values, together with the
Philips brand platform, represent an important element in defining the identity
and focus of the 21st century Philips -- what the Company stands for, where it
is heading, and, most importantly, how it is going to get there.
Flexibility and speed continue to be vital. To make sure we develop in this
area, we'll be continuing with the implementation of our BEST (Business
Excellence through Speed and Teamwork) program. BEST is designed to spread
management best practice across the Group and so support our goal of achieving
world-class performance in our processes, fostering teamwork and cohesion.
Final thoughts
On a personal note, I would like to thank my fellow Board member John Whybrow,
who will be retiring this year, for his dedicated service and outstanding
contribution to the Company over a period of 30 years. I wish him all the best
for his retirement.
Finally, I would like to thank you, our shareholders, for keeping faith with
Philips over this last, difficult year. I can assure you that we in the Board of
Management will do everything necessary to chart a course that enables Philips
to continue its tradition of innovation and entrepreneurship in the st century
and to be a major force in the digital era. And I know that in doing so I can
count on the dedication and drive that our employees have demonstrated so often
in the past to help us fulfil the promise of the future.
(SIGNATURE OF GERARD KLEISTERLEE)
Gerard Kleisterlee, President
9
Profile 2002
The foundations for this dynamic corporation were laid in 1891, when Gerard
Philips established a company in Eindhoven, the Netherlands, to "manufacture
incandescent lamps and other electrical products". Gerard and his brother Anton
were entrepreneurs who succeeded in business by delivering innovations that
improved the lives of their customers and employees.
The company initially concentrated on making carbon-filament lamps, and by the
turn of the century was one of the largest producers in Europe. Developments in
new lighting technologies fueled a steady program of expansion, and in 1914 it
established a research laboratory.
Philips began early to protect its innovations with patents, in areas such as
X-ray radiation and radio reception. This marked the beginning of
diversification. Having introduced a medical X-ray tube in 1918, Philips then
became involved in the first experiments in television in 1925. It began
producing radios in 1927 and had sold one million by 1932. Thus was born a
tradition of bringing meaningful technology innovations to market at the right
time.
Displaying the tenacity, curiosity and imagination of the true pioneer, Philips
continued to break new ground over the following decades: inventing the rotary
heads which led to the development of the Philishave, for instance, and carrying
out pioneering work on transistors and integrated circuits.
o Philips' annual production of tubular fluorescent lamps laid end to end
would stretch around the world more than six times.
o Philips introduced the world's first multichannel Super Audio CD player.
o Philips LCD panels are used in the NASA space shuttle.
Lighting
o Lamps
o Luminaires
o Lighting Electronics
o Automotive & Special Lighting
Consumer Electronics
o Mainstream CE
o Digital Networks
o Consumer Communications
o Licenses
Domestic Appliances and Personal Care
o Male Shaving & Grooming
o Body Beauty & Health
o Oral Healthcare
o Food & Beverage
o Home Environment Care
10
And the flow of exciting new products and ideas continued: the compact audio
cassette in 1963, for example, energy-saving lamps, and key breakthroughs in the
processing, storage and transmission of images, sound and data, resulting in the
invention of e.g. the LaserVision disc, the Compact Disc and optical
telecommunication systems.
The rapid mass acceptance of DVD, the CD's successor format, illustrates how
important it is for a company to understand how people experience technology.
People interact with technology practically every second, often without even
realizing it. Only by appreciating how these interactions take place can we
enhance our customers' experience of them. Today, with the digital revolution in
full swing, we must listen to -- and learn from -- our customers, and then
create the products and systems that will delight tomorrow's consumers, always
mindful of the social, environmental and economic impact of the choices we make.
o More than 50% of the world's color TVs are powered by Philips
Semiconductors
o More than half the world's cardiac X-ray procedures are performed on
Philips diagnostic imaging equipment.
o Philips Research generates 4 new patents every day.
Components
o Optical Storage
o Mobile Display Systems
o Emerging Electronic Solutions
o Connectivity
Semiconductors
o Discretes & Multimarket ICs
o Digital Consumer Systems
o Display Solutions
o Mainstream Consumer Systems
o Mobile Consumer Systems
o Mobile Communications
o Networking
o Identification
o Emerging Businesses
Medical Systems
o X-Ray Equipment
o Computed Tomography
o Magnetic Resonance
o Ultrasound
o Nuclear Medicine
o Imaging IT
o Healthcare Services
o MedQuist
11
Lighting
Leading light
Philips Lighting holds the No. 1 position in the global lighting market. This
position is supported by leadership in innovation combined with continuing cost
and efficiency improvements and a systematic approach to seeking out new market
opportunities for our lines of business: Lamps, Luminaires, Lighting Electronics
and Automotive & Special Lighting. Major drivers for growth are: innovative
products based on technology breakthroughs; the grasping of opportunities in
emerging regions; and focus on value creation through marketing excellence.
Across Europe, North America, Latin America and Asia Pacific the division
employs some 48,000 people.
OUR STRATEGIC AMBITION IS TO SET THE PACE IN THE LIGHTING INDUSTRY AS THE
FIRST-CHOICE INNOVATIVE PARTNER FOR THE SUPPLY OF CREATIVE AND COST-EFFECTIVE
LIGHTING SOLUTIONS. MARKETING EXCELLENCE AND IMPROVED CUSTOMER SERVICE ARE,
ALONG WITH INNOVATION, THE THREE CORNERSTONES OF OUR BUSINESS GOING FORWARD.
BESIDES INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS, PHILIPS LIGHTING CONTINUES ITS FOCUS ON INNOVATIVE
WAYS OF DOING BUSINESS. A PIONEER IN THE FIELD OF E-BUSINESS, WE NOW HAVE FULLY
INTEGRATED ACTIVITIES ON BOTH THE SELL-SIDE AND THE BUY-SIDE, WITH PRODUCT
INFORMATION PROVIDED THROUGH WEBSITES AND E-CATALOGS. WE HAVE DEVELOPED ORDER
ENTRY/ORDER STATUS EXTRANETS THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. AND, IN COLLABORATION WITH
PARTNERS, WE ARE LEADING THE DEVELOPMENT OF E-MARKETPLACES.
12
The benefits of innovation
Within Lamps, our largest business, the main growth areas are the thin 16 mm T5
fluorescent lamps, halogen and high-intensity discharge lamps - especially
Mastercolor CDM. The latter solve the color variation problems inherent in
conventional metal-halide lamps, while offering much longer economic life and
thus considerably lower maintenance costs.
In Luminaires we have been vigorously implementing a change program to increase
efficiency and improve profitability. Among many product introductions, our
efforts to help make the city more beautiful as well as safer at night have
continued with the introduction of our New Metronomis range, offering lighting
designers, architects and urban planners a complete tool box for lighting the
city.
(PHOTO OF CHATEAU OF VERSAILLES)
BEAUTY BY NIGHT
For the first time since its completion in 1674, the beauty of the Chateau of
Versailles is permanently visible by night thanks to the use of over 500
energy-saving lighting sets. The Palace takes its place amongst some of the
world's most recognizable landmarks that Philips Lighting has illuminated.
Others include Tower Bridge in London, the Taj Mahal, the Eiffel Tower and the
Sphinx at Giza, Egypt.
(PHOTO OF HIPERVISION SIGNALING BULB)
BULB THAT LASTS VEHICLE'S ENTIRE SERVICE LIFE
Our HiPerVision signaling bulb offers a lifetime matching that of the car. And,
because of its small size, it opens up opportunities for designers of new car
models, while bringing end-user benefits such as increased trunk space. Daimler
Chrysler, Philips' partner from the early development stage, is applying this
technology in its latest E-Class Mercedes. In Mercedes trials, the new
development proved its worth over a distance of more than 850,000 kilometers
without showing any signs of a defect. That equates to twelve times the service
life of conventional bulbs.
13
Lighting
Efficiency through electronics
In Lighting Electronics, the potential our technology offers in terms of energy
saving, miniaturization, increased power and flexibility, and cost effectiveness
has led us to create a new global business unit, Special Lighting Electronics,
focusing on electronics for e.g. UHP (Ultra High Performance) lamps, LEDs and
automotive and solar applications. Through the acquisition of the fluorescent
lighting ballast operation of Lumisistemas (Mexico) and the lighting ballast
activities of Helfont (Brazil), we have consolidated our leading position in
these markets. The launch of the eKyoto ballast in Europe provides an
attractive, economical alternative to electromagnetic ballasts, offering
substantial energy savings and therefore also making things better for the
environment.
The road ahead
In Automotive, fast growth is driven by our innovations enhancing comfort and
safety on the road. Our VisionPlus replacement headlight bulbs, for instance,
give up to 50% more light on the road. In 2001 we produced our ten millionth
Xenon bulb; US research has shown that Xenon lights considerably enhance safety
on the roads. In Special Lighting - applications such as digital data projection
(where we have the leading position with our UHP lamp),
stage/theater/entertainment, infrared for industrial use, and ultraviolet for
both solaria and air/water disinfection - we continue to focus on exploiting
double-digit growth opportunities in new application areas. We recently formed a
joint venture with the Fraunhofer Institute in Aachen, Germany, to develop
Extreme UV light sources to be mounted in the next generation of
photolithography equipment for the semiconductor industry.
(PHOTO OF LUXEON LED TECHNOLOGY)
QUANTUM LEAP
In LumiLeds Lighting, our joint venture with Agilent Technologies in the field
of LEDs (Light-Emitting Diodes), sales continue to extend from automotive and
traffic signal applications into signage and contour lighting. New applications
for LCD backlighting are opening up based on the rapid, ongoing improvement of
the technology. The new Luxeon LED technology, which lasts 100 times longer and
is up to four times more efficient than today's standard incandescent light
sources, was launched to widespread acclaim in the marketplace.
14
NEW METRONOMIS
Following the success of the Metronomis range of architectural street-lighting
luminaires launched in 1998, Philips has now embarked upon the second phase of
its Metronomis program. Bringing together a clear family design aesthetic and
optimum light-technical performance, these new luminaires extend the application
field of Metronomis to virtually every architectural context.
As bright as the sun
Projection technology has become a very important display technology, not only
for data front projectors but also for home cinema systems. Breakthroughs in
display panel and projection lamp technologies have been key to this
development. The UHP (Ultra High Performance) lamp, with brightness matching
that of the sun, is a patented Philips invention, which has made Philips
Lighting the industry leader in such projection lamps.
Thanks to this UHP technology, which has been developed in close cooperation
with Philips Research and other partners including Philips Creative Display
Solutions,the whole meeting room environment has been transformed. No more bulky
overhead projectors, but interactive presentations with moving images from
portable multimedia projectors. Further cooperation, also with outside partners,
is aimed at enabling affordable home cinema systems with crystal-clear pictures
through e.g. polysilicon LCDs or Philips Components' Liquid-Crystal-on-Silicon
technology.
So far, research and cooperation with both internal and external partners have
improved the system light output by a factor of 10, while reducing the size and
weight of the system by a factor of more than 10, all in less than six years.
15
Consumer Electronics
Going digital
As the world's No. 3 company in the field of consumer electronics, Philips
Mainstream Consumer Electronics is focusing on three main areas: digital
displays; digital recording and playback; and (wireless) connectivity and the
Internet. By year-end 2001, Philips Mainstream Consumer Electronics had a
headcount of around 20,000.
GIVEN THE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FOR DIGITAL IN OUR KEY FOCUS AREAS, WE ARE
CONTINUING TO DRIVE FORWARD OUR MOVE FROM ANALOG INTO DIGITAL. THIS IS REFLECTED
IN THE COMPOSITION OF AND CHANGES TO OUR PRODUCT PORTFOLIO. THE DVD RECORDER WE
INTRODUCED IN 2001, FOR INSTANCE, ILLUSTRATES OUR COMMITMENT TO DIGITAL STORAGE
AND FORMS A STRONG FOUNDATION FOR THE FUTURE. IN THE ANALOG DOMAIN, ON THE OTHER
HAND, WE FOCUS ON MANAGING OUR BUSINESS WITH MAXIMUM PROFITABILITY BY MINIMIZING
ASSETS (INCREASED OUTSOURCING) AND REDUCING PRODUCT DIVERSITY AND DEVELOPMENT
COSTS. FOR EXAMPLE, WITH THE MARKET FOR ANALOG VIDEO RECORDERS BECOMING MATURE,
WE DECIDED TO OUTSOURCE PRODUCTION TO FUNAI ELECTRIC COMPANY, LTD. OF JAPAN AND
TO CONCENTRATE OUR VCR RESOURCES ON MARKETING AND SALES.
WE ENJOY A LEADING MARKET POSITION IN PRODUCT CATEGORIES SUCH AS TELEVISION, PC
MONITORS, CD, AUDIO AND DVD PLAYBACK THANKS TO OUR LIFESTYLE PRODUCTS, IN WHICH
DESIGN AND EASE OF USE PLAY A DECISIVE ROLE. THIS MATCH BETWEEN CONSUMER DESIRES
AND OUR PRODUCT OFFERING CAN ONLY BE ACHIEVED BY LISTENING TO CONSUMERS,
IDENTIFYING THEIR NEEDS AND APPLYING THE BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY TO MEET THEM.
Digital displays
In consumer display devices, our focus is on the overall viewing experience, the
trend being towards flat, slim and wide, with increased emphasis on picture
quality and design. New technologies are on the short-term horizon. We are
currently working on PixelPlus technology, which enables us to double screen
resolution, the latest milestone in picture quality. The result: a
high-definition picture in a conventional TV set, dramatically increasing
viewing pleasure.
In 2000 we introduced LightFrame, a proprietary technology for TV-quality video
and photo display on a computer monitor. This combination of monitor hardware
and PC-based software boosts the brightness and sharpness of a monitor's video
signal. In the course of 2001 this technology was further improved for
significantly better web performance.
(PHOTO OF PIXELPLUS TECHNOLOGY)
PIXELPLUS
Delivery platforms such as digital broadcasting, DVD-Video, games and
interactive services are placing increasingly heavy demands on the picture
performance capabilities of conventional television technologies. Drawing on its
extensive capabilities in digital signal processing, Philips has introduced
PixelPlus, which delivers unparalleled depth of detail, sharpness and
resolution, with no visible line structure, for both moving and still images.
PixelPlus will be incorporated in an exciting new design range of TV sets in
2002.
16
Philips' EISA Award-winning 32-inch Flat TV
(PICTURE OF PHILIPS' 32-INCH FLAT TV)
NOW YOU'RE IN CONTROL
At first glance the new Philips DVD-R1000 doesn't look much different from a
regular DVD player. In fact, there is only one difference, but it's an important
one - the red recording button. And that button is how Philips puts you in
charge. Now you can enjoy digital-quality video from pre-recorded and
home-recorded DVD discs.
Digital recording
After the successful launch of the consumer CD audio recorder, the DVD recorder
is the next important building block in the digital domain. Our well-received
DVD-Video player needed only one addition: the red recording button. Recordings
made on a DVD recorder can be played on almost any DVD player currently on the
market. Our DVD drive offers consumers data storage in a PC and more
comprehensive video editing as well as playback of recordings made with consumer
electronics devices.
The year 2001 also saw the introduction of our first multi-channel Super Audio
CD player, offering the best sound performance available today. By year end
2001, some 600 SACD titles were available, of which a growing number of
multi-channel releases.
For all these technologies we have an extensive licensing program, allowing us,
together with our
17
Consumer Electronics
partners, to set standards, create new markets and generate substantial revenue.
NEW PRODUCTS
In the GSM area we introduced extensions to our Az@lis and Fisio product ranges
in 2001. Excellent performance in China by our high-tier Xenium range is
allowing us to benefit from the fast-growing market in the Asia Pacific region.
In the DECT business (cordless phones for the home) we have consolidated our No.
2 market position in Europe thanks to a well-balanced and differentiated product
portfolio. In 2001 we introduced appealing new products, the Onis 200 and Kala
200.
Connectivity, convergence and the Internet
As devices become increasingly web-connected, we envision a future of always-on
Internet accessibility, much like any other domestic utility. We have taken an
important first step in this direction with the launch of our FW-i1000 Internet
Audio system in the United States. Hooked up to a broadband Internet connection,
it can access any of the thousands of radio stations currently online.
MP3-CD continues to grow in popularity, offering the best cost-per-megabyte
value available today in removable digital storage. This year we have created an
entire MP3-CD family, including the pocket-sized 8 cm eXpanium, and a whole
range of portables, hi-fi mini systems and even CD recorders, all offering
MP3-CD playback.
E-marketing initiatives
In 2001 we collaborated with Philips Domestic Appliances and Personal Care in
establishing an e-marketing platform. The roll-out, which will be done in the
local language in those countries in which we do business, is expected to be
completed during the first quarter of 2002. This common infrastructure will be
leveraged to support our efforts in customer relationship marketing, improve
overall consumer service and streamline transactional processing with our
dealers.
The strategic marketing and technology partnership with America Online/Time
Warner, the world's largest media conglomerate, which was announced in July
2001, has given a major boost to our online commercial activities. Drawing upon
AOL's strengths in interactive marketing and its vast number of media worldwide,
we are committed to leveraging Philips as a premium brand and to partnering in
information devices, online services and entertainment. The first fruits of this
relationship appeared in the final quarter of the year with the introduction of
AOL Internet properties aimed at making online shopping easier and more
enjoyable.
Mobile phone business refocused
In 2001 we refocused Philips' mobile phone activities, with Philips Consumer
Communications (PCC) ceasing to operate as an independent manufacturer of mobile
handsets; this involved a major restructuring, particularly in France. Part of
PCC's R&D capabilities and part of its manufacturing activities will be
incorporated in partnerships with China Electronics Corporation (CEC). Philips
has retained a minority shareholding in the manufacturing joint venture, which
will serve a larger customer base on an ODM (original designer/manufacturer)
basis and will allow Philips to continue to market and sell Philips-branded
mobile phones in Europe and Asia Pacific, where the GSM standards prevail. The
agreement with CEC leaves the creative power for our technology divisions
(Components and Semiconductors) in mobile communications intact. On the other
hand it enables the Consumer Electronics division to remain active in the mobile
handsets market with
18
EISA
EISA SUCCESS FOR "THE FUTURE OF TELEVISION"
Philips has won an EISA Award for its new 32-inch plasma display set, its third
consecutive Flat TV product to win such an award. Measuring just 9 cm deep, the
super-slim set, which incorporates Philips' acclaimed picture enhancement
technologies Digital Natural Motion, Digital Crystal Clear and Active Control,
was described by EISA as "the future of television".
COMPATIBILITY WITHOUT COMPROMISE
The new Philips DVD recorder has been named European Digital Video Recorder of
the Year 2001-2002 by EISA. In its statement, the EISA jury said: "The DVDR1000
takes off where the conventional video recorder stops, because of the
limitations of tape. For the first time in Europe, It's now possible to record
DVDs on a stand-alone device that can be played back on the majority of DVD
players on sale".
SUPER AUDIO CD
In naming the new Philips Super Audio CD player European Audio Player of the
Year 2001-2002, the EISA jury has underlined the fast-increasing recognition of
the SACD format. The EISA award citation noted that the SACD1000 offers today's
highest standards of audiophile sound reproduction quality in combination with
multichannel SACD, universal CD and DVD-Video playback capabilities.
ROCK IT IN YOUR POCKET
The all-new, pocket-sized 8 cm eXpanium eXp401 is Philips' exciting,
new-generation MP3-CD player. We've used "pocket science" to create a miniature
player that's 40% smaller than a standard CD player -- but still really big on
music.
Consumer Electronics
limited exposure. To this end, a new business unit, Wireless, will be set up
within Consumer Electronics. As of January 1, 2002, Philips' DECT business has
been fully integrated in the Wireless unit; the mobile handset activities will
follow as of April 1, 2002.
Gateway to the digital world
Digital Networks is at the forefront of digital convergence, transforming the
way we access television and the Internet at home or on the move. Our set-top
boxes and solutions for software, Internet streaming, rights management and
broadcast transmission are helping to drive the migration from analog to the
broadband digital world. Digital Networks' technology solutions enable service
providers to deliver exciting and compelling content to consumers. For example,
our state-of-the-art cable set-top box, launched during 2001 and powered by the
Philips Semiconductors Nexperia(TM) processor, provides an advanced gateway for
the secure delivery of broadcast, multimedia, Internet and telephony services to
households.
Converging focus
Philips' firm belief in open technology standards for healthy business
development underpins Digital Networks' involvement in the Multimedia Home
Platform (MHP). Supported by over 200 major broadcasters and technology
companies, MHP provides a level playing field for the development of interactive
and enhanced digital television. MHP addresses an over-diversity of proprietary
technologies which have emerged during digital television's infancy, resulting
in a slower market growth of services. In 2001, Digital Networks addressed this
situation by strategically refocusing its set-top box activities, significantly
strengthening relationships with key customers. At the same time, the group
commenced a program of convergence towards two main set-top box platforms in
order to reduce development costs while improving time-to-market and supply
chain issues.
MPEG-4
As the Internet transforms into a broadband, always-on medium, Digital Networks
continued its strategic investment in MPEG-4, the standard for high-quality
video, audio and multimedia streaming, during 2001. Digital Networks is focusing
its application of MPEG-4 in the mobile wireless domain, forming a strategic
alliance with Sun Microsystems to develop MPEG-4 distribution technology
solutions.
Content protection
In digital broadcast distribution, Digital Networks has advanced the protection
of content via conditional access, watermarking and digital rights management
solutions. Pioneering watermarking technology -- a digital "fingerprint"
discreetly embedded in content for copyright verification -- has even led to
Philips' development of an equally innovative audio application for music
copyright revenue management in radio broadcasting.
NEW NAME, NEW START
In 2001, PCB/Assembly -- set up to bring together all the printed circuit board
assembly operations of Consumer Electronics in one unit -- was renamed Philips
Contract Manufacturing Services (PCMS).At the same time it was announced that
PCMS will be bringing its expertise to the external electronic manufacturing
services market.
With 7,000 employees and production centers in China, Europe, Mexico, Brazil,
Singapore and India, PCMS now offers a full range of manufacturing services,
including design, engineering, product introduction, prototyping, mass
manufacturing and supply chain solutions.
20
First to market!
Philips introduced Europe's first DVD recorder at the Internationale
FunkAusstellung (IFA) in Berlin in August 2001. The original planned launch date
was early 2002. We were determined to be first in the market with a DVD recorder
and we succeeded. We had to bring the launch forward, which called for intense
interdivisional cooperation.
It was agreed between the groups involved (from the Semiconductors, Components
and Consumer Electronics divisions, spread over several countries) to start
developments in parallel rather than sequentially. This approach is not without
risk, but it minimizes the time required for the product creation process.
Expected output from one party, which would be the input for the other, was
simulated by adding specific software to existing hardware. This enabled
Consumer Electronics to develop the set in parallel with Optical Storage, which
was developing the optical reading and writing unit, and Semiconductors, which
was designing the specialized integrated circuits. As soon as changes in the
original technology definitions appeared, they were communicated and implemented
in the software.
Domestic Appliances and Personal Care
Better experiences
Philips Domestic Appliances and Personal Care develops, manufactures and markets
a wide range of products in the fields of male shaving and grooming, body beauty
and health, oral healthcare, home environment care, and food and beverage
preparation. The division has a strong presence in all regions around the world
and employs some 10,000 people.
OUR STRATEGIC INTENT IS TO BE AN INDUSTRY SHAPER IN ESTABLISHED GLOBAL MARKETS
AND A STRONG PLAYER WITH NO. 1 AND 2 POSITIONS IN SELECTED REGIONAL MARKETS. FOR
INSTANCE, WE ARE THE WORLD MARKET LEADER IN THE FIELD OF MALE SHAVING AND NO. 2
IN THE FIELDS OF IRONS AND DENTAL CARE. IN THE LATTER MARKET, SONICARE, THE
ELECTRIC TOOTHBRUSH CONCEPT THAT WE ACQUIRED THROUGH OUR TAKEOVER OF OPTIVA
CORPORATION, PERFORMED VERY WELL IN 2001. IN CHINA, WHERE WE ARE THE MARKET
LEADER IN A NUMBER OF IMPORTANT PRODUCT CATEGORIES SUCH AS SHAVERS, DEPILATORS,
BLENDERS AND IRONS, FURTHER DOUBLE-DIGIT GROWTH WAS ACHIEVED IN 2001.
IN RECENT YEARS WE HAVE STRENGTHENED OUR POSITION AS AN INNOVATIVE BRAND. THIS
IS BASED ON ONGOING AND IN-DEPTH RESEARCH INTO CONSUMER NEEDS, A STRONG
TECHNOLOGICAL FOUNDATION, HIGH-QUALITY DESIGN CAPABILITIES AND EFFECTIVE
BUSINESS CREATION ROADMAPS. IN ADDITION, WE HAVE FOCUSED ON FULLY INTEGRATED
MARKETING STRATEGIES, WITH ONLINE AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MARKETING BECOMING
INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT; THE LATTER WILL BE EXTENDED BY OUR STRATEGIC COOPERATION
WITH AMERICA ONLINE (AOL).
TASTES GOOD
With Senseo Crema you can now enjoy a perfect cup of coffee - topped by a rich
layer of crema - whenever you feel like it. Each cup is freshly brewed, so
you're always sure of that pure smooth taste. This revolutionary coffee maker
was produced and marketed in a joint effort with Sara Lee | DE.
22
Innovative partnerships with leading brands
The year 2001 saw the launch of another innovative product concept based on
close cooperation with a world-renowned company in the fast-moving consumer
goods industry: the Senseo Crema coffee maker, brought to market in conjunction
with Sara Lee | Douwe Egberts. Its introduction was an unprecedented success.
That was also true of the Coolskin II, the second generation of shavers
featuring Nivea additives.
Springboard to success
Our ongoing quality and efficiency improvement efforts are clearly bearing
fruit, particularly in reducing lead time in the innovation and supply chain
management process. Together with the initiatives outlined above, this will help
us to realize our ambitions. We intend to create value and to contribute to the
further enhancement of the Philips brand by offering consumers outstanding
products that truly meet their needs and improve the quality of life in the
home.
Together in new electronic media
DAP is cooperating closely with Consumer Electronics in e-business, jointly
developing a website (accessible via www. philips. com) that offers consumers a
full range of information and services tailored to each country. It also allows
retail customers to place orders via secure extranet links. Now, DAP and CE are
developing online properties in partnership with AOL/Time Warner. This will
enable over 30 million AOL subscribers in the US and Europe to learn about
Philips products while viewing content from Time Warner publications, helping
them see how our products fit their lifestyles. This cooperation is accelerating
both divisions' move into new marketing media.
23
Components
High-end digital solutions
Philips Components, headquartered in Sunnyvale, California, is a world-leading
provider of integrated digital electronic solutions in the areas of displays,
storage and connectivity. Its global customer base covers the computing,
consumer electronics, telecommunications and automotive industries.
Philips Components currently employs more than 15,000 people in 39 countries
around the world. It is a leading supplier of CRTs and LCDs through its joint
ventures with LG Electronics of South Korea: LG. Philips Displays and LG.
Philips LCD. It is also a leading provider of mobile telephone displays and
speaker systems.
PHILIPS COMPONENTS WILL CONTINUE ON ITS COURSE TO BECOME A MARKET LEADER IN
PROVIDING CUSTOMIZED DIGITAL SOLUTIONS TO INTERNAL CUSTOMERS AND LEADING OEMS.
THIS IS PART OF THE DIVISION'S TRANSFORMATION FROM A COMMODITY COMPONENT
SUPPLIER TO A SUPPLIER OF DIGITAL SUBSYSTEMS AND SOLUTIONS BASED AROUND THE
BUILDING BLOCKS OF DISPLAYS, STORAGE AND CONNECTIVITY, AREAS IN WHICH WE HAVE OR
ARE BUILDING A STRONG LEADERSHIP POSITION. WE WILL SHIFT ALLOCATION OF CAPITAL
AND HUMAN RESOURCES TOWARD SYSTEM AND ARCHITECTURE DESIGN AND SYSTEM-TYPE
SELLING. WE AIM TO MOVE UP THE VALUE CHAIN WITH A DIGITAL SOLUTIONS FOCUS,
ALLOWING US TO CAPTURE A LARGER PART OF THE VALUE AND LEADING TO A SIGNIFICANT
INCREASE IN REVENUES THROUGH ORGANIC GROWTH AS WELL AS ALLIANCES AND
ACQUISITIONS.
(PICTURE OF DVD+RW)
DVD+RW - THE UNIVERSAL SOLUTION
DVD+RW (offering recordable and rewritable functionality) allows the user to
store enormous amounts of diverse data (movies, still digital photos, computer
data, etc.) on a single disc and to play the disc on any DVD system.
24
Displays
An important development in 2001 was the establishment of Philips Mobile Display
Systems (MDS) as a separate business group. MDS is one of the world's leading
suppliers of mobile displays. In 1999, Philips successfully commercialized the
first polymer organic light-emitting diode (PolyLED) technology, for use in end
products for small-scale mobile applications, including cellular phones and
pagers. According to DisplaySearch (Austin, Texas), the total market for display
technologies is expected to reach USD 12 billion by 2005. By that time, organic
LED technologies, including PolyLED, are expected to comprise 10% of the total
display market, growing to more than 50% by the year 2010.
In the course of 2001, a significant step in the transformation of the division
was taken with the creation of the 50/50 CRT joint venture with LG Electronics
(LG. Philips Displays), effective July 2. The aim of this move is to ensure the
lowest possible cost base in the maturing CRT market and to achieve significant
synergies.
Our other 50/50 joint venture, LG. Philips LCD, continues to be a leader in the
production of TFT LCDs for computer monitor and notebook applications and is
supplying display panels for the growing consumer market of LCD TVs. LCD
technology affords numerous advantages, including lower power consumption,
reduced electromagnetic emissions, as well as sleek and lightweight designs. In
October 2001, LG. Philips LCD became the first company in the industry to ship 4
million units for 15.1-inch computer monitors. In addition, it unveiled a
family of wide-format (16:9 aspect ratio) LCDs for computer and LCD TV
applications.
25
Components
NET DISPLAY
Philips' net display modules are the "engine" for flat display devices connected
to the Internet, enabling a vast range of products, from web tablets to public
information displays, kiosks and thin clients.
BREAKTHROUGH IN PROJECTION TV
Following intensive cooperation with Philips Research, a new display technology,
Liquid-Crystal-on-Silicon (LCoS), has been introduced. This is a projection
engine allowing OEMs to bring affordable, high-resolution, large-screen TVs to
market more quickly. LCoS is a low-cost technology targeted for use in
rear-projection applications such as home cinema systems.
Storage
In optical storage, Philips Components is a leading innovator in CD and DVD
formats for the information technology and consumer electronics markets. A broad
alliance of more than 50 industry-leading PC, optical storage and consumer
manufacturers now back the DVD+RW standard, and the number is growing all the
time. Gartner Group/Dataquest analysts predict the rewritable DVD market will
reach approximately 2.1 million units in 2002 and grow to 14.5 million units
by 2005.
Connectivity
Philips Components is building a position in wireless connectivity modules to
address the digital, Internet-driven, 24/7 world, where consumers demand
anywhere anytime interactivity. The division is developing networked products
for at home and on the move through enabling technologies such as Bluetooth.
Philips is committed to becoming the one-stop shopping hub for OEMs looking to
bring both Bluetooth and 802. 11A/B products to market. Key to this is the
division's strong relationship with Philips Semiconductors.
PRONTOPRO
Featuring a high-resolution 256-color touchscreen, 8 MB of flash memory, RF for
multi-room control and a pick-up sensor that automatically activates the screen,
the ProntoPro allows consumers to control and further customize their entire
home theater experience with one remote that fits in the palm of the hand.
26
Internet - anytime anywhere, thanks to Philips
Until now, OEMs building Internet appliances have had to turn to a variety of
hardware and software vendors in order to produce a complete solution. This kept
costs extremely high, prolonged time to market and resulted in products that
were too thick and heavy to address today's extreme portability demands.
However, all that has changed with the introduction of our net display, the
world's thinnest, lightest Internet appliance for anytime anywhere Internet
access.
Sixty per cent of the value of the product is made up of various technologies
from within Philips, e.g. a 10.4-inch LG. Philips LCD screen, a Philips
Semiconductors Trimedia chip for video streaming, RF 802.11B wireless
connectivity from Philips Components, and an end-product design from Philips
Design; furthermore, the Centre for Industrial Technology provided mechanical
and testing support. The net display project was coordinated by Philips
Components' Remote Control Systems business, which also added the overall system
design and architecture as well as the software and applications.
27
Semiconductors
Bringing technology to life
Philips Semiconductors is a major supplier of complex systems on silicon and
standard semiconductor products for consumer electronics, telecommunications,
automotive, computing and industrial applications. Our solutions are designed to
grow and evolve as our customers - and their customers in turn - realize the
full potential of fast-evolving digital technologies. The division has
approximately 33,000 employees in more than 50 countries.
IN 2001, PHILIPS SEMICONDUCTORS MAINTAINED ITS STRATEGIC FOCUS WHILE RESPONDING
TO VERY TOUGH MARKET CONDITIONS. AGAINST THE BACKGROUND OF AN INDUSTRY DECLINE
OF AROUND 30% COMPARED WITH 2000, THE DIVISION SAW REDUCED REVENUES IN MOST
MARKET SEGMENTS, BUT WITH SOME NOTABLE AREAS OF GROWTH, SUCH AS AUTOMOTIVE AND
SECURITY/IDENTIFICATION. PHILIPS SEMICONDUCTORS REACTED TO THE CHANGING MARKET
CONDITIONS IN THE INDUSTRY BY, FOR EXAMPLE, LOWERING MANUFACTURING CAPACITY
WHILE ENSURING THAT THE DIVISION STILL HAS THE CAPABILITY TO REACT TO A
DOUBLE-DIGIT INDUSTRY UPTURN.
Fast response
In the communications segment, Philips Semiconductors responded quickly to the
changing market dynamics and showed that it is able to meet the needs of the
contract designers and manufacturers (ODMs) who are taking over from the branded
handset makers. Additionally, Philips Semiconductors has a strong focus and
market position in China, the largest potential growth market for mobile phones
in the coming years. During the year, Philips formed a joint venture with China
Academy of Telecommunications Technology (CATT) and CEC Wireless (CECW) to
develop 3G phones for the Chinese market.
Setting the standard in connectivity
The division has also made significant progress in its focus area of wireless
connectivity. Philips' proposal for a new low-cost connectivity standard
(ZigBee) was accepted by the IEEE as the new industry standard. This is expected
to provide a whole new class of connectivity for a variety of applications
including remote controls, in-house security systems and environment control
(heating,
28
SEMICONDUCTORS FOR SAFETY
Security is a key issue in today's digital world, and Philips Semiconductors is
focusing on the identification sector in particular. Notable achievements in
2001 include the successful deployment of a number of baggage tracking trials
with major airlines, enabling them to achieve the high levels of security
demanded in the travel industry.
29
Semiconductors
light, ventilation) systems for the home. The division continues to ship
chipsets for the volume connectivity standards -- Bluetooth and 802.11 -- making
Philips the only company to support all major standards. By the end of 2001, the
division had shipped over 7 million 802.11 A/B chipsets.
The Nexperia revolution
In the consumer segment, the home is about to be revolutionized by a new
generation of digital applications, wireless connectivity and new, simple user
interfaces. Philips' Nexperia Digital Video Platform can help drive this
revolution forward, and in 2001 the division gained the endorsement of major
players for this architecture, which will be used in new generations of Digital
TV coming onto the market in 2003/2004. This platform will enable a host of new
digital services -- games, interactive TV, video-on-demand and information
services -- to be delivered to home entertainment systems by cable, satellite or
Internet providers. As we move to this exciting future, our flexible Nexperia
design methodology is already enabling us to provide scalable, customizable
solutions for the digital home;rapid, right-first-time solutions which are
software-upgradeable to keep pace with emerging services.
30
TECHNOLOGY FOCUS
Philips Semiconductors is a recognized leader in silicon manufacturing
technologies for mobile telephony, including next-generation 3G mobile terminals
and basestation infrastructures. Successive generations of QUBiC, an advanced
silicon-only RF process, have kept it up to date with the latest high-volume
CMOS manufacturing processes, keeping production costs below those of competing
technologies. Enhanced component integration repeatedly improves QUBiC's
performance, while characterization and optimization of its CMOS transistors at
RF frequencies opens up the possibility of low-cost RF CMOS solutions for
cost-sensitive applications such as Bluetooth. Combined with the company's
world-renowned expertise in RF circuit design, the QUBiC process makes Philips
Semiconductors an industry leader in the supply of RF silicon solutions.
Bianca Thuyns and Zed Allahdini of Philips Semiconductors discussing floor plans
to enhance the robustness of a chip.
Wireless connectivity: a combined effort
Philips' vision of a world without wires will require the combined efforts of a
number of divisions. Wireless connectivity has a wealth of potential
applications:wireless headsets, integrated home environment management systems
(heating, lighting, ventilation) and wireless offices, to name but a few.
Philips Semiconductors has been at the center of Philips' efforts in this area,
working together with Philips Research, which has been involved in the
development of new technologies and standards, and Philips Components, which has
created ready-to-use modules.
31
Medical Systems
Premier provider of health care solutions
Philips Medical Systems is one of the world's leading suppliers of medical
imaging modalities and patient monitoring systems. It is a global leader in the
product segments X-ray, ultrasound, nuclear medicine, patient monitoring,
magnetic resonance, computed tomography and medical IT. Philips Medical Systems
employs around 31,000 people.
ADDRESSING A MARKET THAT INCREASINGLY DEMANDS FULL-RANGE SUPPLIERS ABLE TO
PROVIDE TOTAL HEALTHCARE SOLUTIONS, PHILIPS MEDICAL SYSTEMS IS REACHING FOR A
GLOBAL LEADERSHIP POSITION. FOLLOWING A FOCUSED AND AMBITIOUS PROGRAM OF
ACQUISITIONS OVER THE LAST THREE YEARS, REPRESENTING INVESTMENTS IN EXCESS OF
USD 5 BILLION, PHILIPS MEDICAL SYSTEMS IS NOW ABLE TO OFFER INTEGRATED SOLUTIONS
COVERING THE ENTIRE SPECTRUM OF DIAGNOSTIC IMAGING AND PATIENT MANAGEMENT NEEDS.
Further strengthening market position
Through these strategic acquisitions, the division has added a strongly
complementary range of capabilities covering all key segments of the diagnostic
imaging and patient monitoring markets. Not only do the recent acquisitions
offer opportunities to achieve far-reaching synergies enabling increased
efficiency and cost savings right through the organization, they also enable
Medical Systems to further strengthen its market position and gain additional
sales opportunities by addressing the full range of medical systems requirements
of today's healthcare providers. It will do this with state-of-the-art products
and systems, but also with responsive, customer-focused services and support
that range from initial consultancy and site planning right through to user
training, in-depth application support and maintenance. This full-range
capability gives Medical Systems a greatly enhanced proposition to its customers
and makes it a strong and highly credible partner for healthcare institutions.
This is especially relevant in the important US market, where the trend towards
centralized, professional procurement models is rapidly taking hold.
32
COMMITMENT TO WOMEN'S HEALTH
Breakthrough imaging technologies are providing new information and insights
into a wide range of specific women's health areas, such as breast and
gynaecological cancers and obstetrics. All the key imaging technologies are
applied in this area, including MRI, ultrasound, CT, nuclear medicine and PET,
as well as cardiovascular X-ray, reflecting the fact that heart disease remains
the No. 1 threat to women in many countries. The result of this effort is the
ability to offer superior early diagnosis (thereby reducing the number of
invasive surgical procedures needed), improved outcomes and a better quality of
life for women around the world.
33
Medical Systems
World-class portfolio
Enriched by the recent acquisitions, Medical Systems possesses a world-class
portfolio of technologies and competencies. Its excellent performance over
recent years, with market-outperforming growth and consistent gains in market
share, has provided a strong basis on which to invest in the future. The
division has embarked on a Post Merger Integration project with the aim of
creating a single, coherent organization right through the supply chain. This
will enable customers to benefit from the increased breadth and depth of
products and services, as well as from the synergies between the various
companies, extending from technology and manufacturing right through to
logistics and customer support.
Integrating five best-in-class companies
The new Philips Medical Systems integrates five best-in-class companies, each
with a reputation for excellence and a strong market position in its own right.
In addition to the original Philips Medical Systems, these are: ADAC
Laboratories, which possesses world-leading nuclear medicine and radiation
therapy planning technologies and competencies; Agilent Healthcare Solutions
Group, with an outstanding range of cardiology ultrasound, electrocardiography
and external defibrillator systems; ATL Ultrasound, a worldwide leader in
diagnostic medical ultrasound systems; and Marconi Medical Systems, a company
with 85 years of experience in medical diagnostic imaging, specializing in CT
scanners, MR imaging systems and nuclear medicine systems.
Other acquisitions
The year 2001 also saw the acquisition of Medcare, which allows Philips, in the
USA, to expand its multivendor maintenance, asset management and biomedical
engineering programs and thus strengthen its partnership with hospitals.
Into a new realm
The exciting developments outlined above have strengthened the fundaments of
Philips Medical Systems, enabling the division to enter a new realm as a premier
provider of healthcare systems.
POWERFUL IMAGING CAPABILITY
The Philips SONOS 5500 has all the advanced features clinicians want in a
high-performance digital ultrasound system. Exceptional image quality,
best-in-class contrast imaging tools, unique quantitative techniques, extensive
applications and an intuitive user interface allow the most comprehensive echo
examinations possible.
34
BRINGING HEART CARE TO THE HOME
At the beginning of 2001, Philips Medical Systems took an 80% stake in a joint
venture with SHL Telemedicine Ltd. Through this joint venture, which operates
under the name Philips HeartCare Telemedicine Services, we have entered a
promising new market for remote cardiac monitoring of patients in their own
homes. The service is based on the model that SHL has successfully developed in
Israel, where it has over 60,000 subscribers whose cardiac function is
monitored by telephone links to a medical call center. There, trained medical
personnel, in close cooperation with doctors and specialists, provide analysis
and consulting, instructing patients on the action to take. This enables
patients to assume greater responsibility for their own health. In the USA,
Philips is marketing a package for people with chronic heart disease to help
them better manage their condition.
Medical Systems and Research: synergies in technology
One of the strongest synergy areas between Medical Systems and other parts of
the Philips organization can be found in the field of research. The technology
capabilities of Philips Research are at the heart of a constant stream of
innovative new medical product concepts. Among the most recent are the BV
Pulsera system that meets the X-ray imaging needs of the most demanding surgical
procedures and interventions;the new first-of-a-kind SonoCT ultrasound system
with XRES technology for improved image processing, originally developed for
MR;and the new XMR combined MRI and X-ray cath lab imaging system, which
promises clinicians unrivalled power to make faster and more accurate diagnoses.
35
Miscellaneous - Technology & Design
Innovation powerhouse
As one of the largest private-sector research establishments in the world,
Philips Research supports all Philips' lines of business and is a key driver of
the Company's high-growth technology strategy. Philips Research not only
generates innovations in each of the Company's main strategic pillars in the
high-volume electronics domain - displays, storage, connectivity and digital
video-processing - but is also uniquely positioned to identify and explore the
synergies between these pillars.
WITH LABORATORIES IN EUROPE, ASIA PACIFIC AND NORTH AMERICA, PHILIPS RESEARCH
HAS A GLOBAL PRESENCE, ALLOWING FAST AND EFFICIENT DEPLOYMENT OF NEW
TECHNOLOGIES INTO OPTIMAL LOCAL SOLUTIONS AND STANDARDS. AN EXAMPLE IS THE
DEVELOPMENT BY PHILIPS RESEARCH EAST ASIA OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
TECHNOLOGIES, DIGITAL TELEVISION, OPTICAL STORAGE SYSTEMS AND SPEECH-RECOGNITION
MODULES FOR THE CHINESE MARKET.
(PHOTO OF PROTYPE REFLECTIVE LCoS)
ON DISPLAY
At the Internationale Funkausstellung (IFA) in Berlin and several other major
exhibitions, Philips Research demonstrated a prototype of a reflective
Liquid-Crystal-on-Silicon (LCoS) rear-projection display of breathtaking
brightness, contrast and resolution. The display combines several innovative
technologies, which were developed in joint projects of Philips Research with
Philips Consumer Electronics, Philips Components, Philips Semiconductors and
Philips Lighting. Another highlight presented at the IFA was the world's first
matrix display that keeps on functioning while being bent, an important step
towards fully flexible mobile displays.
36
FUTURE STANDARDS
Optical recording is characterized by long-lived standards. Philips, together
with Sony, was there in the beginning when the CD (684 Mbyte storage capacity)
was conceived, and was also involved in the development of the next step, the
DVD (4.7 Gbyte). Although DVD will be the standard for some time to come,
discussions about and research into the next generation of optical recording
systems are already in full swing. Philips and Sony have jointly proposed the
technology platform for third-generation optical recording. Using a blue laser
and a double lens system, a storage capacity as high as 22.5 Gbyte can be
achieved.
AMBIENT INTELLIGENCE
With Moore's law still showing that the number of transistors that can be put on
a chip doubles every eighteen months, the computing power in our homes will
continue to increase exponentially. But the way we experience this computing
power is about to change. The proliferation of buttons and menu options will be
ended and replaced with intelligent systems that respond to, and even
anticipate, our needs. Philips calls this vision Ambient Intelligence.
Philips is ideally placed to provide many of the technology solutions to realize
this vision. For example, it is a strong player in the RF communications
technology for wireless in-home digital networks. For the display-centric
environment of Ambient Intelligence, Philips has solutions ranging from LCD
modules for hand-held devices to large-area flat-panel displays that can be
built into the walls of a room.
In the drive for new technological solutions, it is, however, essential to
remain focused on the needs of their eventual users. By creating
multi-disciplinary research groups, including designers, ergonomists and trend
analysts from Philips Design, a new methodology evolves - one where user needs
are at the heart of the research process.
To investigate the practical, psychological and social implications of Ambient
Intelligence, Philips Research is soon to open its HomeLab project in Eindhoven.
Comprising a fully equipped home, complete with living, sleeping and kitchen
facilities, HomeLab will provide an infrastructure in which Ambient Intelligence
can be developed.
(PHOTO OF DR JEAN SCHLEIPEN)
Dr Jean Schleipen of Philips Research at work on third-generation optical
recording systems
37
MISCELLANEOUS - TECHNOLOGY & DESIGN
MAXIMIZING VALUE OF INTELLECTUAL ASSETS
As of January 1, 2002, Corporate Intellectual Property and Standards & Licensing
joined forces in a new organization called Intellectual Property and Standards
(IP&S).This merger will improve efficiency, cooperation and the effective use of
resources.The mission of IP&S is to create a strong IPR portfolio for Philips
and to generate maximum returns from its intellectual property.
Despite the general slowdown in the economy, IP&S was able to maintain the level
of direct licensing income from third parties in 2001. Major successes were
achieved with licensing programs in the fields of optical storage, digital video
and IC buses. Moreover, a number of promising new licensing programs for future
revenues have been started in various areas, such as image coding. Via
cross-licenses, IP&S was able to give Philips' business units a considerable
competitive edge in terms of non-cash benefits by providing access to third
parties' inventions. Value was also created by contributing intellectual
property rights as assets in return for a share in a number of participations.
PROTECTION OF INNOVATIONS
Enforcing trademarks and design rights, IP&S also successfully conducted raids
and seizures against companies making or trading illegal copies of Philips
products and preventing those companies from cashing in on Philips' innovations.
Furthermore, IP&S has vigorously pursued cybersquatters who appropriated domain
names that included the Philips name.
FUTURE REVENUES
Stimulated by a patent filing incentive program, Philips filed some 3,000 new
patent applications in 2001, a 35% increase on the year 2000.The portfolio now
contains more than 75,000 rights. This increase was carefully controlled: the
future need for patents was analyzed and patents were only generated in areas
with high potential for value creation, such as digital video, optical storage,
digital watermarking and connectivity.
INNOVATION IN MANUFACTURING
Philips' Centre for Industrial Technology (CFT) is a renowned center of
competence supporting the product divisions and a number of external high-tech
companies in all aspects of production, particularly in the areas of
mechatronics, electronics, process technology, assembly and industrial support.
CFT can look back on a number of successful cooperations with the product
divisions and Philips Research in 2001, cooperations that strongly support the
Company's high-growth technology ambition. For example, it helped Philips
Lighting analyze its production processes for UHP lamps and formulate an
industrial strategy for the years 2001-2005. In addition, it contributed to the
design, realization and ramp-up of a sealing-in process and machine.
38
EXCELLENCE BY DESIGN
Philips Design works according to its proprietary High Design process, a
human-focused, multi-disciplinary, research-based approach intended to provide
clients with competitive and sustainable solutions. Each year, 5% of Philips
Design's turnover is re-invested in enriching knowledge through its R&D program.
The 2001 program was dedicated to the design and branding of Philips Ambient
Intelligence, exploring the application of interconnected, anticipatory and
responsive technologies distributed throughout e.g. the home, the workplace, the
public space, etc. The quality of Philips Design's concepts and research
approach is confirmed by the many prestigious design awards won each year, e.g.
the Industrial Design Excellence Award from the Industrial Designers Society of
America and the iF Product Design & Interface Award from the International Forum
Design Hannover.
PRODUCTIVE COOPERATION
Philips Research was closely involved in the development of Panorama 1T, the
world's first high-field, actively shielded, lightweight open magnetic resonance
system, launched this year by Philips Medical Systems. The open MR system
provides superior patient comfort and acceptance, as well as unrivalled patient
access. Research contributions were in magnet, gradient and RF-subsystem design
and modeling, system software and image processing.
Cooperation between Philips Semiconductors and Philips Research has resulted in
the successful integration of an acoustic echo-cancellation algorithm into
current-generation GSM mobile handsets.The echo-cancellation algorithm
suppresses the return echo that results from shrinking mobile handset sizes.
PLAYING THE DIGITAL WAY
Pogo, an interactive system that helps develop children's creativity through
shared storytelling - developed by Philips Design with partners as part of a
European Commission multi-disciplinary research project.
39
REPORT ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
1. The following discussion is based on the consolidated financial statements
and should be read in conjunction with the other financial information.
2. The consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent
with generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands (Dutch
GAAP).
3. This section of the Annual Report represents a summary of the Operating and
Financial Review and Prospects as included in the separate booklet entitled
`Financial Statements and Analysis'.
4. Special items, as presented in the Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects, relate to income and expenses resulting from normal business
operations, which, because of their size or nature, are disclosed
separately to give a better understanding of the underlying result for the
period. These include items such as restructuring and impairment charges,
acquisition-related charges and significant gains and losses on the
disposal of businesses or participations.
In some analyses these special items have been excluded from income in
order to give a better insight into the comparable performance of the
Philips Group. However, the reader should note that income from continuing
operations excluding special items is not a measure of financial
performance as defined by Dutch or US GAAP.
[(PHOTO OF COMPUTER MONITOR)]
40
THE YEAR 2001
O SALES FELL 15%, IN LINE WITH SLOWDOWN OF WORLD'S ECONOMIES AND DOWNTURN IN
MOBILE PHONE AND IT-RELATED INDUSTRIES
O NET INCOME: A LOSS OF EUR 2,604 MILLION; SPECIAL ITEMS: A LOSS OF EUR 1,696
MILLION, INCLUDING A NON-CASH CHARGE FOR IMPAIRMENT OF NON-CURRENT
FINANCIAL ASSETS
O POSITIVE CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: EUR 1,248 MILLION; NET DEBT
TO GROUP EQUITY RATIO OF 27:73
O UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES: A LOSS OF EUR 754 MILLION, MAINLY DUE TO LOSSES
IN THE LG PHILIPS LCD AND LG PHILIPS DISPLAYS JOINT VENTURES AND LOWER
INCOME AT TSMC
O CHANGES IN BUSINESS PORTFOLIO: REDUCED CAPITAL EXPOSURE TO MOBILE PHONE,
VCR AND CRT MARKETS AND INCREASED PRESENCE IN MEDICAL SYSTEMS MARKETS
O FURTHER RATIONALIZATION OF MANUFACTURING AND COST BASE
DOWNTURN IN MARKETS IN 2001
[Download Table]
1999 2000 2001*
---------- ---------- -----------
PCs million units 114 131 121
% growth 24 15 (8)
Cellular phones million units 280 416 390
% growth 74 49 (6)
Mainstream CE value in billions of euros 80 96 89
% growth 8 20 (7)
Semiconductors value in billions of euros 140 222 157
% growth 24 58 (30)
* provisional data
NET INCOME EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS
in millions of euros
[Download Table]
2000 2001
---------- -----------
As published 9,602 (2,604)
per common share in euros - basic 7.31 (2.04)
Special items:
Affecting income from operations 1,070 (1,235)
Affecting financial income and expenses 2,322 (526)
Affecting results relating to unconsolidated companies 3,397 (248)
Income taxes related to special items (18) 313
Excluding special items 2,831 (908)
per common share in euros - basic 2.16 (0.71)
SUMMARY
After the record year 2000, the Company's performance in 2001 was severely
impacted by the worldwide economic downturn in the telecom and IT-related
markets, resulting in a negative net income of EUR 2,604 million (net income
excluding special items amounted to a loss of EUR 908 million).
Our electronics businesses Semiconductors, Consumer Electronics and Components,
as well as some of our major unconsolidated companies such as Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC), LG Philips LCD and LG Philips
Displays, were severely impacted by the decline.
Our Lighting, Domestic Appliances and Personal Care and Medical Systems
businesses, which operate in less cyclical markets, continued their solid
performances. Domestic Appliances and Personal Care and Medical Systems (the
latter before acquisition-related charges) recorded their best year ever.
Philips managed the downturn by further lowering its cost base and reducing
capacity, and by outsourcing or shifting production to partners. Several
uneconomical semiconductor and component production lines were closed, a joint
venture was entered into with LG Electronics in the field of display components,
and the decision was taken to outsource the manufacturing and some of the
development of mobile telephones and video recorders. Digital Networks refocused
its strategy and limited its platform diversity.
Income included special items, mainly relating to:
o restructuring and asset impairment (EUR 1,093 million);
o acquisition-related charges (EUR 437 million);
o gains on sales of participations (EUR 295 million);
o impairment of security investments (EUR 526 million).
Reduction of the Company's overcapacity was the main reason for the
restructuring, while recent acquisitions caused in-process R&D write-offs and
integration costs at Medical Systems.
The extended period of time over which the market
41
SALES
[(BAR CHART OF SALES)]
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
[(BAR CHART OF INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS)]
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS EXCL. SPECIAL ITEMS
[(BAR CHART OF INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS EXCL. SPECIAL ITEMS)]
value of security investments in Vivendi Universal and GN Great Nordic was below
book value, resulted in impairment of these shares.
The market value of our investments in other publicly quoted companies exceeded
their book value by EUR 8,838 million.
Despite the losses, Philips was able to generate EUR 1,248 million positive cash
flow from operating activities in 2001. Gross capital expenditures for property,
plant and equipment were scaled back by one third compared with 2000 to EUR
2,143 million.
GROUP SALES AND INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
Sales totaled EUR 32,339 million, 15% lower than in 2000. Changes in
consolidations had a 1% negative effect. Sales volume decreased by 6%, while
average prices declined 8%. Sales at Semiconductors, Components, Mainstream
Consumer Electronics and Consumer Communications were affected by the downturn
in the respective markets. Sales at Lighting remained virtually flat, while
sales at DAP and Medical Systems increased strongly, both organically and as a
result of acquisitions. At Digital Networks, the sales decline reflected the
strategy to reduce platform diversity and the customer base, while sales at
Consumer Communications were impacted by the decision to lower the exposure to
the mobile phone manufacturing activities. Display Components was
deconsolidated; a joint venture was established with LG Electronics for the
manufacturing and sale of commodity picture tubes.
Income from operations in 2001 amounted to a loss of EUR 1,371 million, or 4.2%
of sales, compared to income of EUR 4,281 million, or 11.3% of sales, in 2000.
Excluding special items, income from operations amounted to a loss of EUR 136
million, reflecting the weakness in many of our markets, which resulted in
significantly higher price erosion and lower volume. In particular, excess
inventory in the supply chain on the electronic markets resulted in a decline in
market prices which could not be offset by efficiency improvements. Reduction of
the Company's overcapacity resulted in restructuring and impairment charges, net
of releases, of EUR 437 million, while other acquisition-related charges totaled
EUR 437
42
SALES PER GEOGRAPHIC AREA
[(BAR CHART OF SALES PER GEOGRAPHIC AREA)]
INOCME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS PER GEOGRAPHIC AREA
in millions of euros
[Download Table]
in millions of euros 1999 2000 2001
---------- ---------- -----------
Europe 1,124 3,246 (479)
USA / Canada 82 186 (854)
Latin America (41) 59 (13)
Asia Pacific 585 787 (15)
Africa 1 3 (10)
MOST IMPORTANT UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
[Download Table]
Philips'
share in
common
since stock
------------ ------------
TSMC 1986 21.8%
LG.Philips LCD 1999 50.0%
SSMC 1999 48.0%
Atos Origin 2000 48.7%
LG.Philips Displays 2001 50.0%
FEI 1997 25.5%
LumiLeds Lighting 1999 50.0%
million, of which EUR 379 million at Medical Systems. Income from operations
included amortization of goodwill and other intangibles for an amount of EUR 477
million, compared to EUR 342 million in 2000. Negative pension costs amounted to
EUR 430 million, compared with EUR 445 million in 2000. Negative pension costs
will be significantly lower in 2002 as a consequence of stock market
performance.
SALES AND INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
All regions recorded lower sales in 2001. The decline in sales was sharpest in
Asia Pacific, partly due to the deconsolidation of Display Components. Other
significant decreases in Asia Pacific related to Mainstream CE, Digital
Networks, Licenses, Components and Semiconductors. The sharp decline of sales in
Europe was caused by deconsolidation effects (Origin and Display Components),
the refocusing of the mobile phone activities at Consumer Communications and the
downturn at Components and Semiconductors. The sales decrease in Latin America
was attributable to deconsolidations and weaker currencies, in addition to lower
sales at DAP, Digital Networks, Components and Semiconductors. Sales in
USA/Canada ended slightly down, impacted by lower sales at Semiconductors,
Mainstream CE and Components, partly offset by higher sales from acquisitions at
Medical Systems.
Income from operations in 2001 deteriorated in all regions. Europe, Asia Pacific
and USA/Canada showed the sharpest decreases in income, driven by the
unfavorable developments at Semiconductors, Components and Consumer Electronics.
In 2000, income in Europe and Asia Pacific was positively affected by the
non-cash gain on the sale of Origin and the gain on the sale of the AC&M
business.
RESULTS RELATING TO UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
Results relating to unconsolidated companies in 2001 came to a loss of EUR 754
million, compared to a profit of EUR 3,970 million in 2000. The operational
performance of Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC), LG.Philips LCD
and the newly established joint venture LG.Philips Displays suffered from the
severely depressed mobile phone and IT-
43
RESULTS RELATING TO UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
in millions of euros
[Download Table]
1999 2000 2001
---------- ---------- -----------
Operational income (loss) 391 697 (139)
Special items 67 3,397 (248)
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (49) (124) (367)
--- ----- ----
Total 409 3,970 (754)
=== ===== ====
RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT BY SECTOR
[(BAR CHART OF RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT BY SECTOR)]
INVENTORIES
[(BAR CHART OF INVENTORIES)]
related markets. The results relating to unconsolidated companies included
amortization costs for goodwill and other intangibles amounting to EUR 367
million (in 2000: EUR 124 million) and special items related to restructuring
and changes in equity ownership, amounting to a loss of EUR 248 million (in
2000: a profit of EUR 3,397 million). Excluding amortization costs and special
items, our share in the results of these companies deteriorated by EUR 836
million.
RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT
In 2001, Philips reduced overcapacity, improved efficiency and addressed
loss-making activities. This led to restructuring and impairment charges in
income from operations amounting to EUR 1,093 million for various projects, net
of releases. The most significant restructuring charges in 2001 related to:
o the outsourcing of development and manufacturing of mobile phones (EUR 318
million);
o the closure of production lines at Semiconductors, Albuquerque, USA and the
announced closure at Caen, France (EUR 204 million);
o rationalization of manufacturing capacity at Optical Storage and process
rationalization at Mobile Display Systems, Components (EUR 167 million);
o programs to reduce platform diversity at Digital Networks (EUR 122
million);
o integration and process standardization of the European commercial sector
of Medical Systems after the acquisition of the medical systems divisions
of Agilent and Marconi (EUR 74 million);
o downsizing of Philips Enabling Technologies Group in the Netherlands and
Belgium and the worldwide Assembleon activities (EUR 67 million);
o outsourcing of development and manufacturing of video recorders (EUR 44
million).
Approximately half of the restructuring charges included in income from
operations comprised non-cash charges in 2001.
In addition, our share in restructuring charges recognized by our unconsolidated
companies amounted to EUR 89 million and as such is included in results
relating to unconsolidated companies.
44
FINANCIAL INCOME EXPENSES
[(BAR CHART OF FINANCIAL INCOME EXPENSES)]
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
[(BAR CHART OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES)]
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES LESS NET CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
[(BAR CHART OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES LESS
NET CAPITAL EXPENDITURES)]
FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES
Financial income and expenses amounted to expense of EUR 915 million in 2001,
compared to income of EUR 1,988 million in 2000. Net interest expenses amounted
to EUR 391 million in 2001, compared with EUR 167 million in 2000. The net
interest expenses were higher, primarily due to the increase in net debt, partly
offset by lower interest rates.
Due to lower share prices of some security investments (Vivendi Universal and
Great Nordic), an impairment loss of EUR 526 million was taken in 2001. During
the year 2000, the Company sold a portion of the JDS Uniphase shares that had
previously been received upon the sale of Philips Optoelectronics. Net gains
from the sale amounted to EUR 1,207 million. Moreover, in 2000 Seagram shares
were exchanged for shares in Vivendi Universal, resulting in income of EUR 966
million.
INCOME TAXES
Income taxes represented a benefit of EUR 421 million in 2001, compared to a
charge of EUR 570 million in 2000. This corresponds to an effective tax rate of
18% in 2001, up from 9% in 2000.
MINORITY INTERESTS
In 2001, the share of third-party minority interests in the loss of group
companies amounted to EUR 15 million, compared with a share in income of EUR 67
million in 2000. The change in income is mainly attributable to the
consolidation of NavTech as of January 1, 2001 and the deconsolidation of FEI.
Moreover, minority interests decreased as a consequence of the buy-out of
minority shareholdings in India, Pakistan and South Africa.
CASH FLOWS
Philips was able to generate a positive operating cash flow in 2001 in spite of
the severe market conditions. Our cash conversion cycle program led to
significant reductions of inventories and receivables, partly offset by lower
payables. Inventories at the end of 2001 came to 13.3% of sales, compared to
13.9% a year earlier. Cash flows from operating activities amounted to EUR 1,248
million in 2001, compared to EUR 2,996 million in 2000.
45
NET DEBT TO GROUP EQUITY
[(BAR CHART OF NET DEBT TO GROUP EQUITY)]
EMPLOYEES
[(BAR CHART OF EMPLOYEES)]
COMPOSITION OF CHANGES IN EMPLOYEES
[(BAR CHART OF COMPOSITION OF CHANGES IN EMPLOYEES)]
Cash used for investing activities totaled EUR 4,564 million, of which EUR 3,636
million was for the purchase of businesses, particularly at Medical Systems,
compared to EUR 2,404 million in 2000. Proceeds from the sale of businesses
totaled EUR 755 million in 2001. Of these, the most important were the Glass
activities of Components (as part of the newly established joint venture with LG
Electronics) together with part of the shareholding in FEI and Philips
Broadcast. Gross capital expenditures were scaled back by approximately one
third, as compared to 2000, to EUR 2,143 million as we aligned our components
and semiconductors manufacturing facilities to the lower level of market demand.
The Company issued two tranches of new eurobonds in May 2001 and two tranches in
July 2001, totaling EUR 4,250 million. This increased the net debt to EUR 6,976
million at year-end. Cash provided by financing activities in 2001 totaled EUR
3,159 million compared with cash requirements of EUR 2,038 million in 2000. The
latter included a capital repayment to shareholders of EUR 1,673 million from
the share reduction program.
EMPLOYMENT
The number of employees at December 31, 2001 totaled 188,643, a decline of
30,786 from December 31, 2000. A large part of the decrease is related to the
deconsolidation of various businesses, involving a reduction of 27,684 in total,
of which Display Components was the most significant (23,251). Conversely,
15,470 employees were added to the Company's payroll as a result of new
acquisitions. The most significant were Agilent Healthcare Services Group
(4,770) and Marconi Medical Systems (5,200). Excluding changes related to the
portfolio, the number of employees decreased by 18,567. The main reductions in
the headcount were at Components (5,207), Semiconductors (4,053), Mainstream
Consumer Electronics (2,389) and Consumer Communications (2,165). In geographic
terms, Asia Pacific and Europe accounted for most of the decrease.
46
AVERAGE MARKET VALUE PER QUARTER
[(BAR CHART OF AVERAGE MARKET VALUE PER QUARTER)]
US GAAP
The Group financial statements have been prepared under Dutch GAAP, which
differs in certain respects from US GAAP. Income from continuing operations
determined in accordance with US GAAP was a loss of EUR 2,475 million in 2001,
compared with a profit of EUR 9,577 million in 2000. These aggregate amounts
result in basic earnings per common share of a loss of EUR 1.94 in 2001 and a
profit of EUR 7.30 in 2000. Diluted earnings per common share amounted to a loss
of EUR 1.94 in 2001 and a profit of EUR 7.22 in 2000. Please refer to note 27 to
the consolidated financial statements for a description of the primary
differences between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP and the earnings per common share
information.
DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS
With the approval of the Supervisory Board and the Meeting of Priority
Shareholders, a proposal will be submitted to the General Meeting of
Shareholders to make a distribution to shareholders of EUR 0.36 per common share
charged to the other reserves (compared with EUR 0.36 dividend per common share
paid in 2001, reflecting the 2000 profit distribution).
The balance sheet presented in this report, as part of the consolidated
financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2001, is before
distribution, which is subject to shareholder approval after year-end. Adoption
of the proposal by the General Meeting of Shareholders will result in a total
cash payment in the year 2002 and a reduction of other reserves by EUR 459
million (compared with EUR 458 million in 2001).
47
LIGHTING
o SALES GROWTH DRIVEN BY INNOVATION
o REINFORCEMENT OF GLOBAL MARKET LEADERSHIP
o CONTINUED STRONG EARNINGS AND CASH CONTRIBUTION
o ONGOING HIGH SALES GROWTH IN CHINA
(LIGHTING - SALES BAR CHART)
(LIGHTING - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
The lighting market declined somewhat in 2001, affected by the economic
slowdown, particularly in USA/Canada, and the energy crisis in Brazil.
Sales at Lighting totaled, EUR 5,083 million, a 1% increase, which was mainly
innovation-driven. Adjusted for the divestment of the batteries business, sales
growth was 2%. Sales growth was particularly strong in Automotive & Special
Lighting.
Geographically, sales growth was strongest in Asia Pacific. All businesses
contributed to a slight improvement in overall market share, reinforcing global
market leadership.
Income from operations totaled EUR 623 million, or 12.3% of sales. This income
includes a gain on the sale and lease-back of two office buildings (EUR 44
million) and certain restructuring charges (EUR 18 million). After several years
of improved operations and higher margins, income from operations was impacted
by a mix shift, as growth in high-end margin products slowed down somewhat in
2001. In addition, the stronger Polish currency put pressure on margins, as
Poland is an important supply base. In the light of these developments, focused
cost management remains key for the profitability of the division.
Unconsolidated companies
In the LumiLeds Lighting 50/50 joint venture, Philips and Agilent continue to
strengthen the product portfolio, allowing for fast growth and extension of LED
applications.
48
CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
o WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS EXCLUDING USA ARE PROFITABLE; USA SITUATION BEING
ADDRESSED
o EFFICIENCIES IN VCR IMPROVED BY PRODUCTION OUTSOURCING; CONTINUED CASH
GENERATION
o DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING OF MOBILE PHONES OUTSOURCED
o SALES IN HIGH-GROWTH DVD MARKET ALMOST DOUBLED
o MONITOR MARKET HEAVILY IMPACTED BY FALL OF PC SALES
o REDUCED COST BASE AT DIGITAL NETWORKS BY LIMITING PLATFORM DIVERSITY
(CONSUMER ELECTRONICS - SALES BAR CHART)
(CONSUMER ELECTRONICS - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
Sales at Consumer Electronics totaled EUR 11,052 million in 2001 a decrease of
15% compared with the previous year. Sales volume fell by 3%, while average
prices decreased by 12%. Price erosion increased, due to weaker demand in most
regions and intensified competition. The market decreased by 8% as a result of
the global economic slowdown. In particular, the US market was hit hard, but a
slowdown in growth was also seen in Asia Pacific and Latin America.
Sales of Mainstream CE declined by 6%. Price erosion for the year was at a level
of 10%, while sales volume increased by 4%. Monitors were severely affected by
the downturn in the world PC market, which significantly impacted OEM sales. VCR
sales decreased, principally due to the worldwide migration towards DVD. While
DVD sales nearly doubled, they did not fully offset the decline in VCR sales.
Audio sales decreased 7% due to weak demand in North and Latin America, while
sales in Europe and Asia Pacific remained stable. TV sales were marginally
lower, reflecting lower sales in North America, Latin America and Asia Pacific,
partially offset by an increase in Europe.
Sales at Digital Networks in were down 37% compared to 2000. The refocus on key
customers accounted for most of this decrease. The market growth rate for
set-top boxes declined sharply to 9% in 2001, following the steep rise of 73% in
2000. The lower sales of satellite and cable network set-top boxes in Europe and
of Internet TV in the USA were only partly offset by doubled sales of
satellite/terrestrial set-top boxes in the USA. The worldwide slowdown in the
telecom markets contributed to a significant reduction in Broadband Networks
sales.
The sharp fall in Consumer Communications sales reflects the repositioning of
the GSM mobile phones, which particularly affected sales in Europe. GSM sales
continued to show positive growth in Asia Pacific, especially in China.
Income from operations at Consumer Electronics in 2001 decreased to a loss of
EUR 649 million (excluding special items: a loss of EUR 146 million) from a
profit of EUR 410 million (excluding special items: a profit of EUR 427 million)
in 2000. The 2001 result includes
49
CONSUMER ELECTRONICS PER BUSINESS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of
euros
2001
----------------------------------
income
(loss) from as a %
Sales operations of sales
------ ----------- --------
Mainstream CE 8,665 (250) (2.9)
Digital Networks 743 (329) (44.3)
Consumer Communications 1,253 (421) (33.6)
Licenses 391 351 89.8
------ ------- --------
Consumer Electronics 11,052 (649) (5.9)
====== ======= ========
CONSUMER ELECTRONICS PER BUSINESS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of
euros
2000
----------------------------------
income
(loss) from as a %
Sales operations of sales
------ ----------- --------
Mainstream CE 9,265 183 2.0
Digital Networks 1,178 (85) (7.2)
Consumer Communications 2,207 1 -
Licenses 410 311 75.9
------ ------- --------
Consumer Electronics 13,060 410 3.1
====== ======= ========
(DVD WORLD MARKET, IN VOLUME AND VALUE BAR CHART)
restructuring and impairment charges of EUR 503 million.
The income from operations of Mainstream CE amounted to a loss of EUR 250
million (excluding special items: a loss of EUR 186 million) following the trend
of the worldwide CE industry. The division reported significantly reduced
margins in most of its markets, particularly USA/Canada. Restructuring charges
of EUR 64 million were recorded during the year. The charges are related to the
Company's decision to outsource production and development of video recorders
and to transfer monitor production from Taiwan to mainland China.
The loss at Consumer Communications of EUR 421 million (excluding special items:
a loss of EUR 104 million) originated mainly from the change in strategy for the
mobile telephone business. The Company outsourced the manufacturing and part of
the development activities of the GSM mobile phone business to China Electronics
Corporation (CEC). The 2001 result also included an insurance benefit of EUR 41
million.
At Digital Networks the sharp downturn in sales led to a substantially higher
loss totaling EUR 329 million (excluding special items: a loss of EUR 207
million). Special items included substantial inventory impairments in the
Internet and Personal TV business in North America. To address the lower market
demand and the pressure on margins, Broadband Networks and Digital Transmission
Systems were restructured. In addition, the cost of development of new
technologies in MP4Net, Softworks and CryptoTec increased R&D spending. Digital
Networks will focus on a limited number of customers and will reduce its number
of platforms to two. This should result in a decrease of the cost base.
License income in 2001 increased to EUR 351 million, primarily due to the
recognition of EUR 82 million of CD-R/RW royalties attributable to prior years.
During 2001 the basic CD patents expired, except in the USA. Execution of new
programs such as CD-R/RW and DVD became more important during 2001.
50
DOMESTIC APPLIANCES AND PERSONAL CARE
o RECORD INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
o CONTINUED MARKET LEADERSHIP AND HIGH PROFITABILITY IN SHAVERS
o SONICARE (ACQUIRED FROM FORMER OPTIVA) MOVED TO NO. 1 MARKET POSITION IN
THE USA
o SUCCESSFUL INTRODUCTION OF SENSEO CREMA COFFEE MAKER
(DAP - SALES BAR CHART)
(DAP - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
Sales in 2001 totaled EUR 2,224 million, an increase of 6% over the previous
year. Changes in consolidation, notably the consolidation of Optiva, lifted
sales by 6%. Volume growth was 1%, while average prices declined by 1%. The
sales growth is mainly attributable to Oral Healthcare. Sales of male shavers
increased steeply in China (16% up), reaching 3.5 million units and reinforcing
market leadership in that growth market. This, along with a good performance in
Europe, compensated for the lower sales in the USA. The successful launch of the
Senseo Crema coffee maker contributed positively to the sales performance.
Geographically, sales increased strongly in China and Europe. In North America,
Philips Oral Healthcare's sales grew sharply, which was partly offset by a
decline in the other businesses due to sluggish economic conditions. Adverse
economic conditions also impacted sales in Latin America.
Income from operations increased by 16% to EUR 334 million, continuing the
growth pattern of recent years and defying the adverse market conditions. The
successful integration of Optiva, which yielded positive income in the first
year after acquisition, contributed to increased profitability. The launch of
Senseo Crema, together with ongoing portfolio rationalization and tight cost
control, also contributed to the improvement.
51
COMPONENTS
o COMPARABLE SALES DOWN BY 29% DUE TO SEVERE PRICE EROSION AND WEAK MOBILE
PHONE AND IT-RELATED MARKETS
o JOINT VENTURE ESTABLISHED WITH LG ELECTRONICS FOR TELEVISION AND MONITOR
TUBES
o RESTRUCTURING CHARGES TAKEN TO REDUCE CAPACITY AND CREATE COST EFFICIENCIES
(COMPONENTS - SALES BAR CHART)
(COMPONENTS - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
The financial data relating to Display Components have been consolidated in the
Group figures for the first six months of 2001 only, due to the transfer of
Display Components to the joint venture with LG Electronics of Korea from July
onwards.
Sales in the Components sector came to EUR 2,772 million in 2001, a decrease of
45% compared with 2000. A substantial part of the decrease (16%) was caused by
deconsolidations, of which Display Components was the most significant. In
addition, sales were negatively impacted by a volume reduction of 19% and price
erosion of 10% as a result of the slowdown of key markets to which the division
is supplying, such as the PC and cellular phone markets.
The mobile displays market decreased by 2% in value during 2001, while sales
fell by around 30%. Mobile Display Systems suffered from a strong excess
inventory situation in its markets, which only started to clear up during the
third quarter. Market acceptance of color screens is slow, except in Japan,
where Mobile Display Systems does not yet have a market position. The optical
storage market witnessed a severe decline. Philips' performance in this business
was slightly below the market, mainly due to time-to-market issues. Segment
revenues (which include intersegment sales) decreased by 46%.
Income from operations decreased to a loss of EUR 667 million in 2001, compared
to a profit of EUR 608 million in 2000. Income in 2001 includes special items of
EUR 157 million (predominantly restructuring). The restructuring charges relate
to realignment of cost levels to the present market situation and the transfer
of activities to low-cost areas. Excluding these special items, income from
operations amounted to a loss of EUR 510 million, mainly due to the decline in
top-line sales as a result of the depressed markets, which severely impacted the
performance of Optical Storage and Mobile Display Systems.
Income from operations in 2000 included a special gain of EUR 309 million from
the divestment of the AC&M business.
52
SEMICONDUCTORS
o MOST SEVERE DOWNTURN IN SEMICONDUCTOR HISTORY RESULTING IN WORLDWIDE
OVERCAPACITY
o FOCUS TO REDUCE CAPITAL EMPLOYED BY REDUCTION OF CAPACITY AND COOPERATION
WITH PARTNERS
o STRONG POSITION IN CASH-GENERATING ANALOG CONSUMER ICS MAINTAINED
o FROM NO. 4 TO NO. 2 IN STRATEGICALLY IMPORTANT IDENTIFICATION MARKET
o FIRMLY ESTABLISHED AS THE GLOBAL NO. 1 SUPPLIER OF BLUETOOTH AND 802.11
CHIPSETS
(SEMICONDUCTORS - SALES BAR CHART)
(SEMICONDUCTORS - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
Sales in the Semiconductors sector in 2001 totaled EUR 4,389 million. This
represents a decline of 25% compared to the year 2000, despite the 3% positive
effect of the acquisition of MiCRUS as of June 1, 2000 The effect of exchange
rate differences was negligible. Sales volume decreased 18%, while average
prices fell 10%. The strong decline was caused by the most severe downturn in
semiconductor history (30%, according to preliminary WSTS statistics), resulting
from the slowdown of the world's economies and the PC and telecom markets, and
occurred across all business lines and geographic areas. Segment revenues
decreased by 27% in 2001 compared to the previous year.
Lower than expected presence in high-growth markets put pressure on market
shares. The division maintained its strong position in the low-growth but
profitable analog markets, while focus on high-growth markets continues.
Income from operations in 2001 was a loss of EUR 607 million compared to a
profit of EUR 1,346, million in the previous year. Income in 2001 decreased
considerably compared with last year, mainly as a result of slower end-user
demand, which led to increased price erosion. The severe market conditions,
coupled with a worldwide increase in production capacity, led to sharply reduced
factory utilization well below break-even level. Moreover, actions taken to
control inventory levels had a negative effect on 2001 income.
Existing capacity was reduced by closing one wafer fab in Albuquerque, USA, with
the announced closure of another in Caen, France. The cost of these measures was
EUR 204 million. To further limit our costs, cooperation with TSMC, SSMC and STM
will be continued. A joint pilot production facility is being built together
with STM. Income in 2001 included EUR 39 million for the settlement of insurance
claims for the fire in Albuquerque.
53
MEDICAL SYSTEMS
o RECORD INCOME FROM OPERATIONS (EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS AND AMORTIZATION
CHARGES)
o NO. 2 POSITION IN MEDICAL EQUIPMENT
o ORDER INTAKE (EXCLUDING ACQUISITIONS) UP 11% COMPARED WITH MARKET INCREASE
OF 7%
o INTEGRATION OF MEDICAL BUSINESSES EXPECTED TO YIELD SIGNIFICANT SAVINGS
(MEDICAL SYSTEMS - SALES BAR CHART)
(MEDICAL SYSTEMS - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
During the year Philips acquired the medical systems divisions of Agilent and
Marconi, substantially improving its position in the medical markets,
particularly patient monitoring and medical diagnostic imaging.
Sales in the Medical Systems sector in 2001 totaled EUR 4,834 million,
representing 59% growth. Excluding the effects of the acquisitions, sales
increased by 10%. This comprised volume growth of 12%, partially offset by price
erosion of 3%, and positive currency effects of 1%.
All regions posted positive sales growth, most significantly North America and
Europe. In product terms, the main growth areas are magnetic resonance, computed
tomography, X-ray and the customer support business. Order intake excluding
acquisitions increased by 11% in 2001, ahead of the market average of 7%.
Income from operations in 2001 included acquisition-related costs including
in-process R&D write-offs of EUR 379 million and restructuring charges of EUR 75
million. After the recent acquisitions, income for 2001 included amortization
costs for goodwill and other intangibles for an amount of EUR 231 million
compared to EUR 95 million in 2000. Excluding special items and amortization
charges, income from operations improved by EUR 178 million to a record EUR 486
million. This improvement mainly came from the increase in sales and the success
of the product range of our Magnetic Resonance and X-ray businesses. MedQuist
also contributed to the improvement.
The integration of the new acquisitions and the related restructuring program
are on schedule; integration is expected to yield significant savings of EUR 350
million by the end of 2003.
54
MISCELLANEOUS
o CONTINUED PORTFOLIO RATIONALIZATION
o PHILIPS ETG AND ASSEMBLEON IMPACTED BY WEAK SEMICONDUCTOR EQUIPMENT MARKET
o SOLD PART OF SHAREHOLDING IN FEI (GAIN OF EUR 185 MILLION) AND PHILIPS
BROADCAST (GAIN OF EUR 57 MILLION)
o NAVTECH CONSOLIDATED
(MISCELLANEOUS - SALES BAR CHART)
(MISCELLANEOUS - INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BAR CHART)
This sector mainly consists of two groups of activities: the central research
and technology centers (such as Philips Research, Intellectual Property &
Standards, Philips' Centre for Industrial Technology and Philips Design) and
Corporate Investments (such as NavTech, Assembleon and Philips Enabling
Technologies Group (PETG)). NavTech was consolidated in 2001 following the
conversion of debt into equity, raising our stake from 50% to 82%
Sales in the Miscellaneous sector in 2001 came to EUR 1,985 million, a 33%
decrease on 2000, mainly due to the deconsolidation of FEI, Broadcast and
Marantz.
Income from operations in 2001 amounted to a loss of EUR 104 million (excluding
special items: a loss of EUR 246 million), or 5.2% of sales, compared to a loss
of EUR 191 million (excluding special items: a loss of EUR 56 million), or 6.4%
of sales in 2000.
Income in 2000 benefited from gains on the sale of part of the investment in FEI
(EUR 185 million) and the divestment of Philips Broadcast to Thomson Multimedia
(EUR 57 million), partly offset by restructuring charges, mainly for PETG and
Assembleon, and acquisition-related costs. Income in 2000 included special
charges, totaling EUR 135 million, for the disentanglement of Philips Projects,
sold to Tyco, impairment charges for Voice Control Systems and restructuring
charges.
Excluding special items, income decreased significantly, due to operational
losses at PETG and Assembleon, which suffered from the downturn in the
semiconductor equipment market. These operational losses were partly offset by
the improved performance of Philips Speech Processing. Moreover, income in 2001
was affected by the deconsolidation of the profitable FEI business and the
consolidation of the loss-making NavTech activities.
A number of businesses in the Corporate Investments group are in the low-growth
low-return area and are being considered for divestment.
In 2001, expenditures for R&D activities included in income of the product
divisions, mainly Semiconductors, amounted to EUR 3,312 million,
55
(RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURES BAR CHART)
(PATENT FILINGS BAR CHART)
(5-YEAR RELATIVE PERFORMANCE: PHILIPS, S&P 100, Soxx graph)
representing 10.2% of sales, compared to EUR 2,766 million, or 7.3% of sales, in
2000. Approximately half of the major increase in 2001 related to new
acquisitions.
UNALLOCATED
This product sector comprises the costs of the corporate center -- including the
Company's initial funding of e-business and global brand management programs --
as well as country and regional overhead costs. Income from operations amounted
to a loss of EUR 102 million in 2001 compared to a loss of EUR 79 million in
2000.
A decline in group overheads in 2001 was offset by lower pension credits.
PROXY SOLICITATION
Philips is continuously striving to improve relations with its shareholders. For
instance, Philips was one of the key companies in the establishment of the
Shareholders' Communication Channel -- a pilot project of Euronext Amsterdam,
banks in the Netherlands and several major Dutch companies to simplify contacts
between a participating company and its shareholders.
Philips will use the Shareholders' Communication Channel to distribute the
Management Report booklet of its Annual Report and the Agenda for this year's
General Meeting of Shareholders. As in 2001, Philips will use a proxy
solicitation system in the Netherlands for this year's General Meeting of
Shareholders; a voting instruction form will be distributed via the
Shareholders' Communication Channel. For the General Meeting of Shareholders on
March 28, 2002 a record date (being March 21, 2002) will apply: those persons
who on March 21, 2002 hold shares in the Company and are registered as such in
one of the registers designated by the Board of Management for the General
Meeting of Shareholders will be entitled to participate and vote at the meeting.
Philips is convinced of the value of the Shareholders' Communication Channel and
will continue to advocate its widespread adoption. In a broader context, Philips
is constantly striving to improve its contacts with the financial community at
large.
56
BUSINESS PRINCIPLES
The Philips General Business Principles govern the Company's business decisions
and actions throughout the world, applying equally to corporate actions as well
as the behavior of individual employees when on company business. They
incorporate the values on which all Philips activity is or should be based:
integrity, fair trade, non-discrimination and equal opportunities. These
Principles have been translated into the local language in almost all countries.
The responsibility for compliance with the Principles rests first and foremost
with the management of the business. In every product division and country
organization a Compliance Officer has been appointed. The Philips Intranet
provides information on how to contact the Compliance Officer.
The Review Committee General Business Principles supervises the practical
implementation. With a view to ensuring maximum transparency for shareholders
and other interested parties, it was decided in 2001 to devote a special section
of our Internet site (www.investor.philips.com) to specific issues: environment,
health and safety, child and forced labor, political payments, military and
defense contracts, and OECD Guidelines.
Our program - building upon long-standing practice in the US - to introduce
guaranteed-anonymity hotlines for reporting of suspected contraventions of the
General Business Principles has met with a very favorable response.
In the light of the increasing emphasis on corporate social responsibility and
the Company's stated objective of integrating financial and non-financial
external reporting by the year 2004, we are in the process of completing the
establishment of an audit and reporting structure that covers health and safety
issues in addition to the environmental reporting already in place. With regard
to child labor, we have determined, on the basis of an extensive inventory of
group companies and subsidiaries, that Philips does not employ child labor;
steps are now being taken to extend this analysis to sub-contractors and major
suppliers in high-risk regions.
OUTLOOK
Economic conditions around the world continue to point to a limited growth
environment. Improvement in results in 2002 will come mainly from cost
reductions, efficiency improvements and restructuring programs, many of which
were already initiated in 2001, as well as ongoing portfolio management. As a
consequence of weakness in the stock markets, we anticipate a significant
reduction of pension credits in our results throughout 2002.
The severe declines of the IT and telecommunication markets, which were so
damaging in 2001, have now stopped, and excess inventories, both at customers
and in the industry, have mostly disappeared. In general, we do not see markets
strengthening, therefore we maintain a cautious stand on costs, capital
spending, working capital and employment in 2002.
The Company has been streamlined and focused during the downturn and is in a
good position to be an early beneficiary of any upturn in its markets.
February 5, 2002
Board of Management
57
Board of Management
(PICTURE OF GERARD KLEISTERLEE)
GERARD KLEISTERLEE 1946, Dutch President/CEO and Chairman of the Board of
Management and the Group Management Committee
President/CEO and Chairman of the Board of Management of the Company since April
2001; member of the Board of Management since April 2000; member of the Group
Management Committee since January 1999
(PICTURE OF JAN HOMMEN)
JAN HOMMEN 1943, Dutch
Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer
Member of the Board of Management and the Group Management Committee and Chief
Financial Officer since March 1997
(PICTURE OF ARTHUR VAN DER POEL)
ARTHUR VAN DER POEL 1948, Dutch
Executive Vice-President
Member of the Board of Management since May 1998; member of the Group Management
Committee since May 1996
(PICTURE OF JOHN WHYBROW)
JOHN WHYBROW 1947, British
Executive Vice-President
Member of the Board of Management since May 1998; member of the Group Management
Committee since April 1995
58
Group Management Committee
The Group Management Committee is composed of the Board of Management and the
following senior officers:
(PICTURE OF AD VEENHOF)
AD VEENHOF 1945, Dutch
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since January 1996 and President/CEO of
the Domestic Appliances and Personal Care division since 1996
(PICTURE OF HANS BARELLA)
HANS BARELLA 1943, Dutch
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since March 1997 and President/CEO of
the Medical Systems division since 1997
(PICTURE OF GUY DEMUYNCK)
GUY DEMUYNCK 1951, Belgian
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since April 2000 and President/CEO of
Mainstream Consumer Electronics since 2000
(PICTURE OF JAN OOSTERVELD)
JAN OOSTERVELD 1944, Dutch
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since May 1998; responsible for
Corporate Strategy since 1997 and for Regions and Countries since 2000
(PICTURE OF TJERK HOOGHIEMSTRA)
TJERK HOOGHIEMSTRA 1956, Dutch
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since April 2000; responsible for Human
Resources Management since 2000
(PICTURE OF AD HUIJSER)
AD HUIJSER 1946, Dutch
Senior Vice-President and Chief Technology Officer
Chief Technology Officer since May 2001; member of the Group Management
Committee since April 1999 and CEO of Philips Research since 1998
(PICTURE OF ARIE WESTERLAKEN)
ARIE WESTERLAKEN 1946, Dutch
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since May 1998, Secretary to the Board
of Management since 1997 and Chief Legal Officer since 1996
(PICTURE OF MATT MEDEIROS)
MATT MEDEIROS 1956, American
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since November 2000 and President/CEO
of the Components division since 2000
(PICTURE OF DAVID HAMILL)
DAVID HAMILL 1957, British
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since May 2001 and President/CEO of the
Lighting division since 2001
(PICTURE OF SCOTT MCGREGOR)
SCOTT MCGREGOR 1956, American
Senior Vice-President
Member of the Group Management Committee since January 2002 and President/CEO of
the Semiconductors division since 2001
59
Supervisory Board
(PICTURE OF L. C. VAN WACHEM)
L. C. VAN WACHEM 1931, Dutch** ***
Chairman
Member of the Supervisory Board since 1993;
third term expires in 2005
Former Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors of the Royal Dutch/Shell
Group and currently Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Royal Dutch Petroleum
Company; also member of the Supervisory Boards of Akzo Nobel, BMW and Bayer, and
member of the Board of Directors of IBM, ATC and Zurich Financial Services
(PICTURE OF W. DE KLEUVER)
W. DE KLEUVER 1936, Dutch* ***
Vice-Chairman and Secretary
Member of the Supervisory Board since 1998;
first term expires in 2002
Former Executive Vice-President of Royal Philips Electronics and currently
member of the Supervisory Board of HBG
(PICTURE OF PROF. K. A. L. M. VAN MIERT)
PROF. K. A. L. M. VAN MIERT 1942, Belgian*
Member of the Supervisory Board since 2000;
first term expires in 2004
Former Vice-President of the European Commission and currently President of
Nyenrode University, member of the Supervisory Boards of Wolters Kluwer, RWE,
DHV, Agfa Gevaert and De Persgroep and member of the Advisory Boards of Goldman
Sachs, Rabobank, Guidant Europe and Eli Lilly
(PICTURE OF L. SCHWEITZER)
L. SCHWEITZER 1942, French
Member of the Supervisory Board since 1997;
second term expires in 2005
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Renault and member of the Boards of
Banque Nationale de Paris, Electricite de France and Volvo
(PICTURE OF SIR RICHARD GREENBURY)
SIR RICHARD GREENBURY 1936, British**
Member of the Supervisory Board since 1998;
first term expires in 2002
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Marks & Spencer and former
director of Lloyds TSB, British Gas, ICI and Zeneca, and currently member of the
Board of Electronics Boutique Plc
(PICTURE OF J. M. HESSELS)
J-M. HESSELS 1942, Dutch*
Member of the Supervisory Board since 1999;
first term expires in 2003
Former Chief Executive Officer of Royal Vendex KBB and currently Chairman of the
Supervisory Board of Euronext and member of the Supervisory Boards of Laurus,
Schiphol Group, Royal Vopak, Heineken and Fortis
----------
* Member of the Audit Committee
** Member of the Remuneration Committee
*** Member of the Nomination and Selection Committee
60
REPORT OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
GENERAL
The Supervisory Board, acting in the interests of the Company and the Philips
Group, supervises and advises the Board of Management in performing its
management tasks and setting the direction of the Group's business. The
Supervisory Board is empowered to recommend to the General Meeting of
Shareholders persons to be appointed as members of the Supervisory Board or the
Board of Management. Major management decisions, including the strategy of the
Group, require the approval of the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board
determines the remuneration of the members of the Board of Management.
The Supervisory Board has three permanent committees that advise the full Board
on certain matters: a Nomination and Selection Committee, a Remuneration
Committee and an Audit Committee.
MEETINGS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
The Supervisory Board met six times in the course of 2001, including a two-day
meeting on strategy. The members of the Board of Management were present at the
meetings of the Supervisory Board except in matters regarding the composition of
the Supervisory Board, the Board of Management and the Group Management
Committee, as well as the remuneration and performance of members of the Board
of Management and the Group Management Committee. During the course of the year
the Supervisory Board was informed and updated by the Board of Management on the
course of business, important decisions and the strategy of the Philips Group.
COMPOSITION AND REMUNERATION OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the General Meeting of
Shareholders on the joint recommendation of the Supervisory Board and the
Meeting of Priority Shareholders. The Supervisory Board aims for an appropriate
combination of knowledge and experience among its members in relation to the
global and multi-product character of the Company's businesses. Consequently the
Board aims for an appropriate level of experience in marketing, manufacturing,
financial, economic, social and legal aspects of international business and
government and public administration. The Supervisory Board further aims to have
available appropriate experience within Philips by having one or two former
Philips executives as members on its Board. Members are appointed for fixed
terms of four years and may be reelected for two additional four-year terms.
The Supervisory Board currently consists of six members. At the General Meeting
of Shareholders held on March 29, 2001, Mr W. Hilger retired from the
Supervisory Board as a consequence of reaching the statutory age limit in 2001,
while Messrs L. C. van Wachem and L. Schweitzer were re-elected. At the 2002
Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the present terms of Messrs W. de
Kleuver and Sir Richard Geenbury end. In view of the knowledge, experience and
contribution both members bring to the Board, we, in agreement with the Meeting
of Priority Shareholders, will make a proposal at the General Meeting of
Shareholders to be held on March28, 2002 to re-elect Messrs De Kleuver and
Greenbury.
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is determined by
61
the General Meeting of Shareholders of the Company. The Supervisory Board
determines the additional remuneration for its chairman and the members of its
committees. Since 1998, the remuneration is EUR 40,840 per year for members of
the Supervisory Board and EUR 74,874 for the chairman. For each committee
membership the remuneration is EUR 4,538 per year; details are disclosed on
page 108 of the separate booklet entitled "Financial Statements and Analysis".
Selection and nomination of members of the Supervisory Board, the Board of
Management and the Group Management Committee
The Supervisory Board and the Meeting of Priority Shareholders jointly recommend
individuals to be elected by the General Meeting of Shareholders as members of
the Supervisory Board and of the Board of Management. Under its rules of
procedure, the Supervisory Board appoints members of the Group Management
Committee who are not members of the Board of Management. All such resolutions
are adopted upon the advice of the Nomination and Selection Committee consisting
of the Chairman, Vice-Chairman and Secretary of the Supervisory Board (ex
officio).
Mr C. Boonstra retired as President and Chairman of the Board of Management on
April 30, 2001. Appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders on March 29,
2001, Mr G. J. Kleisterlee succeeded Mr Boonstra on April 30, 2001. Mr A. Baan
retired as Executive Vice-President and member of the Board of Management with
effect from March 30, 2001. Mr J. W. Whybrow will retire, as planned, as
Executive Vice-President and member of the Board of Management on April 1, 2002.
The Supervisory Board is extremely grateful to Mr Whybrow for his almost 30
years of excellent service to Philips. In agreement with the Meeting of Priority
Shareholders the Supervisory Board will make a proposal at the General Meeting
of Shareholders to appoint Messrs A. Huijser and G. H. Dutine as members of the
Board of Management and Executive Vice-Presidents. Mr Huijser has been appointed
Chief Technology Officer with effect from May 1, 2001 and is a member of the
Group Management Committee, Senior Vice-President and CEO of Philips Research.
Mr Dutine, succeeding Mr Whybrow, has over twenty years' managerial experience
in international business environments. He is a former Vice-President of the
Telecom Board Committee of Alcatel, Chairman of Alcatel Deutschland GmbH and
Area President of Alcatel for Central & Eastern Europe.
In addition to his current responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer, the
Supervisory Board has appointed Mr J. H. M. Hommen as Vice-Chairman of the Board
of Management with effect from April 1, 2002.
Mr D. Hamill and Mr S. McGregor have been appointed as members of the Group
Management Committee and Senior Vice-Presidents with effect from May 1, 2001 and
January 1, 2002, respectively.
Remuneration of the Board of Management
The remuneration of the members of the Board of Management is determined by the
Supervisory Board on the advice of the Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory
Board. The members of the Remuneration Committee are listed on page 60. The
President is responsible for providing necessary
62
benchmark information and proposals, except regarding his own remuneration, to
the Remuneration Committee.
General remuneration policies
The objective of the remuneration policy for members of the Board of Management
is in line with that for Philips Executives throughout the Philips Group: to
focus them on improving the performance of the Company and enhancing the value
of the Group, to motivate and retain them, and to be able to attract other
highly qualified executives to enter into the service of Philips, when required.
In determining the remuneration policy, the Remuneration Committee ensures that
a competitive remuneration package for Board-level executive talent is
maintained and benchmarked with other multinational companies operating in
global markets. For that purpose, benchmarks are carried out each year with
Dutch and other European companies of comparable size, complexity and
international scope. Additional market data is provided by a number of
independent external advisers. In the case of the appointment of non-European
members of the Board of Management, the Remuneration Committee may apply a
broader benchmark with non-European data.
In order to link executive remuneration strongly to the performance of the
Company, the remuneration package includes a significant variable part in the
form of an annual cash bonus incentive and a long-term incentive in the form of
stock options, the base salary being the smaller part of the total potential
remuneration.
Base salary
Base salaries are based on a function-related salary system. When appointed, an
individual Board member's base salary will usually be well below the maximum
function-related salary. Normally (and subject to decision by the Supervisory
Board) the base salary will reach the maximum function-related salary level over
a 3-year period from appointment. In line with market developments shown by
benchmark studies, the maximum function-related salary levels in 2001 have been
increased by 3.5% compared with 2000. In 2001, the (maximum) function-related
salary of the President/CEO was EUR 986,972; the (maximum) function-related
salary of an Executive Vice-President was EUR 635,292. The individual salary
levels are shown in the table on page 106 of the separate booklet entitled
"Financial Statements and Analysis". Adjustment of individual salaries is
influenced by the (annual) adjustment, if any, of the function-related salary
levels and the progress to the (maximum) function-related salary level where
this has not yet been reached.
Annual cash bonus
Each year, a variable cash bonus can be earned, based on the achievement of
specific realistic, but stretched, targets. Bonus targets are set at a
challenging level, taking into account general trends in the relevant markets,
and are partly linked to the total result of the Philips Group and partly to the
areas of responsibility monitored by the individual member of the Board of
Management. The bonus criteria and the targets for the members of the Board
63
of Management are determined annually at the beginning of the year by the
Remuneration Committee on behalf of the Supervisory Board and are strongly
linked to the Company's financial performance and the creation of shareholder
value.
In principle, the maximum cash bonus achievable is 60% of the annual base
salary. The Remuneration Committee may decide to grant a higher bonus percentage
if exceptional targets are met. The bonus pay-out in any year relates to the
achievement of the preceding financial year versus agreed targets. As a result,
bonuses paid in 2001 relate to the salary levels and the (record) performance in
the year 2000. Similarly, the bonuses payable in 2002 will be calculated on the
basis of the 2001 annual results and will thus lead to a substantially lower
bonus pay-out compared to 2001.
Stock options as long-term incentive
Stock options are granted to members of the Board of Management under the
Philips stock option plans applicable to Philips Executives in general. These
plans further align the interests of management and shareholders. The
Supervisory Board has the discretionary power to grant Royal Philips Electronics
stock options to members of the Board of Management. The stock option plans are
approved each year by the Supervisory Board.
In 2000 and 2001, 50% of the granted stock options were awarded as fixed options
and 50% as performance-related options, linked to the long-term performance of
the Company relative to a defined group of peer companies. As such a scheme was
complex in execution and as performance-related vesting is uncommon in most
countries in which we operate, the performance-related vesting of stock options
has been changed, with effect from 2002, to a performance-related granting: the
number of stock options to be granted as from 2002 is dependent on the
performance of the Company in the preceding three years. For details of the
plan, see pages 83-87 of the separate booklet entitled "Financial Statements and
Analysis".
Pensions
The pensions of members of the Board of Management are funded by the Stichting
Philips Pensioenfonds (the "Philips Pension Fund") of the Netherlands. The
conditions contained in the by-laws of the Philips Pension Fund apply, with the
proviso that the pensionable age - from the point of view of pension accrual -
has been set at 60. If members of the Board of Management continue in the
employment of the Company after the age of 60, the pension payments are
postponed accordingly, as provided for in the Pension Fund by-laws. Because the
retirement age is different from the date of commencement of the state pension,
the pension scheme provides for a bridging payment in order to compensate for
the adverse effect. The Board of Management members' own contribution comprises
4% of EUR 61,691 and 6% of the difference between the gross pensionable salary
minus the franchise and the above-mentioned amount of EUR 61,691. A different
arrangement resulting in additional pension benefits may apply in some cases as
a result of past policies.
64
Additional arrangements
In addition to the main conditions of employment, a number of additional
arrangements apply to members of the Board of Management. These additional
arrangements, such as expense and medical cost allowances, accident insurance
and company car arrangements, are broadly in line with those for Philips
Executives in the Netherlands.
Contracts of employment
Members of the Board of Management have a contract of employment with the
Company. The form of contract used for members of the Board of Management is in
line with the standard form used for other Philips Executives.
In the event of disablement, members of the Board of Management are entitled to
benefits in line with other Philips Executives in the Netherlands.
REVIEW OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Supervisory Board reviews the annual financial statements as presented by
the Board of Management and upon approval will sign these documents. The Audit
Committee, consisting of three members of the Supervisory Board, reviews the
Company's annual and interim statements prior to publication and advises the
Supervisory Board on the adequacy and appropriateness of internal control
policies and internal audit programs and their findings. This includes such
things as reviewing matters relating to accounting policies and compliance with
accounting standards, compliance with statutory and legal requirements and
regulations particularly in the financial domain. Important findings and
identified risks are examined thoroughly in order to allow appropriate measures
to be taken. The Committee also considers the appointment of the external
auditors and their report with respect to the annual financial statements. It
also advises on the Supervisory Board's statement to shareholders in the annual
accounts. The Company's external auditors attended all Committee meetings in
2001.
2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. for 2001, as
presented by the Board of Management, have been audited by KPMG Accountants N.
V., independent public auditors. Their report appears on page 105 of the
separate booklet entitled "Financial Statements and Analysis".
We have approved these financial statements.
We recommend to shareholders to adopt the 2001 financial statements as presented
in the full Annual Report for the year 2001. We likewise recommend to
shareholders to adopt the proposal of the Board of Management, approved by the
Supervisory Board and the Meeting of Priority Shareholders, to make a
distribution to shareholders of EUR 0.36 per common share from the other
reserves.
February 5, 2002
THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
65
Selected Financial Information
INTRODUCTION
This Management Report and the separate booklet entitled "Financial Statements
and Analysis" together comprise the full Annual Report 2001 of Royal Philips
Electronics. Selected Financial Information is derived from the Philips Group's
full annual financial statements including notes as reported in the separate
booklet entitled "Financial Statements and Analysis". That separate booklet also
contains a comprehensive Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,
additional financial information and further statutory and other information.
For a full understanding of the results of the Group and the state of affairs,
both booklets should be consulted.
The following Selected Financial Information should be read in conjunction with
the Report on the performance of the Philips Group set out earlier in this
Management Report.
AUDITORS' REPORT
We have audited the accompanying 2001 selected financial information of
Koninklijke Philips Electronics N. V. appearing on pages 67 to 69. This
information is derived from the 2001 financial statements of Koninklijke Philips
Electronics N. V. as audited by us. We issued an unqualified auditors' report on
those financial statements on February 5, 2002.
This selected financial information is the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this information
based on our audit.
In our opinion this selected financial information corresponds in all material
respects with the financial statements from which it is derived.
For a more comprehensive view of the financial position and results of the
Company and the scope of our audit, the selected financial information should be
read in conjunction with the full financial statements from which it is derived
and the auditors' report we issued thereon.
Eindhoven, February 5, 2002
KPMG ACCOUNTANTS N. V.
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a basis consistent with
generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands (Dutch GAAP).
Historical cost is used as the measurement basis unless otherwise indicated.
66
Condensed statements of income of the Philips Group
for the years ended December 31
in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
Sales 32,339 37,862
Cost of sales:
- amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (371) (263)
- other costs of sales (22,814) (25,579)
------- --------
(23,185) (25,842)
---------- ---------
GROSS INCOME 9,154 12,020
Selling expenses (5,027) (4,960)
General and administrative expenses (1,230) (1,298)
Research and development expenses (3,312) (2,766)
Write-off of acquired in-process R&D (106) (44)
Restructuring and impairment charges (1,093) (197)
------- --------
(10,768) (9,265)
Other business income 243 1,526
---------- ---------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS (1,371) 4,281
Financial income and expenses:
- interest (391) (167)
- other (524) 2,155
------- --------
(915) 1,988
---------- ---------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES (2,286) 6,269
Income taxes 421 (570)
---------- ---------
INCOME (LOSS) AFTER TAXES (1,865) 5,699
Results relating to unconsolidated companies:
- income (loss) excluding amortization of goodwill
and other intangibles (387) 4,094
- amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (367) (124)
------- --------
(754) 3,970
---------- ---------
GROUP INCOME (LOSS) (2,619) 9,669
Minority interests 15 (67)
---------- ---------
NET INCOME (LOSS) (2,604) 9,602
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
(after deduction of treasury stock) during the year
(in thousands) 1,278,077 1,312,859
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE IN EUROS:
Net income (loss) (2.04) 7.31
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE IN EUROS:
Net income (loss) (2.04) 7.24
Dividend paid per common share in euros (from 0.36 0.30
prior-year profits)
67
Condensed balance sheets of the Philips Group
as of December 31
in millions of euros
The consolidated balance sheets are presented before appropriation of profit
[Download Table]
2001 2000
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents 890 1,089
Securities 130 111
Receivables 6,154 6,806
Inventories 4,290 5,279
----- -----
Total current assets 11,464 13,285
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Unconsolidated companies 5,632 5,328
Other non-current financial assets 2,789 3,747
Non-current receivables 3,582 2,713
Property, plant and equipment 7,718 9,041
Intangible assets - net 7,269 4,427
------ -----
Total non-current assets 26,990 25,256
------- ------
TOTAL 38,454 38,541
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts and notes payable 3,243 4,255
Accrued liabilities 4,137 3,701
Short-term provisions 1,456 969
Other current liabilities 813 862
Short-term debt 1,271 1,743
----- -----
Total current liabilities 10,920 11,530
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Long-term debt 6,595 2,284
Long-term provisions 2,284 2,522
----- -----
Total non-current liabilities 8,879 4,806
GROUP EQUITY
Minority interests 202 469
Stockholders' equity 18,453 21,736
------- ------
TOTAL 38,454 38,541
68
Condensed statements of cash flows of the Philips Group
for the years ended December 31
in millions of euros
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
Cash flows from operating activities:
NET INCOME (LOSS) (2,604) 9,602
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization 2,797 2,320
Net gain on sale of investments (378) (6,384)
(Income) loss from unconsolidated companies (net of dividends received) 676 (1,187)
Minority interests (net of dividends paid) (21) 56
Decrease (increase) in working capital 1,080 (1,069)
Increase in non-current receivables (874) (510)
Increase in provisions 287 386
Other items 285 (218)
------ ------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 1,248 2,996
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of intangible assets (software) (234) (140)
Capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment (2,143) (3,170)
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment 221 178
(Purchase) proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale (1) 848
Purchase of other non-current financial assets (76) (560)
Proceeds from other non-current financial assets 550 63
Purchase of businesses (3,636) (3,209)
Proceeds from sale of interests in businesses 755 3,586
------ ------
NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES (4,564) (2,404)
------ ------
CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3,316) 592
Cash flows from financing activities:
(Decrease) increase in short-term debt (73) 734
Principal payments on long-term debt (554) (325)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt 4,580 203
Treasury stock transactions (336) (578)
Capital repayment to shareholders -- (1,673)
Dividends paid (458) (399)
------ ------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES 3,159 (2,038)
------ ------
CASH USED FOR CONTINUING OPERATIONS (157) (1,446)
Effect of changes in exchange rates and consolidations on cash positions (42) 204
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 1,089 2,331
------ ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR 890 1,089
69
The Philips Group in the last eight years*
all amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
Due to factors such as consolidations and divestments, the amounts, percentages
and ratios are not directly comparable.
[Enlarge/Download Table]
General data
2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
Sales 32,339 37,862 31,459 30,459 29,658 27,094 25,259 23,768
Percentage increase over previous year (15) 20 3 3 9 7 6 2
Income (loss) from continuing operations (2,604) 9,602 1,804 541 1,231 126 971 683
Discontinued operations -- -- -- 5,054 263 202 247 281
Net income (loss) (2,604) 9,602 1,799 6,053 2,602 (268) 1,143 964
Turnover rate of net operating capital 2.15 3.16 3.14 2.91 2.84 2.70 2.88 2.95
Total employees at year-end (in thousands) 189 219 227 234 252 250 253 241
Salaries, wages and social costs paid 8,100 8,456 8,016 8,209 8,261 8,083 7,363 7,031
Income
Income (loss) from operations (1,371) 4,281 1,751 685 1,714 422 1,350 1,227
As a % of sales (4.2) 11.3 5.6 2.2 5.8 1.6 5.3 5.2
As a % of net operating capital (RONA) (9.1) 35.7 17.5 6.5 16.4 4.2 15.4 15.2
Income taxes 421 (570) (336) (41) (276) 7 (74) (135)
As a % of income before taxes 18 9 19 11 20 (40) 7 16
Income (loss) after taxes (1,865) 5,699 1,447 332 1,119 25 964 696
As a % of sales (5.8) 15.1 4.6 1.1 3.8 0.1 3.8 2.9
Income (loss) from continuing operations (2,604) 9,602 1,804 541 1,231 126 971 683
As a % of stockholders' equity (ROE) (12.8) 53.5 12.6 5.1 15.9 1.9 15.8 12.5
Per common share (2.04) 7.31 1.31 0.38 0.88 0.09 0.71 0.51
Net income (loss) (2,604) 9,602 1,799 6,053 2,602 (268) 1,143 964
Per common share (2.04) 7.31 1.31 4.20 1.86 (0.20) 0.84 0.72
Dividend paid per common share
(from prior-year
profit distribution) 0.36 0.30 0.25 0.23 0.18 0.18 0.14 0.06
* 1997 and prior years have been restated to reflect the sale of PolyGram
N.V. in 1998 and to present the Philips Group accounts on a continuing
basis.
Definitions
Net operating capital: intangible assets (excl. goodwill unconsolidated
companies), property, plant and equipment, non-current receivables and current
assets excl. cash and cash equivalents, securities and deferred tax positions,
after deduction of provisions and other liabilities
RONA: income from operations as a % of average net operating capital
ROE: income from continuing operations as a % of average stockholders' equity
Net debt: long-term and short-term debt net of cash and cash equivalents
Net debt: group equity ratio: the % distribution of net debt over group equity
plus net debt
Average number of outstanding shares: weighted average number of outstanding
common shares based on monthly positions during the reporting year
The financial statements have been prepared in euros. Amounts previously
reported in Dutch guilders are reported in euros using the irrevocably fixed
conversion rate which became effective on January 1, 1999 (EUR 1 = NLG 2.20371).
70
[Enlarge/Download Table]
Capital employed
2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
Cash and cash equivalents 890 1,089 2,331 6,553 1,397 785 932 940
Securities 130 111 1,523 - - - - -
Receivables 6,154 6,806 6,453 5,442 5,464 5,369 4,890 4,567
Inventories 4,290 5,279 4,566 4,274 4,522 4,334 5,083 4,330
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Current assets 11,464 13,285 14,873 16,269 11,383 10,488 10,905 9,837
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Non-current financial assets 8,421 9,075 2,431 2,836 1,451 1,618 1,358 1,257
Net assets discontinued operations - - - - 1,482 1,198 1,013 901
Non-current receivables 3,582 2,713 2,326 1,920 1,858 1,662 1,413 1,397
Property, plant and equipment (book value) 7,718 9,041 7,332 6,574 6,935 6,719 6,094 5,599
Intangible assets (book value) 7,269 4,427 2,822 554 213 222 198 105
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Non-current assets 26,990 25,256 14,911 11,884 11,939 11,419 10,076 9,259
Total assets 38,454 38,541 29,784 28,153 23,322 21,907 20,981 19,096
Property, plant and equipment:
Capital expenditures for the year 2,143 3,170 1,662 1,634 1,627 2,185 2,127 1,535
Depreciation for the year 1,969 1,789 1,548 1,615 1,492 1,437 1,218 1,270
Capital expenditures : depreciation 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.5 1.7 1.2
Inventories as a % of sales 13.3 13.9 14.5 14.0 15.2 16.0 20.1 18.2
Outstanding trade receivables, in months' sales 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5
Financial structure
Other current liabilities 8,193 8,818 8,262 6,779 6,328 5,768 5,643 5,373
Debt 7,866 4,027 3,314 3,587 4,030 5,855 4,756 3,875
Provisions 3,740 3,491 3,118 2,985 3,251 3,420 3,460 3,566
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total provisions and liabilities 19,799 16,336 14,694 13,351 13,609 15,043 13,859 12,814
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Issued, paid-up capital 263 263 339 1,672 1,655 1,600 1,566 1,536
Surplus and reserves 18,190 21,473 14,418 12,888 7,499 4,985 5,060 4,410
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Stockholders' equity 18,453 21,736 14,757 14,560 9,154 6,585 6,626 5,946
Minority interests 202 469 333 242 559 279 496 336
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Group equity 18,655 22,205 15,090 14,802 9,713 6,864 7,122 6,282
Total equity and liabilities 38,454 38,541 29,784 28,153 23,322 21,907 20,981 19,096
Net debt : group equity ratio 27:73 12:88 6:94 * 21:79 42:58 35:65 32:68
Stockholders' equity per common share 14.48 16.93 11.08 10.09 6.39 4.74 4.85 4.41
Market price per common share at year-end 33.38 39.02 33.75 14.30 13.80 7.94 6.58 5.83
* Not meaningful: net cash in 1998 exceeded the debt level
71
[GRAPHIC - WINDOW SCREEN]
PAYMENT OF DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS
Shares of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. ('Royal Philips Electronics')
will be listed ex-dividend as of April 2, 2002. In compliance with the listing
requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and the stock market of Euronext
Amsterdam, the record dates will be April 4, 2002 for holders of American shares
of New York Registry, and March 28, 2002 for other Philips shares.
The distribution in cash as proposed to the General Meeting of Shareholders will
be payable as of April 8, 2002 to all shareholders. The distribution to holders
of American shares will be made in USD at the USD/EUR rate at the close of
business of Euronext Amsterdam on April 4, 2002.
IMPORTANT DATES
Record date Annual General Meeting of Shareholders March 21, 2002
Annual General Meeting of Shareholders March 28, 2002
First quarterly report 2002 April 16, 2002
Second quarterly report 2002 July 16, 2002
Third quarterly report 2002 October 15, 2002
Publication of 2002 results February 11, 2003*
Publication of the Annual Report 2002 February 11, 2003*
Annual General Meeting of Shareholders March 27, 2003*
First quarterly report 2003 April 15, 2003*
Second quarterly report 2003 July 15, 2003*
Third quarterly report 2003 October 14, 2003*
* These dates are subject to final confirmation.
72
COPIES OF ANNUAL REPORT 2001
Non-US shareholders and other non-US interested parties can
obtain copies of the Annual Report 2001 free of charge from:
Royal Philips Electronics
Annual Report Office
P.O. Box 218
5600 MD Eindhoven, The Netherlands
Fax: 31-40-2786436
Holders of shares of New York Registry and other interested
parties in the USA can obtain, free of charge, copies of the
Annual Report 2001 from the Transfer and Register Agent:
Citibank Shareholder Services
P.O. Box 2502
Jersey City, New Jersey 07303-2502
Telephone: 877-CITI-ADR (toll-free)
Fax: 201-324-3284
E-mail: citibank@em.fcnbd.com
Internet address:
www.citibank.com/corpbank/adr
The Annual Report on Form 20-F is filed electronically with
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Annual Report 2001 is also available in the original Dutch
version, which is the authentic text.
INFORMATION SOURCES
Investors and financial analysts may contact
Mr A.S. Cathcart, Director of Investor Relations
Telephone: 31-20-5977222
Fax: 31-20-5977220
E-mail: alan.cathcart@philips.com
US shareholders should direct communications concerning share
transfers, lost certificates, dividends and change of address to
Citibank (see above).Non-US shareholders should contact:
ABN AMRO
Afdeling Uitgevende Instellingen
Kemelstede 2
4817 ST Breda
The Netherlands
Telephone: 31-76-5799482
Fax: 31-76-5799620
Internet address:
www.investor.philips.com
[PHILIPS LOGO]
www.philips.com
www.investor.philips.com
9922 130 09104
PHILIPS
Annual Report 2001
Financial Statements and Analysis
[GRAPHIC - WINDOW SCREEN]
Contents
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ANALYSIS
2 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
3 OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
38 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
46 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
48 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
50 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS OF THE
PHILIPS GROUP
52 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
EQUITY OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
53 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE
PHILIPS GROUP
100 BALANCE SHEETS AND STATEMENTS OF INCOME OF KONINKLIJKE
PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V. (`ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS')
101 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS
OTHER INFORMATION
105 AUDITORS'
106 PROPOSED DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS OF ROYAL PHILIPS
ELECTRONICS
106 REMUNERATION OF THE BOARD OF MANAGEMENT AND
SUPERVISORY BOARD
108 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
112 THE PHILIPS GROUP IN THE LAST EIGHT YEARS
114 SOME KEY FINANCIAL INFORMATION IN NLG AND USD
'SAFE HARBOR' STATEMENT UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LIGITATION REFORM ACT OF
1995
This document contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the
financial condition, results of operations and business of Philips and certain
of the plans and objectives of Philips with respect to these items, in
particular the outlook paragraph of the `Operating and Financial Review and
Prospects' in this Financial Statements and Analysis booklet.
By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because
they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future.
There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments
to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking
statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, levels of consumer
and business spending in major economies, changes in consumer tastes and
preferences, the levels of marketing and promotional expenditures by Philips and
its competitors, raw materials and employee costs, changes in future exchange
and interest rates (in particular changes in the euro and the US dollar can
materially affect results), changes in tax rates and future business
combinations, acquisitions or dispositions and the rate of technical changes.
Market share estimates contained in this report are based on outside sources
such as specialized research institutes, industry and dealer panels, etc. in
combination with management estimates.
THIS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ANALYSIS BOOKLET AND THE SEPARATE BOOKLET ENTITLED
'MANAGEMENT REPORT' TOGETHER COMPRISE THE FULL ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 2001
OF KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V.
('ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS')
FOR A FULL UNDERSTANDING OF THE RESULTS OF THE PHILIPS GROUP AND THE STATE OF
AFFAIRS, BOTH BOOKLETS SHOULD BE CONSULTED.
1
Financial highlights
all amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---- ---- ----
Sales 32,339 37,862 31,459
Income (loss) from operations (1,371) 4,281 1,751
As a % of sales (4.2) 11.3 5.6
As a % of net operating capital (RONA) (9.1) 35.7 17.5
Net income (loss) (2,604) 9,602 1,799
Per common share - basic (2.04) 7.31 1.31
Dividend paid per common share (from prior-year profit 0.36 0.30 0.25
distribution)
Cash flows before financing activities (3,316) 592 (1,921)
Stockholders' equity 18,453 21,736 14,757
Per common share 14.48 16.93 11.08
Net debt : group equity ratio 27:73 12:88 6:94
EXCLUDING SPECIAL ITEMS*:
Income (loss) from operations (136) 3,211 1,736
As a % of sales (0.4) 8.5 5.5
As a % of net operating capital (RONA) (0.9) 26.8 17.3
Net income (loss) (908) 2,831 1,614
Per common share - basic (0.71) 2.16 1.17
* Special items relate to income and expenses resulting from normal business
operations, which, because of their size or nature, are disclosed separately
to give a better understanding of the underlying result for the period. These
include items such as restructuring and impairment charges,
acquisition-related charges and significant gains and losses on the disposal
of businesses or participations.
2
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
The following discussion is based on the consolidated financial statements and
should be read in conjunction with those statements and the other financial
information.
The consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with
generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands (Dutch GAAP). These
accounting principles differ in some respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States (US GAAP), which differences are discussed in
note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.
Special items, as presented in the Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,
relate to income and expenses resulting from normal business operations, which,
because of their size or nature, are disclosed separately to give a better
understanding of the underlying result for the period. These include items such
as restructuring and impairment charges, acquisition-related charges and
significant gains and losses on the disposal of businesses or participations. In
some analyses these special items have been excluded from income in order to
give a better insight into the comparable performance of the Philips Group.
However, the reader should note that income from continuing operations excluding
special items is not a measure of financial performance as defined by Dutch or
US GAAP.
THE YEAR 2001
SUMMARY
After the record year 2000, the Company's 2001 was heavily impacted by the
worldwide economic downturn. The collapse of the dot.com industry engulfed the
IT sector, severely affecting telecom and PC-related businesses and creating the
deepest and steepest decline ever in the semiconductors and components
industries. Our cyclical electronics businesses Semiconductors, Consumer
Electronics and Components, as well as some of our major unconsolidated
companies such as Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC), LG.Philips
LCD and LG.Philips Displays, were significantly impacted by the decline.
Consumer confidence fell drastically after the tragic events of September 11 in
the USA, and the manufacturing sector continued its reluctancy to make new
investments.
Our Lighting, Domestic Appliances and Personal Care (DAP) and Medical Systems
businesses, which operate in less cyclical markets, continued their solid
performances. DAP and Medical Systems (excluding special items) recorded their
best year ever. The year 2001 was also characterized by major changes in the
product portfolio as we continue to align it with our long-term strategy. The
Display Components activities were transferred into a 50/50 joint venture with
LG Electronics of Korea as of July 2, 2001. Additionally, decisions were taken
to outsource the manufacturing and some parts of the development of mobile
handsets and video recorders. Significant acquisitions were made to strengthen
our Medical Systems activities. During the year, we acquired medical systems
businesses from Marconi and Agilent.
3
Sales in 2001 amounted to EUR 32,339 million, a decrease of 15% compared to the
prior year. The sales decline reflects the significant downturn in the markets
for Semiconductors, Components, Mainstream CE and Consumer Communications, where
substantially reduced demand and severe price erosion were encountered. The
decline also reflects the deconsolidation of Display Components, which was
partially offset by the increased sales resulting from acquisitions at Medical
Systems and DAP. Sales at Lighting remained relatively flat. In some areas
(Consumer Communications and Digital Networks) sales decreased as part of the
scaling-down and refocusing strategy. In nearly all other areas, sales were
virtually in line with the global market. An important positive exception was
Medical Systems, whose market share was strongly uplifted by significant
acquisitions, bringing the division to a No. 2 market position by year-end.
The decline in 2001 income from operations, compared to 2000, was related to the
worldwide economic downturn in our markets. Inventory corrections in the PC and
telecommunication industries had a major impact on the 2001 performance after
excessive inventory stocking by customers during the previous year.
Additionally, under-utilization of factories led to significant losses in
certain businesses.
The return on net assets (RONA) decreased to a negative 9.1% in 2001, compared
to a positive 35.7% in 2000 and 17.5% in 1999. Excluding special items, RONA for
2001 was 0.9% negative compared to a positive 26.8% and 17.3% in 2000 and 1999
respectively. The decrease in 2001 was primarily attributable to lower
profitability.
Income from continuing operations in 2001 amounted to a loss of EUR 2,604
million (EUR 2.04 per common share-basic) compared with a profit of EUR 9,602
million (EUR 7.31 per common share-basic) in 2000 and EUR 1,804 million (EUR
1.31 per common share-basic) in 1999. The results included a number of special
items, which are presented in the table below.
Income (loss) from continuing operations excluding special items:
amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
As published (2,604) 9,602 1,804
per common share-basic (2.04) 7.31 1.31
Affecting income from operations:
Restructuring and impairment charges (1,093) (197) (86)
Acquisition-related costs incl. in-process R&D (437) (114) (68)
Gain on sale of participations 295 309 169
Atos Origin merger gain 1,072
Affecting financial income and expenses:
Gain on sale of JDS Uniphase shares 1,207 117
Seagram/Vivendi share exchange gain, net 1,115
Impairment Vivendi/Great Nordic shares (526)
Income taxes related to special items 313 (18) (9)
Affecting results relating to unconsolidated companies:
Gain on sale of shares and participations 20 2,717
Restructuring and impairment charges (208)
Dilution (losses) and gains related to TSMC's
transactions (see note 5 to the consolidated financial
statements) (60) 680 67
------ ------ ------
Excluding special items (908) 2,831 1,614
per common share - basic (0.71) 2.16 1.17
------ ------ ------
4
Cash flows provided by operating activities totaled EUR 1,248 million in 2001,
compared with EUR 2,996 million in 2000 and EUR 1,913 million in 1999. The
decrease in cash provided by operating activities is mainly attributable to the
lower income. Significant reductions of inventory, as a result of our supply
chain improvement programs, and of receivables were partly offset by lower
payables. The reduction of working capital in relation to sales reflects the
success of the cash conversion cycle program that was started two years ago.
In 2001 net cash used for investing activities totaled EUR 4,564 million, of
which EUR 3,636 million relates to the purchase of businesses, particularly at
Medical Systems, compared to EUR 2,404 million in 2000 and EUR 3,834 million
in 1999.
Proceeds from the sale of businesses totaled EUR 755 million in 2001, of which
the sale of the Glass activities of Components (to the newly established joint
venture with LG Electronics), FEI Company and Philips Broadcast were the most
important.
At EUR 2,143 million, cash requirements for capital expenditures were
significantly down from the level in 2000, particularly at Semiconductors and
Components as a result of overcapacity in these sectors.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled EUR 3,159 million in 2001,
compared to EUR 2,038 million net cash used in 2000. The financing needs in 2001
were met by the issuance of two tranches of two eurobonds each, totaling EUR
4,250 million. The cash requirements for financing activities in 2000 and 1999
came to EUR 2,038 million and EUR 2,606 million respectively. Both years
included capital repayments to shareholders - EUR 1,673 million and EUR 1,490
million respectively - from the share reduction program.
At December 31, 2001 the Company's net debt group equity ratio was 27:73.
GROUP SALES AND INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 32,339 37,862 31,459
% nominal (decrease) increase (15) 20 3
Income (loss) from operations (1,371) 4,281 1,751
as a % of sales (4.2) 11.3 5.6
Income (loss) from operations excl. special items (136) 3,211 1,736
as a % of sales (0.4) 8.5 5.5
------ ------ ------
The composition of the change (%) in sales over 2001 and 2000 was as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 versus 2000 versus
2000 1999
----- ----
Consolidation changes (0.7) 0.4
Currency effects 0.1 9.3
Prices (8.2) (5.3)
Volume (5.8) 16.0
---- ----
Nominal change (14.6) 20.4
----- ----
Sales in 2001 decreased by 15% compared with the previous year. Changes in
consolidations had a minor negative effect, with the decline caused by the
deconsolidation of Display Components into a 50/50 joint venture with LG
Electronics slightly exceeding the increase from various consolidations,
particularly ADAC and the medical systems businesses of Agilent HSG and Marconi.
The sales decrease in 2001 was especially significant at Components ( 45%),
which was partly due to the deconsolidation of Display Components (13%).
5
Additionally, sales of the businesses Optical Storage and Mobile Display Systems
were strongly affected by the decline in the PC and cellular phone markets.
Semiconductors' sales decreased 25%, which was caused by the most severe
downturn in the semiconductor market ever (30%, according to preliminary WSTS
statistics). The economic downturn in the USA had a significant downward effect
on sales at Mainstream CE.
Sales growth at Lighting (1%) remained virtually unchanged from the year 2000,
while sales at DAP increased (6%), primarily due to the acquisition of Optiva in
October 2000. Medical Systems' sales increased by 59%, mainly due to the
acquisition of medical systems sales increased businesses.
Sales in 2000 grew to EUR 37,862 million, 20% higher than EUR 31,459 million in
1999. The growth was mainly at Semiconductors (55%), Components (22%) and
Medical Systems (22%). Various changes in consolidation had, on balance, a
neutral effect. Positive effects came from the consolidation of, among others,
MiCRUS, MedQuist and Optiva Corporation. Deconsolidations related mainly to
Advanced Ceramics & Modules (AC&M) as of July 1, 2000 and Origin as of October
1, 2000.
Income from operations in 2001 amounted to a loss of EUR 1,371 million or 4.2%
of sales, compared to profits of EUR 4,281 million, or 11.3% of sales, in 2000
and EUR 1,751 million, or 5.6% of sales, in 1999. Income in 2001 reflected the
unprecedented global economic downturn in the telecom and PC-related markets,
which heavily impacted the performance of Semiconductors, Components and
Consumer Electronics. Overall price erosion increased significantly to 8.2%,
compared with 5.3% in 2000. Reduction of the Company's overcapacity and
portfolio rationalization resulted in net restructuring and impairment charges
of EUR 1,093 million in 2001, while recent acquisitions caused additional
amortization of goodwill and in-process R&D write-offs at Medical Systems.
Income in 2001 benefited from EUR 430 million negative pension costs (in 2000
EUR 445 million). As a consequence of the weak stock markets, we anticipate
significantly lower negative pension costs in income from operations in 2002.
Income from operations in 2000 totaled EUR 4,281 million, or 11.3% of sales,
compared to EUR 1,751 million, or 5.6% of sales, in 1999. The largest increase
in income from operations was realized by Semiconductors, which more than
doubled compared to 1999, reflecting the strong upturn in the market that
started in the second half of 1999.
Moreover, overall price erosion decreased significantly, while improved
efficiency and cost control had a positive impact on income.
All other sectors, except Origin, contributed to the improvement in income from
operations in 2000.
SALES AND INCOME FROM OPERATIONS PER SECTOR
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
income income income
(loss) (loss) (loss)
from from from
Sales operations sales operations sales operations
----- ---------- ------ ---------- ----- ----------
Lighting 5,083 623 5,052 668 4,548 602
Consumer Electronics 11,052 (649) 13,060 410 11,152 255
DAP 2,224 334 2,107 287 1,791 220
Components 2,772 (667) 5,042 608 4,101 293
Semiconductors 4,389 (607) 5,879 1,346 3,796 614
Medical Systems 4,834 (199) 3,031 169 2,493 181
Origin -- -- 717 1,063 1,056 97
Miscellaneous 1,985 (104) 2,974 (191) 2,522 (118)
Unallocated -- (102) -- (79) -- (393)
------ ------ ------ ----- ------ -----
32,339 (1,371) 37,862 4,281 31,459 1,751
6
The following sectors are reported separately: Lighting, Consumer Electronics,
Domestic Appliances and Personal Care, Components, Semiconductors, Medical
Systems, Origin (previous years only), Miscellaneous and Unallocated. For a
comprehensive business description of the various sectors, please refer to the
relevant section in the consolidated financial statements (note 28).
The comments on the business performance per product sector are preceded by a
table that includes certain primary performance indicators for the respective
years. Sales growth, as mentioned in the performance indicators and comments,
consists of the nominal changes in sales (comparison of year-to-year euro
amounts). Further sector information is provided in the notes to the
consolidated financial statements.
LIGHTING
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
----- ----- -----
Sales 5,083 5,052 4,548
% nominal increase 1 11 2
Income from operations 623 668 602
as a % of sales 12.3 13.2 13.2
Income from operations excl. special items 641 685 631
as a % of sales 12.6 13.6 13.9
----- ----- -----
The lighting market declined slightly in 2001, hampered by the economic slowdown
in the USA and the energy crisis in Brazil, factors not entirely offset by
increases in Eastern Europe and Asia Pacific, where markets continued to show
positive growth.
Philips' sales growth was 1% positive and totaled 5,083 million in 2001.
Excluding Batteries, sales growth was 2%. Sales growth was mainly
innovation-driven. Volume growth of 4% was offset by 3% price erosion. Sales
growth was particularly strong in Automotive & Special Lighting. Geographically,
sales growth was strongest in Asia Pacific. All businesses contributed to a
slight improvement in overall market share, reinforcing global market
leadership.
Income from operations in 2001 totaled 623 million, or 12.3% of sales. Excluding
restructuring charges amounting to 18 million, income was 641 million, or 12.6%
of sales. After several years of improved operations and higher margins, income
from operations in 2001 was affected by an unfavorable margin mix, due to slower
growth of sales of high-end products. In addition, the stronger Polish currency
put pressure on margins, as Poland is an important supply base. In the light of
these developments, more focused cost management remains key for the
profitability of the division. Income in 2001 included a gain on the sale and
lease-back of two office buildings ( 44 million).
Sales in 2000 increased by 11% to 5,052 million compared to 1999. Currency
movements had a positive impact of 9% on nominal sales. Volume growth was 6%,
partly offset by increased price erosion of 4%. Overall growth was strong in
Asia Pacific, Latin America and Eastern Europe. The strongest sales growth was
achieved by the Automotive business, which significantly outperformed the market
as a result of successful product innovation.
The improvement in income from operations in 2000 compared to 1999 was mainly
the result of the strong sales growth. The largest income improvement was
realized by the Lamps business, especially in Europe.
7
CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 11,052 13,060 11,152
% nominal (decrease) increase (15) 17 (2)
Income (loss) from operations (649) 410 255
as a % of sales (5.9) 3.1 2.3
Income (loss) from operations excl. special items (146) 427 220
as a % of sales (1.3) 3.3 2.0
------ ------ ------
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
amounts in millions of euros sales income (loss) from operations
---------------------- ------------------------------------------------
excluding
% as a % of special as a % of
amount increase amount sales items sales
------ -------- ------ --------- --------- ---------
Mainstream CE 8,665 (6) (250) (2.9) (186) (2.1)
Digital Networks 743 (37) (329) (44.3) (207) (27.9)
Consumer Communications 1,253 (43) (421) (33.6) (104) (8.3)
Licenses 391 (5) 351 89.8 351 89.8
------ ------ ------
Consumer Electronics 11,052 (15) (649) (5.9) (146) (1.3)
------ ------ ------
Sales in the Consumer Electronics (CE) sector in 2001 totaled 11,052 million, a
decrease of 15% compared with the previous year. Sales volume fell by 3%, while
average prices decreased by 12%. Price erosion intensified compared with the
prior year, due to the weaker demand in most regions and intensified
competition. The market decreased by 8% as a result of the global economic
slowdown. The US market in particular was hit hard, but a slowdown in growth was
also seen in Asia Pacific and Latin America. Sales at Mainstream CE declined by
6% in 2001. Price erosion for the year of 10% was partially offset by a 4%
increase in sales volume.
The lower sales of Mainstream CE's products related principally to monitors and
VCR Monitors, particularly OEM sales, were impacted by the downturn in the world
PC market. VCR sales, which were affected by the worldwide migration towards
DVD, decreased significantly. Although DVD sales nearly doubled, this did not
offset the VCR decline. Audio sales decreased 7%, suffering from weak demand in
North and Latin America, while sales in Europe and Asia Pacific remained stable.
TV sales were marginally lower, balancing lower sales in USA/Canada, Latin
America and Asia Pacific with an increase in Europe.
Sales at Digital Networks dropped by 37% compared to last year. The refocus on
key customers, combined with a sharply declining market growth rate for set-top
boxes (9%in 2001 compared with 73% in 2000), accounted for most of this
decrease. Lower sales of satellite and cable network set-top boxes in Europe and
lower sales of Internet TV in the USA were only partly offset by doubled sales
of satellite/terrestrial set-top boxes in the USA. The worldwide slowdown in the
telecom markets contributed to a significant reduction of Broadband Networks
sales.
The sharp fall in Consumer Communications sales reflects the scaling-down
strategy for GSM mobile phones, which particularly affected sales in Europe. GSM
sales continued to show positive growth in Asia Pacific, notably in China.
8
Income from operations in 2001 decreased to a loss of 649 million, down from a
profit of 410 million in 2000. Other than Licenses, which registered higher
income due to receipt of royalties on CD-R licenses, all businesses contributed
to the significant decline in income. Restructuring charges of 503 million were
recorded during the year.
Mainstream CE, in line with the trend in the worldwide CE industry, reported
lower margins in most of its markets. Margins were also impacted by actions
taken to reduce excess inventories, principally in the USA/Canada. By the end of
2001, inventory levels at Mainstream CE were at a record low. Restructuring
charges of 64 million were recorded during the year. These charges related to
the closure of the VCR factory in Vienna, Austria, in conjunction with the
Company's decision to outsource production and to transfer monitor production
from Taiwan to China.
The loss at Consumer Communications originated mainly from the restructuring
charges resulting from the refocusing of the mobile handset business. In June
2001 we announced the sale of part of the development and manufacturing
activities for GSM to China Electronics Corporation (CEC). In line with the
implementation of our restructuring measures, European Telecom plc of the United
Kingdom has acquired parts of the unit for industrial operations in the field of
mobile telephony in Le Mans, France. Philips will maintain a focused sales and
marketing activity in mobile telephony under the Philips brand. Additionally, an
agreement has been reached on the sale of the Fax business to SAGEM, which
transaction is expected to be closed in the first quarter of 2002 and is subject
to the customary approvals. Income in 2001 was positively impacted by a EUR 41
million insurance payment to compensate for business interruption damage caused
by a fire in the semiconductor factory in Albuquerque, USA in 2000.
The lower income at Digital Networks reflected the downturn in sales and
included special items for the downsizing and write-off of our Internet and
Personal TV business in the USA, as well as restructuring charges at Broadband
Networks and Digital Transmission Systems and the cost of development of new
technologies at MP4Net, Softworks and CryptoTec. Further adjustments to the cost
base are ongoing, in line with lower sales growth.
License income increased compared to 2000, primarily due to the recognition of
EUR 82 million of CD-R/RW royalties attributable to prior years, mainly
resulting from settlements of disputes. During 2001 the basic CD patents
expired, except in the USA. Execution of new programs such as CD-R/RW and DVD
became more important during 2001.
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------
amounts in millions of euros sales income (loss) from operations
-------------------- --------------------------------------------
excluding
% as a % of special as a % of
amount increase amount sales items sales
------ -------- ------ --------- --------- ---------
Mainstream CE 9,265 12 183 2.0 201 2.2
Digital Networks 1,178 37 (85) (7.2) (85) (7.2)
Consumer Communications 2,207 27 1 -- -- --
Licenses 410 38 311 75.9 311 75.9
------ ------ ------
Consumer Electronics 13,060 17 410 3.1 427 3.3
------ ------ ------
9
Sales in the Consumer Electronics sector in 2000 totaled EUR 13,060 million, an
increase of 17% on the year before. Changes in consolidation had a minor
negative effect of 1%, while currency movements had a positive effect of 9% on
nominal sales. Sales volume increased by 18%, partly offset by an average price
decrease of 9%. Sales of Mainstream CE's products increased in Consumer TV
(particularly in the upmarket segment), branded monitors and DVD-Video. Digital
Networks recorded sharply higher sales due to strong demand for set-top boxes.
Geographically, sales increased most strongly in Asia Pacific and Europe, while
sales in Latin America rebounded to positive growth.
Income from operations in the Consumer Electronics sector in 2000 increased to
EUR 410 million, up from EUR 255 million in 1999. The increase was mainly
attributable to the turnaround to a break-even situation at Consumer
Communications. License income increased, mainly due to the higher number of
licenses in new programs. Income at Mainstream CE benefited from the higher
level of sales. At Digital Networks, the positive contribution from certain
satellite applications was more than offset by large start-up costs in the cable
segment and in new technologies for the delivery of electronic content.
DOMESTIC APPLIANCES AND PERSONAL CARE
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
----- ---- -----
Sales 2,224 2,107 1,791
% nominal increase 6 18 3
Income from operations 334 287 220
as a % of sales 15.0 13.6 12.3
Income from operations excl. special items 338 300 220
as a % of sales 15.2 14.2 12.3
Sales in 2001 reached EUR 2,224 million, an increase of 6% over the previous
year. Changes in consolidation, notably the consolidation of Optiva, lifted
sales by 6%. Volume growth was 1%, while average prices declined by 1%. The
sales growth is mainly attributable to Oral Healthcare. Sales of male shavers
increased steeply in China (16% up), reaching 3.5 million units and reinforcing
market leadership in that growth market. This, along with a good performance in
Europe, compensated for the lower sales in the USA. The increase in Oral
Healthcare was attributable to the successful integration of Optiva, allowing
Sonicare to reach the No. 1 market position in the USA. The successful launch of
the Senseo Crema coffee maker contributed positively.
Geographically, sales increased strongly in China and Europe. In North America,
sales of Philips Oral Healthcare grew sharply, which was partly offset by a
decline in the other businesses due to sluggish economic conditions along with
the effects of the September 11 terrorist attacks. Adverse economic conditions
also negatively impacted sales in Latin America, which primarily affected the
Food & Beverage business.
Income from operations in 2001 increased by approximately 16% to EUR 334
million, continuing the growth pattern from prior years and defying the adverse
market conditions, making 2001 the best year ever. The successful integration of
Optiva, which yielded positive income in the first year after acquisition,
contributed to the increased profitability. The new product launches of Senseo
Crema and Visapure, together with ongoing portfolio rationalization and tight
cost control, also contributed to the improvement.
10
Sales in 2000 increased 18% over the year before, positively affected by
consolidation changes (4%) and exchange rate fluctuations (8%). Volume growth
of 8% was partly offset by price erosion of 2%. The sales growth was mainly
attributable to sustained strong growth of the Male Shaving & Grooming business.
The Food & Beverage and Home Environment Care businesses also achieved strong
increases. Geographically, sales increased strongly in Europe and USA/Canada. In
addition, sales in Asia Pacific rebounded from the effects of the economic
downturn in the prior year.
Income from operations in 2000 increased by approximately 30%, driven by
successful product introductions and portfolio rationalizations. The success of
Quadra Action contributed to the growth in Male Shaving & Grooming, while Food &
Beverage improved its profitability as a consequence of portfolio
rationalization and strict cost control.
COMPONENTS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 2,772 5,042 4,101
% nominal (decrease) increase (45) 23 (3)
Segment revenues 3,705 6,920 5,947
Income (loss) from operations (667) 608 293
as a % of sales (24.1) 12.1 7.1
as a % of segment revenues (18.0) 8.8 4.9
Income (loss) from operations excl. special items (510) 382 190
as a % of sales (18.4) 7.6 4.6
as a % of segment revenues (13.8) 5.5 3.2
As a result of the high level of sales of products and services to other product
sectors, income from operations is also expressed as a percentage of segment
revenues. Segment revenues are the total of sales to third parties and
intersegment sales.
The financial data relating to Display Components have been consolidated for the
first six months of 2001 only, due to the transfer of Display Components into
the joint venture with LG Electronics of Korea effective July 2, 2001. No
financial result has been recorded on this transfer, except for the related
disentanglement costs.
The performance of Components over the past three years, excluding Display
Components, is presented in the following table:
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 2,086 3,048 2,336
Segment revenues 2,458 3,757 3,115
Income (loss) from operations (529) 448 143
as a % of sales (25.4) 14.7 6.1
as a % of segment revenues (21.5) 11.9 4.6
Sales in the Components sector totaled EUR 2,772 million in 2001, a decrease of
45% compared to the previous year. A substantial part of the decrease (13%) was
caused by the deconsolidation of the Display Components activities. Sales were
negatively impacted by a volume reduction of 19% and price erosion of 10%, as a
result of the slowdown in key markets such as personal computers and cellular
phones. Price erosion was stronger in 2001, up 4% on the prior year. The mobile
displays market decreased by 2% in value during 2001, while our sales declined
by 30%. Sales at Mobile Display Systems (MDS) declined significantly due to an
excess inventory build-up by customers in 2000, which only started to improve in
the third quarter of 2001. Furthermore, market acceptance of color screens was
slow, except in Japan, where MDS does not yet have a market position.
11
The optical storage market witnessed a severe decline of 32% in 2001. Our
performance in this business was slightly below the market, mainly due to
time-to-market issues. Segment revenues decreased by 46% (28% after adjustment
for changes in consolidation and exchange rates).
Income from operations decreased considerably to a loss of EUR 667 million in
2001. The results were impacted by special items comprised of restructuring
costs (EUR 156 million), disentanglement costs related to the transfer of
Display Components to the joint venture with LG Electronics (EUR 42 million) and
a partial release of EUR 41 million of the provision related to the sale of the
Advanced Ceramics & Modules (AC&M) activities in 2000.
Restructuring actions have been taken to realign the cost levels of the
organizations to the present market situation. In Optical Storage, automotive
manufacturing sites have been concentrated in Gyor, Hungary. Manufacturing of
the CD-ReWritable (CD-RW) drives has been outsourced and is located in the
Philippines. The Optical Pick-up Units (OPU) manufacturing has been concentrated
in Shanghai, as have most of the Super Twisted Nematic (STN) manufacturing sites
of Mobile Display Systems. Excluding the special items, income from operations
amounted to a loss of EUR 510 million in 2001. This was mainly due to the
decline in Optical Storage and Mobile Display Systems sales as a result of the
depressed markets. Capital expenditures have been lowered to minimum levels,
while overhead and selling expenses have also been reduced.
Sales in 2000 totaled EUR 5,042 million, a sharp rise (23%) on the year before.
Changes in consolidation, particularly the divestment of AC&M as of July 1,
2000, had a negative effect of 5%. Currency movements had a positive effect of
14% on nominal sales. Volume growth was 20%, partially offset by a 6% reduction
in average selling prices. Segment revenues were 16% higher than in the previous
year. The larger part of the sector's growth was realized in Optical Storage,
whose sales were more than 80% higher than the year before. In addition, strong
growth was realized by Flat Display Systems, whose components are used in mobile
telephones and other mobile applications.
Income from operations benefited from the higher sales in 2000. The divestment
of the AC&M business generated a profit of EUR 309 million. All businesses,
except for Flat Display Systems, reported major improvements during 2000. Income
from operations in 2000 included restructuring charges of EUR 78 million
relating to Display Components and Flat Display Systems. Income in 1999
benefited from a gain on the sale of the Conventional Passive Components
activities of EUR 169 million, partly offset by restructuring charges of EUR 66
million.
12
SEMICONDUCTORS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 4,389 5,879 3,796
% nominal (decrease) increase (25) 55 18
Segment revenues 4,940 6,812 4,557
Income (loss) from operations (607) 1,346 614
as a % of sales (13.8) 22.9 16.2
as a % of segment revenues (12.3) 19.8 13.5
Income (loss) from operations excl. special items (403) 1,344 660
as a % of sales (9.2) 22.9 17.4
as a % of segment revenues (8.2) 19.7 14.5
As a result of the high level of sales of products and services to other product
sectors, income from operations is also expressed as a percentage of segment
revenues. Segment revenues are the total of sales to third parties and
intersegment sales.
Sales in the Semiconductors sector in 2001 totaled EUR 4,389 million, down 25%
compared to the year 2000, despite the 3% positive effect of the acquisition of
MiCRUS as of June 1, 2000. Sales volume decreased by 18%, while average prices
declined by 10%. The effect of exchange rate differences was negligible. The
significant decline, which occurred in all business lines and geographic
regions, was caused by the most severe downturn in semiconductor history (30%
according to preliminary WSTS statistics), resulting from the slowdown of the
world's Overall market share increased, as the downturn in the DRAM memories
business, in which Philips is not active, was even worse. Lower than expected
presence in high-growth markets put pressure on our share of the markets we
serve. Exposure to low-growth but profitable markets such as analog is still
significant, and focus on high-growth digital markets continues. Segment
revenues decreased by 27% in 2001.
Income from operations in 2001 included special items of EUR 204 million,
consisting of restructuring charges related to the closure of a wafer fab in
Albuquerque, USA, the announced closure of a fab in Caen, France, the reduction
of inventory levels and the streamlining of operational costs. Excluding these
items, income decreased considerably compared with last year, mainly as a result
of the aforementioned sales declines. The severe market conditions, coupled with
a worldwide increase in production capacity, led to 40% factory utilization,
which is approximately 25% below break-even level. To reduce overcapacity,
capital expenditures were lowered as much as possible. To further limit our
exposure to capital commitments, cooperation with TSMC, SSMC and ST
Micro-electronics will be continued, including a joint 12-inch pilot fab that is
being built with STM.
Income in 2001 also included EUR 39 million for the settlement of insurance
claims for the Albuquerque fire in 2000.
13
Sales in 2000 increased by 55% to EUR 5,879 million. The consolidation of MiCRUS
from June 1, 2000 had a positive effect of 3% on nominal sales. In addition,
2000 contains the full-year sales of VLSI, compared to 7 months in 1999 (a
positive effect of 8%). Furthermore, currency movements had a substantial
positive effect of 14% on nominal sales. Volume growth was 33%, while average
prices decreased by 3%. All businesses and regions contributed to the large
sales increases.
Income from operations in 2000 totaled EUR 1,346 million. The main reason for
the improvement in income compared to the previous year was the higher sales
level due to the general upturn in the industry, which led to shortages in the
market during the year. The acquisition of MiCRUS increased capacity. The VLSI
acquisition was successfully integrated into the existing businesses.
MEDICAL SYSTEMS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 4,834 3,031 2,493
% nominal increase 59 22 28
Income (loss) from operations (199) 169 181
as a % of sales (4.1) 5.6 7.3
Income from operations excl. special items 255 213 181
as a % of sales 5.3 7.0 7.3
During the year 2001 Philips acquired the medical systems divisions of Agilent
and Marconi, substantially improving its position in the medical markets,
particularly patient monitoring and medical diagnostic imaging.
Sales in the Medical Systems sector in 2001 totaled EUR 4,834 million,
representing 59% growth, of which 49% came from acquisitions. The strategy to
have a complete product range with a No. 1 or 2 position in the markets in which
we operate was accomplished upon the acquisition of the medical systems
businesses of Agilent and Marconi. The acquisition of Agilent Healthcare
Solutions Group in August 2001 added 20% to sales growth. Marconi Medical
Systems was acquired in October 2001 and increased sales by 11%. The
acquisitions of MedQuist (July 2000) and ADAC (December 2000) added 7% and 11%
respectively to the sales growth in 2001. Volume growth of 12% was partly offset
by an average price decrease of 3%. Currency effects were positive 1%. All
regions realized positive sales growth, most significantly North America and
Europe. In product terms, the main growth areas are magnetic resonance, computed
tomography, X-ray and the customer support business. Order intake, excluding
acquisitions in 2001, increased by 11%, ahead of the 7% market average. The
increase was primarily due to Magnetic Resonance, Imaging IT and
Cardio-vascular.
Income from operations in 2001 included acquisition-related costs including
in-process R&D write-offs of EUR 379 million and restructuring charges of EUR 75
million. After the recent acquisitions, income from operations for the year 2001
included amortization costs for goodwill and other intangibles for an amount of
EUR 231 million, compared to EUR 95 million in 2000. Excluding special items and
amortization charges, income from operations improved by EUR 178 million. This
significant improvement in operational income is primarily attributable to the
increased sales and higher profit margins in the Magnetic Resonance and X-ray
businesses where Philips is the market leader. MedQuist also contributed to the
improvement. The integration of the new acquisitions and the related
restructuring program are on schedule.
14
Sales in the Medical Systems sector in 2000 totaled EUR 3,031 million,
representing growth of 22%. The acquisition of MedQuist as of July 1, 2000
increased sales by 8%. In addition, currency movements had a positive effect of
10% on nominal sales. Volume growth was 7%, while prices decreased on average by
3%. Sales growth was particularly strong in Asia Pacific and North America. In
product terms, the main growth areas were magnetic resonance, cardio-vascular,
ultrasound and the customer support business.
Income from operations in 2000 amounted to EUR 169 million, compared to EUR 181
million in 1999. The acquisition of ADAC resulted in a fourth-quarter charge of
EUR 44 million for the write-off of in-process R&D. Excluding amortization of
intangibles related to the acquisitions of MedQuist and ADAC in 2000 and ATL
Ultrasound in 1998, income was EUR 308 million, which was a EUR 89 million
improvement over 1999.
In addition to the positive contribution of MedQuist, USA/Canada in particular
contributed to this improvement, partly due to the strong US dollar. Income from
operations of ATL Ultrasound improved over 1999, despite the negative effects of
the strong US dollar due to ATL's Eastern Europe was weak due to a lower sales
level.
ORIGIN
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2000 1999
------ ------
Sales 717 1,056
% nominal (decrease) increase (32) 0
Segment revenues 1,164 1,735
Income from operations 1,063 97
as a % of sales 9.2
as a % of segment revenues 91.3 5.6
Income (loss) from operations excl. special items (9) 97
as a % of sales (1.3) 9.2
As a result of the high level of sales of products and services to other product
sectors, income from operations is also expressed as a percentage of segment
revenues. Segment revenues are the total of sales to third parties and
intersegment sales.
Due to the Atos Origin merger, the financial data relating to Origin were
included in the consolidated Philips accounts of 2000 for nine months until
October 1. With effect from that date, the Philips share in the results relating
to the merged activities of Atos Origin has been included in the results
relating to unconsolidated companies on a three-month delayed basis, due to Atos
Origin's different reporting cycle.
Income in 2000 included a gain of EUR 1,072 million related to the Atos Origin
merger.
15
MISCELLANEOUS
[Download Table]
amounts in millions of euros 2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Sales 1,985 2,974 2,522
% nominal (decrease) increase (33) 18 3
Income (loss) from operations (104) (191) (118)
as a % of sales (5.2) (6.4) (4.7)
Income (loss) from operations excl. special items (246) (56) (70)
as a % of sales (12.4) (1.9) (2.8)
This sector comprises various activities and businesses not belonging to a
product sector. It consists mainly of two groups of activities: the central
research and technology centers (such as Philips Research, Intellectual Property
and Standards, Philips Centre for Industrial Technology and Philips Design) and
Corporate Investments (such as NavTech, Assembleon (formerly EMT) and Philips
Enabling Technologies Group (PETG)). NavTech was consolidated in 2001 following
the conversion of loans to NavTech into equity, raising our participation from
50% to 82%.
Sales in the Miscellaneous sector in 2001 totaled EUR 1,985 million, a 33%
decrease from 2000, mainly due to the deconsolidation of FEI, Philips Broadcast
and Marantz.
Income from operations in 2001 benefited from gains on the sale of part of the
investment in FEI (EUR 185 million) and of Philips Broadcast to Thomson
Multimedia of France (EUR 57 million), partly offset by restructuring charges,
mainly for PETG and Assembleon, and acquisition-related costs. Excluding these
special items, income in 2001 decreased significantly due to operating losses in
particular at PETG and Assembleon, which suffered from the downturn in the
semiconductor equipment market. These operating losses were partly offset by the
improved performance of Philips Speech Processing. Moreover, starting in May
2001, income of the profitable FEI business was reported, under results related
to unconsolidated companies, while the loss-making activities of NavTech,
formerly recorded under results of unconsolidated companies, were consolidated
and reported in the Miscellaneous sector.
Sales in the Miscellaneous sector in 2000 totaled EUR 2,974 million,
representing an 18% increase over 1999. Changes in consolidation had a downward
effect of 4%, while the appreciation of currencies had a positive effect of 8%.
Sales growth was particularly strong at Assembleon, FEI and PETG.
Geographically, Asia Pacific recorded the most significant sales growth.
Income from operations in 2000 amounted to a loss of EUR 191 million, or 6.4% of
sales, compared to a loss of EUR 118 million, or 4.7% of sales, in 1999. The
income of the Miscellaneous activities was affected by special items including
disentanglement costs related to the sale of Philips Projects (EUR 70 million),
charges related to the impairment of identified intangibles and goodwill of
Voice Control Systems (EUR 35 million) and restructuring charges (EUR 30
million).
A number of businesses in the Corporate Investments group are in the low-growth
low-return area and are being considered for divestment.
16
In 2001, expenditures for Research and Development activities included in income
of the product divisions, mainly Semiconductors, amounted to EUR 3,312 million,
representing 10.2% of sales, compared to EUR 2,766 million, or 7.3% of sales, in
2000, and EUR 2,284 million, or 7.3% of sales, in 1999. The major increase in
2001 compared to the previous year was caused by the higher level of research
and development activities and also included the effect of consolidation changes
for an amount of more than EUR 200 million. A major part of these expenditures
relates to contract research which is commissioned by the product divisions.
Expenditures related to basic Company research are reported in this sector. To
become more effective, as well as to adjust to the lower level of short-term
contracts, Research recently announced its intention to reduce the worldwide
organization by about 10% of the total workforce. Long-term corporate-funded
research investments will not be affected.
UNALLOCATED
This product sector comprises the costs of the corporate center - including the
initial funding of e-business and global brand management programs - as well as
country and regional overhead costs. Income from operations amounted to a loss
of EUR 102 million in 2001, compared to losses of EUR 79 million and EUR 393
million in 2000 and 1999 respectively.
A decline in group overheads in 2001 was offset by lower pension credits.
SALES AND INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------------------------ ----------------------- ----------------------
income income income
(loss) from from (loss) from
sales operations sales operations sales operations
------- ------------ ------- ---------- ------- -----------
Europe 13,920 (479) 16,967 3,246 14,658 1,124
USA/Canada 9,296 (854) 9,565 186 7,918 82
Latin America 1,918 (13) 2,285 59 1,862 (41)
Africa 237 (10) 271 3 229 1
Asia Pacific 6,968 (15) 8,774 787 6,792 585
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
32,339 (1,371) 37,862 4,281 31,459 1,751
All regions recorded lower sales in 2001, particularly Europe, Asia Pacific and
Latin America.
Sales in USA/Canada were 3% below the level in 2000, despite the 11% increase
resulting from the acquisitions at Medical Systems. Excluding Medical Systems,
sales in USA/Canada decreased significantly, particularly at Consumer
Electronics, Components and Semiconductors, which were impacted by the downturn
in the US economy and weak demand in the PC and telecommunications markets.
Sales in Europe were 18% lower than in 2000, part of which (5%) was caused by
deconsolidation effects. The primary reason for the decrease was the reduced
sales at Consumer Communications. Additionally, the decision to refocus on a
limited number of platforms resulted in significant decreases at Digital
Networks. Other steep declines were posted at Components and Semiconductors.
Sales of Mainstream CE remained unchanged in spite of weaker markets.
Sales in Asia Pacific were 21% lower than in 2000, of which 5% is attributable
to the deconsolidation of Display Components. Other important decreases related
to Mainstream CE, Digital Networks, Licenses, Components and Semiconductors. On
the upside, increases were recorded at Lighting, Consumer Communications and
Medical Systems.
17
Sales in Latin America were 16% lower than in 2000, affected by consolidation
changes, which had a negative effect of 6%, and weaker currencies (5%). DAP,
Digital Networks, Components and Semiconductors generated significantly lower
sales. On the positive side, sales at Medical Systems increased strongly.
Sales growth in 2000 was strong in all regions, particularly Asia Pacific. Sales
in Asia Pacific increased strongly and ended 29% above the 1999 level, with all
sectors contributing, especially Semiconductors. The sharp upturn of sales in
Europe (16%) was driven by Semiconductors, Components and Consumer Electronics.
In addition, Latin America recorded substantial positive growth, recovering from
the weak sales in the years before. The recovery was led by Brazil, benefiting
from the upturn in economic conditions in that country. In 2000, USA/Canada
recorded a 21% increase in sales compared to 1999, attributable to the strong
rise of the US dollar and the new acquisitions in the region.
Income from operations in 2001 deteriorated in all regions. Europe, Asia Pacific
and USA/Canada incurred the sharpest decreases in income, driven by the
unfavorable developments at Semiconductors, Components and Consumer Electronics.
In 2000, income in Europe and Asia Pacific was positively affected by the
non-cash gain from the Atos Origin merger and the gain on the sale of the AC&M
business.
COOPERATIVE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES AND UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
Philips engages from time to time in cooperative activities with other
companies. principal cooperative business activities and participating interests
are set out below.
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited (TSMC) is a semiconductor
foundry operation in which Philips currently holds 21.8% of the total number of
outstanding common shares. Additionally, the Company has purchased redeemable
preferred shares, bringing its total holding in TSMC to approximately 27.5%. The
principal reasons for this shareholding are to secure a strategic supply of
wafers, to share and exchange technology and manufacturing knowledge, and to
reduce capital expenditures.
Systems on Silicon Manufacturing Company (SSMC) is a Singapore-based wafer
fabrication firm established by Philips (48%), TSMC (32%) and the Economic
Development Board of Singapore (20%). The principal reasons for the shareholding
are to secure a strategic supply of wafers and to limit loading risks and
capital expenditures.
Atos Origin started on October 1, 2000, when Origin was merged with Atos of
France. The merger has created a leader in end-to-end business and e-business
solutions. The company is operational in 30 countries. Philips holds a 48.7%
stake in Atos Origin. In 2002, Philips may reduce its stake in the combined
entity to below 35%, subject to market conditions being acceptable. Philips has
also received two tranches of stock warrants, each representing approximately
2.4 million Atos Origin shares, which may be exercised only on certain
conditions, subject to the appreciation of the Atos Origin share price to
specified levels.
LG. Philips LCD Co. is a 50/50 manufacturing joint venture with LG Electronics
of South Korea, and is the world's This joint venture has enabled Philips to
become a leading company in the area of active-matrix LCDs, a display technology
that is rapidly migrating from notebook displays to desktop monitors, and in the
near future to other areas, including television. As a consequence, the Company
believes this business has the potential for rapid growth.
18
LG. Philips Displays is a 50/50 joint venture with LG Electronics of South
Korea, which was established effective July 2, 2001, and is a leading supplier
in its line of business. The joint venture combines the two companies' synergy
potential in the mature CRT display market.
In the LumiLeds Lighting 50/50 joint venture, Philips and Agilent have the
complementary strengths and positions to successfully develop the market for
LED-based lighting products. Both companies have expanded the scope of their
existing activities. Both parties hold equal shares in the venture, whose
product portfolio has been extended from LED traffic signal products to a
variety of other applications, including automotive, signaling, contour lighting
and signs, illumination and LCD backlighting, demonstrating both parties' 2001,
the operations were located in confidence in the new the USA, Malaysia and the
Netherlands.
FEI Company is a US-based company in which Philips previously held the majority
of the shares. On May 22, 2001, Philips sold a significant portion of these
shares, retaining 25.5% of the outstanding shares. FEI is the leading supplier
of Structural Process Management TM solutions to the world's biological
structures.
By year-end 2001 the Corporate Venturing portfolio comprised some 30 companies
in which Philips has both a minority stake and a business relationship. During
2001, the Company made a small number of new investments, while disposing of
certain investments from prior years.
RESULTS RELATING TO UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
Results relating to unconsolidated companies amounted to a loss of EUR 754
million in 2001, compared to profits of EUR 3,970 million in 2000 and EUR 409
million in 1999. The composition of these results is as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Income (loss) excl. amortization of goodwill and other
Intangibles and special items (139) 697 391
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (367) (124) (49)
Special items:
- Restructuring and impairment charges (208)
- Gain on sale of shares 20 2,717
- Dilution (losses) gains TSMC (60) 680 67
------ ------ ------
(754) 3,970 409
The unfavorable results in 2001 compared to 2000 are primarily attributable to a
deterioration in the performance of virtually all of our major unconsolidated
companies, coupled with increased amortization of goodwill and other intangibles
and the effect of special items.
19
The performance of Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC), LG.
Philips LCD and the newly established joint venture LG. Philips Displays was
affected by overcapacity and the severely depressed telecom and PC-related
markets, resulting in sharp price erosion and low sales volumes. Results in 2001
also reflect full-year goodwill amortization of Atos Origin and half-year
amortization of LG. Philips Displays. Excluding special items and amortization
of goodwill and other intangibles, in the 2001 results of TSMC and the two joint
ventures with LG Electronics of Korea amounted to a profit of EUR 144 million
and a loss of EUR 205 million respectively (in 2000 a profit of EUR 518 million
and a profit of EUR 286 million respectively).
The 2001 results were affected by several special items. The employee bonus
stock option program of TSMC had the effect of diluting resulting in a loss of
EUR 60 million. Additionally, the results of TSMC included a charge for
impairment of EUR 82 million. Restructuring charges at LG.Philips Displays of
EUR 89 million, and the write-down of certain Corporate Venturing investments
totaling EUR 37 million also impacted earnings. This affected by a gain of EUR
20 million resulting from the sale of the Battery Corporation.
In 2000, LG. Philips LCD contributed to income for the full year, compared with
only six months in 1999. The share in income of ASML, in which 2000, was
significantly higher during the first five months of 2000 than in the previous
full year, reflecting ASML's offset by our share in the losses of Systems on
Silicon Manufacturing Company (SSMC) due to the high costs of ramping-up the
factory, start-up expenses at LumiLeds and increased funding requirements of
NavTech. In 2001, the latter was consolidated due to the increase in our
shareholding to 82% through the conversion of Philips loans to NavTech into
equity. TSMC's 2000 benefited from the favorable semiconductor market.
Income in 2000 was favorably impacted by a number of special items. A
substantial portion of the ASML shares was sold, resulting in a gain of EUR
2,595 million, while Philips' 33% interest in Beltone Electronics was exchanged
for GN Great Nordic shares, resulting in a transaction gain of EUR 122 million.
In 2000 several equity transactions by TSMC resulted in a net dilution gain of
EUR 680 million.
Income in 1999 was positively influenced by the significant contribution from
LG.Philips LCD and improving TSMC results, which reflected upturn in the
semiconductor industry in that year. ASML reported a 31% increase in earnings,
reflecting a particularly strong second half of the year.
20
RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT CHARGES
The weak economic conditions around the world, together with unacceptably low
profitability in certain business areas, required strong measures from
management. In 2001 we reduced overcapacity, aligned our cost base to the
prevailing market situation, and addressed a number of loss-making activities.
This, combined with the ongoing process of efficiency improvement and portfolio
rationalization, has led to restructuring and impairment charges, for various
projects, of EUR 1,093 million, net of releases.
The most significant projects in 2001 were:
o the outsourcing of mobile phone development and manufacturing (EUR 318
million);
o the closure of production lines at Semiconductors, Albuquerque, USA, and
Caen, France (EUR 204 million);
o rationalization of manufacturing capacity at Optical Storage and process
rationalization at Mobile Display Systems, Components (EUR 167 million);
o programs to reduce platform diversity at Digital Networks (EUR 122
million);
o integration and process standardization of the European commercial sector
of Medical Systems after the acquisition of the medical systems businesses
of Agilent and Marconi (EUR 74 million);
o downsizing of Philips Enabling Technologies Group in the Netherlands and
Belgium and the worldwide Assembleon activities (EUR 67 million);
o outsourcing of video recording development and manufacturing activities in
Austria (EUR 44 million).
Restructuring charges in 2000 amounted to EUR 162 million, consisting of EUR 208
million for new projects at Consumer Electronics, Components, Lighting and
Miscellaneous, partly offset by releases of EUR 46 million. Individually, the
largest projects in 2000 were the closure of the large-screen operations of
Hosiden and Philips Display (HAPD) in Kobe, Japan, and the streamlining of the
Display Components activities in Germany and Taiwan.
In 1999, overall net restructuring charges totaled EUR 86 million, consisting of
EUR 164 million for various projects in the Lighting, Components, Consumer
Electronics and Miscellaneous sectors, partly offset by releases of EUR 78
million. Individually, these projects were not of material significance, the
largest being the restructuring of the Flat Panel Display activities at Waalre
in the Netherlands (EUR 38 million).
Total gross restructuring charges in 2001, 2000 and 1999 can be categorized as
follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
----- ----- -----
- Personnel lay-off costs 437 125 71
- Write-down of assets 547 57 81
- Other costs 136 26 12
----- ----- -----
1,120 208 164
===== ===== =====
In 2001 releases of surplus restructuring provisions totaled EUR 27 million. The
releases were primarily related to Lighting and Components and were caused by
reduced severance requirements, due to the transfer of employees scheduled to be
laid-off to other positions within the Company.
In 2000 surplus provisions amounted to EUR 46 million, due to lower expenditures
on completed projects, and were related to Consumer Electronics, Lighting,
Components, Semiconductors and Miscellaneous, while in 1999 lower expenditures
led to releases of EUR 78 million, primarily for Lighting, Consumer Electronics
and Components.
21
Restructuring projects started in 2001 have led to a headcount reduction of
approximately 10,800, of which 7,000 relate to direct labor and 3,800 to
indirect labor (total lay-offs in 2000 approximately 5,000 persons, and in 1999
approximately 1,500 persons). There are more lay-offs expected in 2002 to
complete the restructuring projects initiated during 2001.
Asset write-downs in 2001 are primarily related to Digital Networks and Consumer
Communications (as part of Consumer Electronics), Components and
Semiconductors. In 2000, asset write-downs were recorded primarily in the
Components and Miscellaneous sectors, while in 1999 they largely related to
Components and Lighting. Other charges mainly reflect the costs involved in the
cancellation of various suppliers' contracts.
In general, restructuring plans lead to cash outflows in the year in which they
are recognized or in the following year, and are financed from the normal cash
flow from operations. Estimated cash outflows relating to projects started in
2001 and previous years can be summarized in the following table:
[Download Table]
total of which
charges non-cash cash 1999 cash 2000 cash 2001 cash 2002
------- -------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Restructuring 2001 1,120 554 124 442
Restructuring 2000 208 60 106 42
Restructuring 1999 164 83 39 42
Future cash outflows are based on estimates.
Philips' share in restructuring to EUR 89 million and as such is included in the
results relating to unconsolidated companies.
For further details on restructuring charges, see notes 2 and 5 to the
consolidated financial statements.
FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES
Financial income and expenses amounted to a net expense of EUR 915 million in
2001, compared to income of EUR 1,988 million in 2000 and EUR 32 million in
1999. Net interest expenses amounted to EUR 391 million in 2001, compared with
EUR 167 million in 2000 and EUR 129 million in 1999. The net interest expenses
in 2001 and 2000 were higher, mainly as a result of the higher net debt level of
the Group, partly offset by lower interest rates.
Unlike previous years, financial income in 2001 did not include gains from the
sale of marketable securities. During the year 2000 the Company sold a portion
of the JDS Uniphase shares that had been received upon the sale of Philips
Optoelectronics. The gain from the sale amounted to EUR 1,207 million. Moreover,
in 2000, Seagram shares were exchanged for shares of Vivendi Universal. The
shares in Seagram had previously been obtained as a partial settlement of the
sale of Philip's 75% stake in PolyGram in 1998. The 2000 gain from the exchange
of Seagram shares amounted to EUR 966 million. In 1999 a gain of EUR 117 million
was realized on the sale of a portion of the JDS Uniphase shares.
22
In view of the extended period of time over which the market value of our
security investments in Vivendi Universal and GN Great Nordic was below
bookvalue, these shares were written down to fair value at December 31, 2001,
being EUR 2,353 million and EUR 46 million respectively. The impairment losses
of EUR 440 million and EUR 86 million respectively are included in financial
income and expenses.
In addition, in 2001, dividends totaling EUR 33 million were received on the
Vivendi Universal shares, while in 2000 dividends totaling EUR 32 million were
received on the Seagram shares, compared with EUR 28 million in 1999.
Hedging costs and costs to swap borrowings to the applicable currency and
interest profile amounted to EUR 64 million in 2001 and EUR 86 million in 2000.
In 1999 these costs amounted to EUR 7 million.
INCOME TAX
The income tax benefit totaled EUR 421 million in 2001, compared to charges of
EUR 570 million in 2000 and EUR 336 million in 1999. This corresponds to an
effective tax rate of 18%, up from 9% in 2000 but down from 19% in 1999. For the
coming year the Company expects an effective tax rate of around 25%. The
effective tax rate for 2001 was affected by non-deductible charges for the
impairment of securities (tax effect 6%), whereas the effective tax rate for
2000 was influenced by tax-exempt proceeds from the sale of various securities
(tax effect 13%).
MINORITY INTERESTS
In 2001, the share of third-party minority interests in the loss of group
companies amounted to EUR 15 million, compared with the share in income of EUR
67 million and EUR 52 million in 2000 and 1999 respectively.
This change is primarily attributable to the consolidation of NavTech as of
January 1, 2001 and the deconsolidation of FEI in May 2001. Moreover, minority
interests decreased as a consequence of the buy-out of minority shareholdings in
India, Pakistan and South Africa.
In 2000 the increase was fully attributable to the improved results of FEI
Company and the China operations, partly offset by losses of HAPD absorbed by
third-party shareholders.
NET INCOME
Income from continuing operations amounted to a loss of EUR 2,604 million in
2001 (EUR 2.04 per common share - basic) compared to income of EUR 9,602 million
(EUR 7.31 per common share - basic) in 2000 and EUR 1,804 million (EUR 1.31 per
common share - basic) in 1999.
There were no extraordinary items in 2001 and 2000, whereas a loss of EUR 5
million was recorded in 1999. The extraordinary loss in 1999 related entirely to
premiums paid for the early redemption of long-term debentures.
Net income in 2001 amounted to a loss of EUR 2,604 million (EUR 2.04 per common
share - basic) compared to income of EUR 9,602 million (EUR 7.31 per common
share -basic) in 2000 and EUR 1,799 million (EUR 1.31 per common share - basic)
in 1999.
23
US GAAP
The Group financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with
Dutch GAAP, which differs in certain respects from US GAAP. Income from
continuing operations determined in accordance with US GAAP amounted to a loss
of EUR 2,475 million in 2001, compared with a profit of EUR 9,577 million in
2000 and a profit of EUR 1,595 million in 1999. These aggregate amounts result
in basic earnings per common share of a loss of EUR 1.94 in 2001, a profit of
EUR 7.30 in 2000 and a profit of EUR 1.16 in 1999. Diluted earnings per common
share amounted to a loss of EUR 1.94 in 2001, a profit of EUR 7.22 in 2000 and a
profit of EUR 1.15 in 1999.
Please refer to note 27 to the consolidated financial statements for a
description of the primary differences between Dutch GAAP and US GAAP and the US
GAAP earnings per common share.
CASH FLOWS
Cash flows from operating activities in 2001 amounted to EUR 1,248 million,
substantially lower than in previous years, mainly due to the lower
profitability of the Company. In 2000 a positive cash flow of EUR 2,996 million
was reported, compared to EUR 1,913 million in 1999. A substantial reduction of
inventories, partly caused by supply chain improvement programs, and lower
receivables were partly offset by lower payables and contributed a net cash flow
of EUR 1,080 million. In 2000 the working capital requirements amounted to EUR
1,069 million and in 1999 to EUR 469 million.
Expressed as a percentage of sales, inventories were 13.3% of sales at the end
of 2001, compared to 13.9% at the end of 2000 and 14.5% at the end of 1999.
Outstanding trade receivables at year-end 2001 were the equivalent of 1.5
months' sales, compared to 1.5 months' at the end of 2000 and 1.4 months' a year
earlier.
Cash flows from investing activities required EUR 4,564 million in 2001, EUR
2,404 million in 2000 and EUR 3,834 million in 1999.
During the year 2001, Philips invested EUR 3,636 million in businesses operating
in strategic areas to further strengthen its global market position. The
investments included the purchase of the assets of the Healthcare Solutions
Group of Agilent (EUR 1,943 million) and the acquisition of the medical systems
activities of Marconi for EUR 1,245 million. In 2001, LG Electronics redeemed
its 7.5% redeemable preferred shares. This redemption resulted in a cash inflow
of EUR 486 million. In addition, EUR 200 million was generated by the sale of a
portion of the shares in FEI and the repayment by FEI of loans from Philips.
Furthermore, EUR 295 million was generated by the sale of the Glass business to
LG.Philips Displays.
During the year 2000, Philips invested EUR 3,209 million in businesses. The
investments included the purchase of a 71% majority interest in MedQuist (EUR
1,339 million), the acquisition of Optiva Corp. (EUR 291 million), payments for
the acquisition of MiCRUS (EUR 228 million), the purchase of ADAC (EUR 437
million), the purchase of 3.5% redeemable preferred shares in TSMC (EUR 458
million) and investments in a number of smaller Corporate Venturing and other
businesses (EUR 126 million and EUR 330 million respectively). Moreover, Philips
invested EUR 505 million in the purchase of 7.5% redeemable preferred shares of
LG Electronics. The divestment of Philips' AC&M business yielded a net amount of
EUR 658 million in cash. A positive cash flow of EUR 2,710 million was generated
by the sale of 16.5% of the shares in ASML. Furthermore, an amount of EUR 1,272
million was generated by the sale of a portion of the JDS Uniphase shares.
24
During 1999, the Company's investment in businesses amounted to EUR 2,993
million. These investments included the purchase of VLSI Technology of the USA
(EUR 976 million) and of a 50% share in LG Philips LCD of Korea (EUR 1,496
million), as well as the acquisition of an additional 10% of the shares in
Origin (EUR 124 million) and of a number of smaller businesses (EUR 397
million). The largest divestment, that of Philips' Conventional Passive
Components business, yielded a net amount of EUR 323 million in cash.
Additionally, the sale of a minority interest in NavTech generated a positive
cash flow of EUR 98 million. Furthermore, EUR 158 million was generated by the
sale of a portion of the JDS Uniphase shares.
In 2001 cash requirements for capital expenditures were scaled back
substantially as the Company aligned its manufacturing facilities more closely
to the market (especially at Components and Semiconductors). Gross capital
spending on property, plant and equipment of EUR 2,143 million in 2001 compared
with EUR 3,170 million in 2000. In 1999 an amount of EUR 1,662 million was
spent. In 2001 the ratio of gross investments to depreciation was 1.1, compared
to 1.8 in 2000 and 1.1 in 1999.
As a result of the items mentioned above, cash flows before financing activities
were negative EUR 3,316 million, compared with positive EUR 592 million in
2000 and negative EUR 1,921 million in 1999.
In 2001 net cash flows provided by financing activities amounted to EUR 3,159
million. This includes EUR 4,250 million from the issuance of bonds and EUR
521 million from the issuance of commercial paper. Philips shareholders received
dividends of EUR 458 million. Treasury stock transactions totaled EUR 336
million.
In 2000 the net cash flows used for financing activities amounted to EUR 2,038
million, of which EUR 1,673 million was used for a 3% share reduction program.
Additionally, EUR 612 million was used to repay interest-bearing debt and EUR
399 million was used for the payment of dividends to Philips shareholders.
Furthermore, treasury stock transactions required EUR 578 million.
In 1999 the net cash flows used for financing activities came to EUR 2,606
million, of which EUR 1,490 million was used for an 8% share reduction program.
Additionally, EUR 717 million was used to repay interest-bearing debt and EUR
361 million was used for the payment of dividends to Philips shareholders. An
amount of EUR 38 million net cash was used for treasury stock transactions.
FINANCING
Total debt outstanding at the end of 2001 was EUR 7,866 million, compared with
EUR 4,027 million at the end of 2000 and EUR 3,314 million at the end of 1999.
In 2001, long-term debt increased by EUR 4,311 million to EUR 6,595 million.
This increase is the net result of new borrowings of EUR 4,580 million,
repayments totaling EUR 554 million, the decrease of the current portion of
long-term debt by EUR 293 million and currency, (de)consolidation and other
effects of EUR 8 million. During 2001, Philips issued four new bonds for a total
amount of EUR 4,250 million in two tranches. Two outstanding bonds matured
during 2001 for a total amount of EUR 441 million. In 2000, long-term debt was
reduced by EUR 453 million to EUR 2,284 million. The reduction was the result of
net repayments totaling EUR 122 million and the reclassification of long-term
debt into short-term debt for an amount of EUR 377 million, offset by currency,
(de)consolidation and other effects of EUR 46 million.
25
Philips had two "putable" USD bonds outstanding at year-end 2001 for a total
amount of EUR 304 million. The investors may require repayment in one specific
month during the lifetime of the respective bonds. Assuming that investors
require repayment at the relevant put dates, the average remaining tenor of the
total outstanding long-term debt was 5.2 years, compared to 5.9 years in 2000.
However, assuming that the "putable" bonds will be repaid at maturity, the
average remaining tenor at the end of 2001 was 6.1 years, compared to 8.4 years
at the end of 2000. Long-term debt as a proportion of the total debt at the end
of 2001 stood at 84%, compared to 57% at the end of 2000.
At the end of 2001, the Group had long-term committed and undrawn credit lines
available of USD 2,500 million, unchanged from a year earlier. The USD 2,500
million committed credit line is a multi-currency revolving standby credit
facility, which was signed in July 1996 and will expire in July 2003.
Short-term debt decreased by EUR 472 million in 2001 to EUR 1,271 million at
year-end. This decrease was the result of net repayments of EUR 73 million, the
decrease of the current portion of long-term debt by an amount of EUR 293
million, and a decrease of EUR 106 million as a result of currency and
(de)consolidation effects. At the beginning of 2001, Philips established a
global commercial paper program totaling USD 2,500 million. Under this program
the outstanding amounts reached a maximum of EUR 1,596 million during the year,
while at year-end EUR 521 million was outstanding. The previously mentioned
standby credit facility acts as a back-up for the outstanding amount under the
global commercial paper program.
Cash and cash equivalents declined by EUR 199 million in 2001 to EUR 890 million
at year-end. The currency impacts and (de)consolidation changes accounted for a
EUR 42 million decrease. The EUR 1,242 million decrease in cash in 2000 was to a
large extent related to the investments in MedQuist, Optiva, ADAC, SSMC and
redeemable preferred stock in LG Electronics and TSMC, as well as a 3% share
reduction program.
The Company had a net debt position (debt, net of cash and cash equivalents) of
EUR 6,976 million at the end of 2001. The net debt position at the end of 2000
amounted to EUR 2,938 million and at the end of 1999 to EUR 983 million. The net
debt to group equity ratio amounted to 27:73 at the end of 2001, compared to
12:88 at the end of 2000 and 6:94 at the end of 1999.
Stockholders' equity decreased by EUR 3,283 million to EUR 18,453 million at
year-end 2001, which was mainly due to the net loss of EUR 2,604 million in
2001. Translation differences in equity resulted in an increase of EUR 102
million, while the deferred results of financial derivative transactions within
equity increased equity by EUR 22 million. Furthermore, equity was reduced by
treasury stock transactions of EUR 336 million and by dividend payments of EUR
458 million related to the profit distribution for the year 2000. The EUR 6,979
million increase in equity in 2000 was mainly due to 2000 net income of EUR
9,602 million, partly offset by a 3% share reduction program (EUR 1,673
million).
The number of outstanding common shares of Royal Philips Electronics at December
31, 2001 was 1,274 million (2000: 1,284 million shares).
26
At the end of 2001 the Group held 41.9 million shares in treasury to cover the
future delivery of shares in conjunction with the 50.1 million conversion and
stock option rights outstanding at the end of 2001. At year-end 2000, 32.2
million shares were held in treasury against a 33.6 million rights overhang. As
the Company cannot predict whether or not performance-related stock options will
vest in the future, it has been the Company's policy to hedge all regular option
grants and only 50% of the performance-related option grants.
DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS
With the approval of the Supervisory Board and the Meeting of Priority
Shareholders, a proposal will be submitted to the General Meeting of
Shareholders to make a distribution to shareholders of EUR 0.36. per common
share charged to the other reserves (compared with the EUR 0.36 dividend per
common share paid in 2001, reflecting the 2000 profit distribution). The balance
sheet presented in this report, as part of the consolidated financial statements
for the period ended December 31, 2001, is before distribution, which is subject
to shareholder approval after year-end. Adoption of the proposal by the General
Meeting of Shareholders will result in a total cash payment in the year 2002 and
a reduction of the other reserves by approximately EUR 459 million (compared
with EUR 458 million in 2001).
EMPLOYMENT
The number of employees at December 31, 2001 totaled 188,643, which is 30,786
lower than at December 31, 2000. A large part of the reduction is related to the
deconsolidation of various activities, involving a reduction of 27,684 in total,
of which Display Components was the most significant (23,251). Conversely,
15,470 employees were added to the Company's payroll as a result of new
acquisitions, the most significant of which were Agilent HSG (4,770) and Marconi
(5,200). Excluding the changes related to the portfolio, the number of employees
decreased by 18,567. The main reductions in the headcount were at Components
(5,207), Semiconductors (4,053), Mainstream CE (2,389) and Consumer
Communications (2,165). In geographic terms, Asia Pacific and Europe accounted
for most of the decrease.
[Download Table]
Employment
(In thousands) 2001 2000 1999
-------------- ------ ------ ------
Nominal position, at year-end 188.6 219.4 226.9
Consolidation changes:
- new consolidations 15.5 10.0 3.0
- deconsolidations (27.7) (20.7) (5.7)
Comparable changes (18.6) 3.2 (4.1)
OTHER ISSUES
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND POSSIBLE CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
New accounting standards becoming effective in 2002 and a possible change in
accounting principles are described in detail on pages 44 and 45.
27
Risk management
In addition to the risks inherent to its operations, Philips is exposed to
specific market and financial risks. In the following paragraphs, a summary of
the Philips approach towards risk management and a brief description of the
nature and the extent of its exposure to risks are given. The risk overview
provided is not exhaustive. Some risks, not yet known to Philips or currently
believed not to be material, could later turn out to have a major impact on
Philips' businesses, revenues, income, assets, liquidity or capital resources.
Risk management approach
Risk management forms an integral part of business management. The Company's
risk and control policy is designed to provide reasonable assurance that
strategic objectives are met by creating focus, by integrating management
control over the Company's operations, by ensuring compliance with legal
requirements and by safeguarding the reliability of the financial reporting. It
makes management responsible for identifying the critical business risks and the
implementation of fit-for-purpose risk responses. Structured self-assessments
are used company-wide to identify and assess business risks and to monitor the
effectiveness of compensating controls. In addition, internal and external
auditors review the quality of the control system and adherence to the Company's
risk and control policy. Accountability is enforced through the formal issuance
of a Statement on Business Controls by each business unit, resulting, via a
cascade process, in a statement by each product division.
Internal Audit Committees at product division and business level meet on a
quarterly basis to address weaknesses in the business control infrastructure as
reported by the internal and external auditors and to take corrective action
where necessary. They are also involved in determining the desired audit
coverage.
Once every quarter, the quality of the Company's system of internal controls and
the results of internal and external audits are reported to and discussed in the
Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board.
Standard norms and values for "doing business" applicable to all our employees
and business partners are laid down in the Philips General Business Principles
and enforced by a global system of Compliance Officers.
Market risks
Philips is active in more than 60 different businesses with different risk
profiles, which are geared to the business environment in which they operate and
the competitive advantage they aim to achieve.
Depending on the nature of the activity, the risk profile of Philips' businesses
is diverse. Some, like Lighting and Domestic Appliances and Personal Care, are
active in more stable markets.
Others, like Semiconductors, operate in highly cyclical markets and may
experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in their results as a
result of changes in industry conditions, economic conditions or other factors.
After last year's record performance, Semiconductors suffered from the steep
downturn in the economy in 2001, characterized by diminished product demand,
accelerated price erosion and overcapacity in production.
28
The consumer electronics businesses in which Philips is engaged, including
broadband networks and electronic components, are intensely competitive.
Accordingly, Philips continually faces challenges from its competitors,
including rapid technological change, evolving standards, short product life
cycles and price erosion.
In particular, during periods of depressed demand, consumers tend to be more
price-sensitive. Such price-driven competition results in a reduction of profit
margins in the industry, thus adversely affecting Philips' results.
Philips operates in high-tech markets, and it is Philips' objective to be a
high-growth technology company. This objective exposes Philips to the risk of
keeping pace with rapid technological development and requires the Company to
make large financial investments. Philips continues to utilize partnerships to
share these risks. These partnerships take place through minority shareholdings,
joint ventures and majority shareholdings. Managing this growing number of
strategic alliances (particularly in the form of joint ventures), i.e. bridging
the international, legal and cultural differences, is a growing risk in itself.
The possible benefits available through such joint ventures may be more
difficult to achieve or may prove less valuable than expected. In addition,
Philips may face problems related to conflicts of interests, loss of control
over cash flows and loss of proprietary technologies by participating in joint
ventures.
In its Medical Systems business, Philips made a number of major acquisitions in
2000 and 2001. Currently, the Company is in the process of integrating four
newly acquired businesses into its Medical Systems division. This integration
process and the alignment of business processes, systems and procedures to
create synergies require substantial management attention. A special task force
manages this operation.
Philips' longer-term success depends on technological innovation, global
standards and its ability to obtain and retain licenses and other intellectual
property rights covering its products and its design and manufacturing
processes. The process of seeking intellectual property protection can be long
and expensive. Competitors and other third parties may also develop technologies
that are protected by patents and other intellectual property rights. These
technologies may therefore not be available to Philips or may be made available
to Philips only on unfavorable terms and conditions.
A critical risk area that has our priority attention is human resources. A
high-growth technology company requires talented people at all levels of the
organization. Employee retention, both of highly specialized technical personnel
and of employees in e.g. sales and marketing, research and development, finance
and general management, is critical for the success of the Company.
Being a global company, Philips has established subsidiaries in about 70
countries. These subsidiaries are exposed to changes in governmental regulations
and unfavorable political developments, which may limit the realization of
business opportunities or impair the value of the local Philips investment.
Financial risks
Currency fluctuations may impact Philips' financial results. Furthermore,
Philips is exposed to interest rate risk, commodity price risk, equity price
risk and credit risk. The Company does not purchase or hold derivative financial
instruments for trading purposes.
29
Currency risk
The Company has a structural currency mismatch between costs and revenues, as a
substantial proportion of its production, administration and research &
development costs is denominated in euros, while a substantial proportion of its
revenues is denominated in US dollars. Consequently, fluctuations in the
exchange rate of the US dollar against the euro can have a material impact on
Philips' financial results. In particular, a relatively stronger US dollar
during any reporting period will improve Philips' income from operations, while
a weaker US dollar will worsen it.
The Company is exposed to currency risk in the following areas:
o transaction exposures, such as both existing and forecasted sales and
purchases and payables/receivables resulting from such transactions;
o translation exposure of investments in foreign entities (including
results);
o exposures of non-functional currency-denominated debt;
o exposures of non-functional currency-denominated securities.
All businesses must identify and measure their exposures from material
transactions denominated in currencies other than their own functional currency.
It is Philips' policy that significant transaction exposures should be hedged by
the businesses. Generally, the maximum tenor of these hedges is 12 months.
Translation exposure on investments in foreign entities is not hedged.
Financing of subsidiaries is generally done in the functional currency of the
borrowing entity. If the financing currency is not the functional currency of
the business, then in principle the entity's exposure to foreign exchange risks
is hedged, unless it is restricted for regulatory reasons.
Philips does not currently hedge the foreign exchange exposure arising from
securities available for sale. Forward foreign exchange hedges that were
outstanding at the end of 2000 became ineffective, and the results have been
charged to financial income and expenses for an amount of EUR 35 million.
The Company uses foreign exchange derivatives to manage its currency risk. The
inherent risk related to the use of these derivatives is outlined below.
An instantaneous 10% strengthening or weakening of non-euro currencies against
the euro from their levels at December 31, 2001, with all other variables held
constant, would result in an estimated change in the fair value of the Company's
financial instruments of EUR 43 million, compared with EUR 18 million in 2000.
For the purpose of this analysis, financial instruments consist of debt, liquid
assets, securities and derivative financial instruments, leading to the
following sensitivity:
[Download Table]
Sensitivity to a 10% increase in the
euro versus non-euro currencies
Debt (589)
Liquid assets (2)
Securities (10)
Derivatives 644
----
Total 43
30
The dollar and the pound sterling account for a significant percentage of the
above exposure. An instantaneous 10% increase of the dollar against the euro
from their levels at December 31, 2001, with all other variables held constant,
and an instantaneous 10% increase of the pound sterling against the euro from
their levels at December 31, 2001, with all other variables held constant, would
result in the following changes in the fair value of the Company's financial
derivatives.
[Enlarge/Download Table]
Sensitivity to a 10%
Sensitivity to a 10% increase in the euro
increase in the euro versus the pound
versus the US dollar sterling
Derivatives related to debt/liquid assets 558 4
Derivatives related to securities -- --
Derivatives related to transactions 15 40
--- ---
Total 573 44
The hedges of forecasted sales and purchases account for a part of the
sensitivity calculated above. They are concluded to offset the effect of changes
in foreign currency related to forecasted transactions by the businesses. These
forecasted transactions are not financial instruments and therefore are not
recorded in the accounts of the Company. The hedges related to these forecasted
transactions are recorded as cash flow hedges. The results from such hedges
currently deferred in equity amount to a loss of EUR 9 million. This loss will
be released to the income statement in 2002 when the related hedged transactions
affect the income statement.
Virtually all transaction hedges that were outstanding at December 31, 2001 were
forward foreign exchange contracts that will expire in 2002. During 2001 no
results were recorded in the income statement as a result of ineffectiveness of
these hedges.
Changes in fair value of hedges related to accounts payable, receivable,
external debt and intercompany loans are recognized in the income statement. The
changes in fair value of these hedges are partly offset by changes in fair value
of the hedged items in the income statement. All fair value hedges are forward
exchange contracts or cross currency basis swaps.
Interest rate risk
At year-end 2001, Philips had a ratio of fixed-rate debt to total outstanding
debt of approximately 69%, compared to 48% one year earlier. The Company
partially hedges the interest rate risk inherent in the external debt. As of
year-end 2001, the Company hedged a notional amount of USD 146 million, compared
to current outstanding USD-denominated fixed-rate public debt of USD 1,063
million, EUR 700 million compared to outstanding EUR-denominated fixed-rate
public debt of EUR 4,948 million and TWD 12,999 million compared to an
investment of TWD 12,999 million.
31
The Company also entered into five interest rate swaps, paying fixed interest on
110 million and receiving fixed interest on EUR 64 million for general asset and
liability management purposes. Interest rate swaps hedge the Company against
adverse movements of long-term interest rates. These interest rate hedges
related to bonds or investments are fair value hedges; thus profits resulting
from the hedges (EUR 41 million in 2001) are offset by equal and opposite losses
recorded on the underlying financial instruments in the income statement. At
inception of an interest rate swap, the Company requires the correlation between
the hedged item and the interest rate swap to match. At December 31, 2001 the
condition of correlation continued to exist, therefore there was no hedge
ineffectiveness during the year on interest rate swaps. Some interest rate
hedges related to bonds were unwound during 2001. The gains on these hedges will
be released over the remaining life of the underlying financial instruments to
the income statement. In 2002 we expect to release a gain of EUR 5 million. As
the fixed flows of the swaps match exactly the coupons of the underlying
financial instruments, the hedges are deemed to be effective. No results were
released to the income statement as a result of ineffectiveness of interest rate
hedges in 2001. The results on other interest rate swaps are recognized in the
income statement.
As of December 31, 2001 the majority of debt consisted of bonds. Of the EUR
6,152 million of outstanding bonds, 4.9% have a so-called "embedded put"
feature, which allows the investor to ask for redemption of the bonds in one
specific month prior to their final maturity date.
A sensitivity analysis shows that if long-term interest rates were to decrease
instantaneously by 1% from their level of December 31, 2001, with all other
variables (including foreign exchange rates) held constant, the fair value of
the long-term debt and investments would increase by EUR 282 million. In this
case, the fair value of debt and investments plus the fair value of related
interest rate swaps would increase by EUR 267 million (compared to EUR 106
million in 2000). This increase is based on the assumption that the "putable"
bonds will be repaid at their final maturity date. If the bondholders required
payment at their respective put dates and there was an increase in interest
rates by 1%, this would reduce the market value of the bonds and investments by
EUR 235 million. In this case, the fair value of debt and investments plus the
fair value related to interest rate swaps would decrease by EUR 221 million
(compared to EUR 71 million in 2000).
Other financial risks
Other financial risks include the equity price risk, the commodity price risk
and the credit risk.
In November 2000, Philips purchased 1.3 billion redeemable preferred shares in
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (a publicly listed Taiwanese company
in which the Philips Group has a substantial shareholding) for 13 billion
Taiwanese dollars (EUR 458 million). The preferred shares are redeemable in
2003.
The dividend yield on these preferred shares is 3.5%. The preferred shares
confer the same voting rights as TSMC's common shares. The preferred shares are
carried at cost in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The redeemable
preferred shares result in a concentration of credit risks. However, the Company
is of the opinion that TSMC will have sufficient means to redeem the preferred
shares at the redemption date.
32
In 2001, an impairment loss of EUR 526 million was recognized on the security
investments in Vivendi Universal and GN Great Nordic in view of the extended
period of time during which the market value of these shares was below cost. In
addition to TSMC, Vivendi and Great Nordic, Philips is a shareholder of other
publicly listed companies such as Atos Origin, ASML, FEI, JDS Uniphase and
MedQuist and therefore is exposed to the equity price risk through movements in
the share prices of these companies. The aggregate market value of all these
investments exceeded the book value by EUR 8,838 million at year-end 2001.
The Company is a purchaser of certain base metals (such as copper), precious
metals and energy. The Company maintains a commodity price risk management
strategy that uses derivative instruments to minimize significant, unanticipated
earnings fluctuations caused by commodity price volatility. The commodity price
derivatives that the Company enters into are concluded as cash flow hedges to
offset forecasted purchases.
Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognized at the reporting date
if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted. As of December 31,
2001, the Company identified 3 customers with significant exposure. This
exposure amounts to EUR 201 million in total and ranges from EUR 58 million to
EUR 79 million per customer. To reduce exposure to credit risk, the Company
performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers
but generally does not require collateral. The Company invests available cash
and cash equivalents with various financial institutions.
The Company is also exposed to credit risks in the event of non-performance by
counterparties with respect to derivative financial instruments. The Company
does not enter into any derivative financial instruments to protect against
default by financial counterparties. However, the Company requires, in
principle, that financial counterparties with which it deals in derivative
transactions complete legally enforceable set-off agreements prior to trading
and, whenever possible, have a strong credit rating from Standard & Poor's and
Moody's Investor Services. It is the Company's policy to conclude financial
transactions, where possible, under an ISDA (International Swap Dealers
Association) master agreement. Wherever possible, cash is invested and financial
transactions are concluded with financial institutions with strong credit
ratings.
PROXY SOLICITATION
Philips is continuously striving to improve relations with its shareholders. For
instance, Philips was one of the key companies in the establishment of the
Shareholders' Communication Channel - a pilot project of Euronext Amsterdam,
banks in the Netherlands and several major Dutch companies to simplify contacts
between a participating company and its shareholders.
Philips will use the Shareholders' Communication Channel to distribute the
Management Report booklet of its Annual Report and the Agenda for this year's
General Meeting of Shareholders. As in 2001, Philips will use a proxy
solicitation system in the Netherlands for this year's General Meeting of
Shareholders; a voting instruction form will be distributed via the
Shareholders' Communication Channel. For the General Meeting of Shareholders on
March 28, 2002, a record date (being March 21, 2002) will apply: those persons
who on March 21, 2002 hold shares in the Company and are registered as such in
one of the registers designated by the Board of Management for the General
Meeting of Shareholders will be entitled to participate and vote at the meeting.
33
Philips is convinced of the value of the Shareholders' Communication Channel
and will continue to advocate its widespread adoption. In a broader context,
Philips is constantly striving to improve its contacts with the financial
community at large.
ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE
Philips initiated a pragmatic approach in 1994 and defined measurable targets,
laid down in four-year action programs. The most recent four-year program,
running from 1998 until year-end 2001, is called EcoVision. Details of Philips'
environmental policy and of the progress
made in implementing EcoVision in 2001 are to be found in the separate Corporate
Environmental Report.
Under the EcoVision program, Green Flagships, or "green" star products, are
developed. These are products with a better environmental performance than
predecessors or competitors in one or more of five Green Focal Areas - weight,
hazardous substances, energy consumption, packaging and recyclability. The
results for 2001 show that 74 Philips products were identified as Green
Flagships, of which 48 were marketed as such.
It should be noted that the comparability of the data given below for the
reporting period and previous years is affected by changes to the portfolio of
reporting units.
Compared with the reference year 1994, energy saving improved from 27% in 1999
to 31% in 2000, declining to 24% in 2001. For industrial waste, savings of 60%
were realized in 2001, compared with 58% in 2000 and 45% in 1999. Water
consumption was reduced by 50%, compared with 45% in 2000 and 41% in 1999.
Of the manufacturing sites, 92% are certified and manage their activities in
accordance with the internationally accepted environmental standards ISO 14001
or EMAS (85% in 2000; 75% in 1999).
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Philips.com
Over the last few years the number of web initiatives at Philips has increased
rapidly, creating a very diverse Internet presence. In 2001, the relaunch - with
a standard template - of www.philips.com ensured that Philips presented a new
"single face" on the Internet. The ongoing program focuses on improving the
gateway to Philips' businesses and ensuring a coherent, balanced and consistent
expression of Philips' brand presence through the introduction of standards,
guidelines and templates.
IT STRATEGY CONSOLIDATION
In 2001 the IT strategies of all product divisions and corporate departments
were analyzed for cross-organizational opportunities and consolidated in a
Philips Group IT Strategy and Plan. It is expected that consolidation will make
the total portfolio of IT activities across the Philips Group more transparent
and will make it easier to define opportunities to share solutions, work
together and deliver cost savings.
34
E-BUSINESS SECURITY
Trading via the Internet is inherently more risky than traditional business.
Maintaining the integrity of transactions and the availability of critical
systems is a major challenge. Our e-business security policy and organization,
defined to counterbalance these business risks, were successfully deployed in
2001 in fighting an increasing number of cyber-attacks. The lessons learned from
these virus attacks have been used to improve security policy and organization
and to enhance prevention, detection and correction measures for both virus
attacks and hacking attempts.
INTERNET WEBSITE CONSOLIDATION
Early 2000, the migration of Philips Internet websites to a new shared Internet
Data Center (IDC) was started. By the end of 2001 this project was completed.
The Internet websites of all Philips organizations are now running in the IDC,
enjoying a stable, reliable, secure and scaleable environment, integration with
existing infrastructure and systems, connections to the Internet, security
services, shared hardware, access to the Philips Global Network and technical
support.
IT IMPLICATIONS OF DIVESTMENTS, MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
A number of companies divested from Philips are still closely coupled to our
corporate IT infrastructure. In 2001, "disentanglement" contracts were developed
to ensure orderly disengagement from this infrastructure. These contracts strike
a balance between limiting continued dependency on Philips' IT investment and
negatively impacting the value of the company being divested. Merger and
acquisition checklists for assessing the value or risks inherent in a company's
technical infrastructure, applications portfolio and contractual relationships
with suppliers have been improved. They also provide a better framework for
analyzing the complexity and cost of integrating a new company into Philips'
standard IT infrastructure.
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
In 2001 the labor markets lost some of the severe tension that was
characteristic of the previous year. Competition for top talent for business
leadership positions remained fierce, however. Philips holds a strong
competitive position on the labor market: the technological base, the global
brand and the challenging industry attract talent across the world. In the
markets for technical specialists, the changes in the economic climate were most
clearly reflected in the growth of the supply of people.
The worldwide program HR Excellence 2002, which was launched in 2000, was
deployed throughout the Company's managerial ranks in the reporting year.
Renewed and coherent policies, processes and tools for management
development have been implemented in a comprehensive program of workshops.
Processes aimed at achieving excellence in the way HR management is conducted
throughout the organization have been implemented. In this respect, the BEST
program, which serves as the driver of business excellence at Philips, is
applied to the HR function as it is used in the businesses. A comprehensive "HR
for HR" program has been started to ensure world-class professionalism in the HR
organization.
35
Leadership development has been further intensified. The existing programs based
on the Philips Leadership Competencies have been upgraded and a number of new
ones have been launched. In particular, the deployment of 360 degrees
assessment, combined with intensive coaching, has been taken further into the
executive population and beyond. Philips sees particularly effective outcomes
from this form of leadership development. We will take this process further in
the next year, in order to give a yet larger group of business leaders an
opportunity to develop their leadership competence.
In order to maintain our competitiveness in a number of relevant labor markets,
the performance-related stock option program for executives has been further
deployed to a select group of individuals below the executive ranks
(approximately 10,500).
BUSINESS EXCELLENCE
In 2001 we made further progress in implementing BEST (Business Excellence
through Speed and Teamwork), our company-wide improvement drive aimed at
achieving world-class excellence in every aspect of the business.
Businesses in Philips are gaining more experience in deploying the Business
Balanced Scorecard as a key tool for management to focus improvement efforts. A
recently installed online communication system for the balanced scorecard helps
management to monitor the evolution of the businesses' most critical success
factors and also to review the progress of the key improvement actions. More and
more, the balanced scorecard serves not only as the starting point for
identifying those areas where breakthroughs in performance are most needed, but
also as an instrument for tracking progress.
We are also widely implementing our Process Survey Tool approach. The maturity
of operational processes is assessed twice per year by those directly involved
in these processes with the help of dedicated survey tools. This approach is
proving to be an effective driver of continuous improvement. We are experiencing
the same effect at business level, where most management teams have now
conducted several cycles of annual self-assessment of Business Excellence (based
on the EFQM model). Validation of these assessments by peers reinforces the
improvement process by providing cross-business exposure to leadership practice.
36
OUTLOOK
Economic conditions around the world continue to point to a limited growth
environment. Improvement in results in 2002 will come mainly from cost
reductions, efficiency improvements and restructuring programs, many of which
were already initiated in 2001, as well as ongoing portfolio management.
As a consequence of weakness in the stock markets, we anticipate a significant
reduction of pension credits in our results throughout 2002.
The severe declines of the IT and telecommunication markets, which were so
damaging in 2001, have now stopped, and excess inventories, both at customers
and in the industry, have mostly disappeared. In general, we do not see markets
strengthening, therefore we maintain a cautious stand on costs, capital
spending, working capital and employment in 2002.
The Company has been streamlined and focused during the downturn and is in a
good position to be an early beneficiary of any upturn in its markets.
February 5, 2002
Board of Management
37
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a basis consistent with
generally accepted accounting principles in the Netherlands ("Dutch GAAP").
Historical cost is used as the measurement basis unless otherwise indicated.
PRESENTATION CHANGES
In order to better reflect the nature of Philips as a technology company and to
gain insight into the composition of income from operations, the presentation on
the face of the consolidated statements of income has changed.
-- Research and Development (R&D) costs and charges recorded with respect to
acquired in-process R&D are excluded from the line cost of sales and are
presented separately;
-- Impairment charges are also excluded from the line cost of sales and are
presented with restructuring charges on the line restructuring and
impairment charges;
-- Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles and interest income and
expenses are disclosed separately.
Comparative figures of previous years have been reclassified to conform with the
current-year presentation.
CONSOLIDATION PRINCIPLES
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Koninklijke
Philips Electronics N.V. ("Royal Philips Electronics") and all of its
subsidiaries in which a direct or indirect controlling interest is maintained.
All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Net
income is reduced by the portion of the earnings of subsidiaries applicable to
minority interests. The minority interests are disclosed separately in the
consolidated statements of income and in the consolidated balance sheets.
Investments in companies in which Royal Philips Electronics does not have the
ability to directly or indirectly control the financial and operating decisions,
but does possess the ability to exert significant influence, are accounted for
by the equity method. Generally, significant influence is presumed to exist if
at least 20% of the voting stock is owned. The Company's share of the net income
of these companies is included in results relating to unconsolidated companies
in the consolidated statements of income. Investments in companies in which
Royal Philips Electronics does not have the ability to exert significant
influence are carried at cost or are written down to their estimated fair value
if an other-than-temporary decline in value exists.
Foreign currencies
The financial statements of foreign operations are translated into euros. Assets
and liabilities are translated using the exchange rates on the respective
balance sheet dates. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange
rates during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded
directly in stockholders' equity. Cumulative translation adjustments are
recognized as income or expense upon disposal or liquidation of a foreign
operation.
38
The functional currency of foreign operations is generally the local currency,
unless the primary economic environment requires the use of another currency.
However, when foreign operations conduct their business in economies considered
to be highly inflationary, they record transactions in a designated functional
currency instead of their local currency.
Gains and losses arising from the translation or settlement of
foreign-denominated monetary assets and liabilities into the local currency are
recognized in income in the period in which they arise. However, currency
differences on intercompany loans which have the nature of a permanent
investment are accounted for as translation differences directly in
stockholders' equity.
Derivative financial instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments principally in the management
of its foreign currency risks and to a more limited extent for interest rate and
commodity price risks. Applying Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities",
and SFAS 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging
Activities", the Company measures all derivative financial instruments based on
fair values derived from market prices of the instruments or from option pricing
models, as appropriate. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value
of the instruments are recognized in the income statement during the period in
which they arise to the extent that the derivatives have been designated as a
hedge of recognized assets or liabilities, or to the extent that the derivatives
have no hedging designation or are ineffective. The gains and losses on the
designated derivatives substantially offset the changes in the values of the
recognized hedged items, which are also recognized as gains and losses in the
income statement.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is
designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain on
the hedged asset or liability or unrecognized firm commitment of the hedged item
that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in the income statement.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that is
designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other reserves,
until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated
hedged item. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are highly effective
as hedges and that are designated and qualify as foreign currency hedges are
recorded in either earnings or other reserves, depending on whether the hedge
transaction is a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge.
The Company formally assesses, both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing
basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly
effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or
that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues
hedge accounting prospectively. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it
is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value
hedge, the Company continues to carry the derivative on the balance sheet at its
fair value, and no longer adjusts the hedged asset or liability for changes in
fair value. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a
forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company continues to carry the
derivative on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that
were accumulated in other comprehensive income are recognized immediately in
earnings. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the
Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance
sheet, and recognizes any changes in its fair value in earnings.
39
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid
investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily
convertible into known amounts of cash. They are stated at face value.
Securities
Securities designated as available for sale are carried at the lower of cost or
market value. Gains or losses, if any, are recorded in financial income and
expenses. Securities hedged under a fair value hedge are remeasured for the
changes in the fair value that are attributable to the risk which is being
hedged.
Receivables
Receivables are carried at face value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market value, less advance
payments on work in process. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of
purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred bringing the inventories
to their present location and condition. The costs of conversion of inventories
include direct labor and fixed and variable production overheads, taking into
account the stage of completion. The cost of inventories is determined using the
first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Provision is made for obsolescence.
Other non-current financial assets
Loans receivable are carried at face value, less a provision for doubtful
accounts. Long-term investments in equity securities are carried at cost or are
written down to fair value if an other-than-temporary decline in value exists.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated
depreciation. Assets manufactured by the Company include direct manufacturing
costs, production overheads and interest charges incurred during the
construction period. Government grants are deducted from the cost of the related
asset. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the
expected economic life of the asset. Depreciation of special tooling is based on
the expected future economic benefit of these tools. Gains and losses on the
sale of property, plant and equipment are included in other business income.
Costs related to major maintenance activities are expensed in the period in
which they are incurred.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets, including goodwill arising from acquisitions, are amortized
using the straight-line method over their estimated economic lives, not
exceeding twenty years. In-process Research and Development (R&D) is written off
immediately upon acquisition. Patents and trademarks acquired from third parties
are capitalized and amortized over their remaining lives.
Certain costs relating to the development and purchase of software for internal
use are capitalized and subsequently amortized over the estimated useful life of
the software in conformity with US Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for
the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use".
All costs of research and development are expensed in the period in which they
are incurred, in conformity with SFAS No. 2, "Accounting for Research and
Development Costs".
40
Impairment of intangible and tangible fixed assets
Intangible and tangible fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment
to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the
assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are
reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
Provisions
The Company recognizes provisions for liabilities and losses which have been
incurred as of the balance sheet date and for which the amount is uncertain but
can be reasonably estimated. Additionally, the Company records provisions for
losses which are expected to be incurred in the future, but which relate to
contingencies that exist as of the balance sheet date.
The provision for restructuring relates to the estimated costs of planned
reorganizations that have been approved by the Board of Management and publicly
announced before the year-end, and which involve the realignment of certain
parts of the industrial and commercial organization. When such reorganizations
require discontinuance and/or closure of lines of activities, the anticipated
costs of closure or discontinuance are included in restructuring provisions.
Provisions for environmental liabilities resulting from past operations or
events are recognized when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and
the amount can be reasonably estimated. Measurement of liabilities is based on
current legal requirements and existing technology. Liabilities are determined
independently of expected insurance recoveries. The carrying amount of
liabilities is regularly reviewed and adjusted for new facts or changes in law
or technology.
Provisions are stated at face value, with the exception of certain long-term
provisions, such as provisions for postretirement benefits (including pensions)
and severance payments in certain countries where such payments are made in lieu
of pension benefits; those provisions are stated at the present value of the
future obligations.
Debt and other liabilities
Debt and liabilities other than provisions are stated at face value. However,
loans which are hedged under a fair value hedge are remeasured for the changes
in the fair value that are attributable to the risk which is being hedged.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and
collectibility is reasonably assured. Generally, these criteria are met at the
time the product is shipped or services are rendered and acceptance, when
required, has been obtained. Revenues are recorded net of sales taxes, customer
discounts, rebates and similar charges. Service revenue is recognized over the
contractual period or as services are rendered. Revenues from long-term
contracts are recognized in accordance with the percentage-of-completion method.
Provision for estimated contract losses, if any, is made in the period that such
losses are determined. Royalty income, which is generally payable based upon a
percentage of sales or a fixed amount per product sold, is recognized on an
accrual basis. Government grants, other than those relating to assets, are
recognized as income as qualified expenditures are made.
41
Financial income and expenses
Interest income and interest expense are recognized on an accrual basis.
Income taxes
Income tax expense is based on pre-tax financial accounting income and comprises
current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the income statement
except to the extent that it relates to an item recognized directly to equity,
in which case it is recognized in equity. Current tax is the expected tax
payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted at the
balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous
years. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected tax
consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and
liabilities and their reported amounts. Measurement of deferred tax assets and
liabilities is based upon the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets, including assets arising from loss
carryforwards, are recognized if it is more likely than not that the asset will
be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.
Deferred tax liabilities for withholding taxes are recognized in situations
where the income of subsidiaries is to be paid out as dividends in the near
future, and in the case of undistributed earnings of minority shareholdings.
Changes in tax rates are reflected in the period that includes the enactment
date.
Benefit accounting
The Company accounts for the cost of pension plans and postretirement benefits
other than pensions in accordance with SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for
Pensions", and SFAS No. 106, "Postretirement Benefits other than Pensions",
respectively.
Most of the Company's defined-benefit plans are funded with plan assets that
have been segregated and restricted in a trust to provide for the pension
benefits to which the Company has committed itself.
When plan assets have not been segregated by the Company or in such cases in
which the Company is required to make additional pension payments, the Company
recognizes a provision for such amounts.
Pension costs, in respect of defined-benefit pension plans, primarily represent
the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension
benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this
obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected
return on plan assets.
In the event that at any date the accumulated benefit obligation, calculated as
the present value of the benefits attributed to employee service rendered prior
to that date and based on current and past compensation levels, would be higher
than the market value of the plan assets or the existing level of the pension
provision, the difference is immediately recognized as an additional liability.
Obligations for contributions to defined-contribution pension plans are
recognized as an expense in the income statement as incurred.
42
In certain countries, the Company also provides postretirement benefits other
than pensions to various employees. The cost relating to such plans consists
primarily of the present value of the benefits attributed on an equal basis to
each year of service, interest cost on the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation, which is a discounted amount, and amortization of the unrecognized
transition obligation. This transition obligation is being amortized through
charges to earnings over a twenty-year period beginning in 1993 in the USA and
in 1995 for all other plans.
Prior service costs related to pension plans and postretirement benefits other
than pensions are being amortized by assigning a proportional amount to the
income statements of a number of years reflecting the average remaining service
period of the active employees.
Stock-based compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with Dutch GAAP, which is also in conformity with US
Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued
to Employees". The Company has adopted the proforma disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation".
Discontinued operations
Any gain or loss from disposal of a segment of a business (product sector),
together with the results of these operations until the date of disposal, are
reported separately as discontinued operations. The financial information of a
discontinued segment of business is excluded from the respective captions in the
consolidated financial statements and related notes.
Extraordinary income and losses
Extraordinary items include transactions which occur infrequently and are
unrelated to the ordinary and typical activities of the Company.
Cash flow statements
Cash flow statements have been prepared under the indirect method in accordance
with Dutch GAAP, which is in conformity with the requirements of SFAS No. 95,
"Statement of Cash flows", and the amendment, SFAS No. 104. Cash flows resulting
from hedges are presented in the same category as the hedged items. Cash
flows in foreign currencies have been translated into euros using the average
rates of exchange for the periods involved. Cash flows resulting from the
acquisition or sale of securities are reported under cash flows from investing
activities.
Distribution to shareholders
The proposed distribution to shareholders from the other reserves (according to
article 38, paragraph 1 of the Articles of Association), which is subject to
approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders, is recorded when such approval
is received.
Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial
statements in order to conform with generally accepted accounting principles.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
43
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No.
141, "Business Combinations", and SFAS No.142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets".
SFAS No. 141 requires the use of the purchase method of accounting for all
business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 141 also specifies
certain criteria that intangible assets must meet to be recognized apart from
goodwill.
Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill will no longer be amortized on a straight-line
basis over its estimated useful life, but will be tested for impairment on an
annual basis and whenever indicators of impairment arise. The goodwill
impairment test, which is based on fair value, is to be performed on a reporting
unit level. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment under SFAS No.
131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" or
one level lower. Goodwill will no longer be tested for impairment under SFAS No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed of". Additionally, goodwill on equity method investment
will no longer be amortized; however, it will continue to be tested for
impairment in accordance with APB Opinion No. 18, "The Equity Method of
Accounting for Investments in Common Stock". Under SFAS No. 142, intangible
assets with indefinite lives will not be amortized. Instead they will be carried
at the lower of cost or market value and tested for impairment at least
annually. All other recognized intangible assets will continue to be amortized
over their estimated useful lives. SFAS No. 142 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2001 although goodwill on business combinations
consummated after June 30, 2001 will not be amortized. On adoption the Company
may be required to record a cumulative effect adjustment to reflect the
impairment of previously recognized intangible assets. In addition, goodwill on
prior business combinations will cease to be amortized. Goodwill amortization in
2001 totaled Euro 583 million. The Company has not yet determined the impact
that these Statements will have on intangible assets or whether a cumulative
effect adjustment will be required upon adoption. The initial impairment tests
will be performed in the first half of 2002.
Also in June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset
Retirement Obligations". This Statement requires that the fair value of an asset
retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred and be
capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. Previously,
accounting practices were diverse. This Standard will become effective for
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. Upon adoption, the Company may be
required to record a cumulative effect adjustment related to the recognition of
such obligations. The Company has not yet determined the impact that this
Statement will have on liabilities and long-lived assets and whether a
cumulative effect adjustment will be required upon adoption.
In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" This Statement replaces SFAS No. 121, "Accounting
for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed
of", and also amends several other existing standards. SFAS No. 144 retains most
of the requirements of SFAS No. 121. However, it requires that long-lived assets
to be disposed of other than by sale continue to be depreciated, whereas SFAS
No. 121 did not require such.
Furthermore, SFAS No. 144 requires that a component of an entity for which
operations and cash flows can be clearly distinguished operationally and for
financial reporting purposes, and which has been disposed of or is classified as
held for sale, be reported in discontinued operations, whereas APB Opinion No.
30 required this only for a reportable segment, i.e. a product sector. The
Company expects to designate its Businesses, which are one level below product
sector level, as components. SFAS No. 144 will become effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company expects the impact of the
adoption of SFAS No. 144, in sofar as it replaces SFAS No. 121, to be
insignificant.
POSSIBLE CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
In anticipation of possible new regulations in the Netherlands, which would
enable companies to adopt internationally recognized accounting principles, the
Company is considering changing over to full US GAAP reporting in 2002.
As in previous years, a reconciliation of net income and stockholders' equity,
determined in accordance with US GAAP and Dutch GAAP is provided in note 27 to
these financial statements.
45
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
Sales 32,339 37,862 31,459
Cost of sales:
- amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (371) (263) (147)
- other costs of sales (22,814) (25,579) (21,962)
-------- -------- --------
(23,185) (25,842) (22,109)
-------- -------- --------
GROSS INCOME 9,154 12,020 9,350
Selling expenses (5,027) (4,960) (4,337)
General and administrative expenses (1,230) (1,298) (1,212)
Research and development expenses (3,312) (2,766) (2,284)
Write-off of acquired in-process R&D (106) (44) (68)
Restructuring and impairment charges (1,093) (197) (86)
-------- -------- --------
(10,768) (9,265) (7,987)
Other business income - net 243 1,526 388
-------- -------- --------
2 INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS (1,371) 4,281 1,751
3 Financial income and expenses:
- interest (391) (167) (129)
- other (524) 2,155 161
-------- -------- --------
(915) 1,988 32
-------- -------- --------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES (2,286) 6,269 1,783
4 Income taxes 421 (570) (336)
-------- -------- --------
INCOME (LOSS) AFTER TAXES (1,865) 5,699 1,447
5 Results relating to unconsolidated companies:
- income excluding amortization of goodwill and other
intangibles (387) 4,094 458
- amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (367) (124) (49)
-------- -------- --------
(754) 3,970 409
-------- -------- --------
GROUP INCOME (LOSS) (2,619) 9,669 1,856
6 Minority interests 15 (67) (52)
-------- -------- --------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (2,604) 9,602 1,804
7 EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS - NET -- -- (5)
-------- -------- --------
8 NET INCOME (LOSS) (2,604) 9,602 1,799
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
46
Earnings per share
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
--------- --------- ---------
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding (after deduction
of treasury stock) during the year (in thousands) 1,278,077 1,312,859 1,378,041
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE IN EUROS:
Income (loss) from continuing operations (2.04) 7.31 1.31
Net income (loss) (2.04) 7.31 1.31
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE IN EUROS*:
Income (loss) from continuing operations (2.04) 7.24 1.30
Net income (loss) (2.04) 7.24 1.30
Dividend paid per common share in euros (from prior-year profits) 0.36 0.30 0.25
* The dilution effects on EPS are only taken into consideration if this does not
result in an improvement in income per share or in a reduction in loss per
share, as is the case in 2001.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
47
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
AS OF DECEMBER 31
in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
The consolidated balance sheets are presented before appropriation of profit
ASSETS
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
--------------------- ----------------------
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents 890 1,089
9 Securities 130 111
10 Receivables:- Accounts receivable - net 5,298 5,905
- Accounts receivable from unconsolidated companies 122 56
- Other receivables 392 539
- Prepaid expenses 342 306
------ ------
6,154 6,806
11 Inventories 4,290 5,279
------ ------
Total current assets 11,464 13,285
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
5 Unconsolidated companies:
- Investments 5,170 4,793
- Loans 462 535
------ ------
5,632 5,328
12 Other non-current financial assets 2,789 3,747
13 Non-current receivables:
- Accounts receivable - net 149 143
- Accounts receivable from unconsolidated companies 1 3
- Other receivables 156 157
- Prepaid expenses 3,276 2,410
------ ------
3,582 2,713
14 Property, plant and equipment:
- At cost 18,069 20,265
- Less accumulated depreciation (10,351) (11,224)
------ ------
7,718 9,041
15 Intangible assets - net 7,269 4,427
------ ------
Total non-current assets 26,990 25,256
------ ------
TOTAL 38,454 38,541
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
48
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
--------------------- ------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts and notes payable:
- Trade creditors 3,240 4,250
- Unconsolidated companies 3 5
----- ------
3,243 4,255
16 Accrued liabilities 4,137 3,701
17,18 Short-term provisions 1,456 969
19 Other current liabilities 813 862
20,22 Short-term debt 1,271 1,743
------ ------
Total current liabilities 10,920 11,530
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
21,22 Long-term debt 6,595 2,284
17,18 Long-term provisions 2,284 2,522
------ ------
Total non-current liabilities 8,879 4,806
23 Commitments and contingent liabilities -- --
GROUP EQUITY
6 Minority interests 202 469
24 Stockholders' equity:
Priority shares, par value EUR 500 per share:
Authorized and issued: 10 shares
Preference shares, par value EUR 0.20 per share:
Authorized: 3,249,975,000 shares
- Issued: none
Common shares, par value EUR 0.20 per share:
Authorized: 3,250,000,000 shares
- Issued: 1,316,070,392 shares
(1,316,070,392 shares in 2000)
- Treasury: 41,897,949 shares
(32,175,659 shares in 2000) 263 263
Share premium 13 7
Other reserves 20,781 11,864
Profit (loss) for the year (2,604) 9,602
------ ------
18,453 21,736
------ ------
TOTAL 38,454 38,541
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
49
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Cash flows from operating activities:
NET INCOME (LOSS) (2,604) 9,602 1,799
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 2,797 2,320 1,853
Net gain on sale of investments (378) (6,384) (491)
(Income) loss from unconsolidated companies (net of dividends received) 676 (1,187) (410)
Minority interests (net of dividends paid) (21) 56 38
Decrease (increase) in working capital 1,080 (1,069) (469)
Increase in non-current receivables (874) (510) (32)
Increase (decrease) in provisions 287 386 (87)
Other items 285 (218) (288)
------ ------ ------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 1,248 2,996 1,913
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of intangible assets (software) (234) (140) (200)
Capital expenditures on property, plant and equipment (2,143) (3,170) (1,662)
Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment 221 178 286
(Purchase) proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale (1) 848 158
Purchase of other non-current financial assets (76) (560) (119)
Proceeds from other non-current financial assets 550 63 67
Purchase of businesses (3,636) (3,209) (2,993)
Proceeds from sale of interests in businesses 755 3,586 629
------ ------ ------
NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES (4,564) (2,404) (3,834)
------ ------ ------
CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING ACTIVITIES (3,316) 592 (1,921)
Cash flows from financing activities:
(Decrease) increase in short-term debt (73) 734 (257)
Principal payments on long-term debt (554) (325) (563)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt 4,580 203 103
Treasury stock transactions (336) (578) (38)
Capital repayment to shareholders -- (1,673) (1,490)
Dividends paid (458) (399) (361)
------ ------ ------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) FINANCING ACTIVITIES 3,159 (2,038) (2,606)
------ ------ ------
CASH USED FOR CONTINUING OPERATIONS (157) (1,446) (4,527)
Effect of changes in exchange rates and consolidations on cash positions (42) 204 305
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 1,089 2,331 6,553
------ ------ ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR 890 1,089 2,331
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
50
Consolidated statements of cash flows
of the Philips Group (continued)
Supplemental disclosures to consolidated statements of cash flows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
DECREASE (INCREASE) IN WORKING CAPITAL:
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses 1,207 (513) (534)
Decrease (increase) in inventories 790 (979) 46
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses (917) 423 19
------ ------ ------
1,080 (1,069) (469)
Net cash paid during the year for:
Interest 391 167 129
Income taxes 355 266 222
Net gain on sale of investments:
Cash proceeds from the sale of investments 1,526 4,675 1,140
Book value of these investments (1,190) (875) (649)
Non-cash gains 42 2,584 --
------ ------ ------
378 6,384 491
Non-cash investing and financing information:
Assets received in lieu of cash 63 2,589 11
Treasury stock transactions:
Shares acquired (379) (682) (139)
Exercise stock options/warrants/convertible
personnel debentures 43 104 101
For a number of reasons, principally the effects of translation differences and
consolidation changes, certain items in the statements of cash flows do not
correspond to the differences between the balance sheet amounts for the
respective items.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
51
Consolidated statements of changes in equity of the Philips Group
in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
[Enlarge/Download Table]
number of shares issued,
----------------------------- paid-up share other treasury
outstanding issued capital premium reserves shares total
------------- ------------- ------- ------- -------- -------- ------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998 1,442,760,868 1,473,979,296 1,672 1,824 11,587 (523) 14,560
Issued upon exercise of:
- Convertible debentures 276,324 2 27 29
- Stock options 80 (11) (11)
Net income for the year 1,799 1,799
Dividend paid (361) (361)
Treasury stock transactions (55) 28 (27)
8% share reduction (117,940,456) (1,333) (184) 27 (1,490)
Translation differences and other changes 258 258
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1999 1,331,600,540 1,356,315,244 339 1,631 13,255 (468) 14,757
Change in accounting policy:
- Product/process development costs
previously included in inventories (241) (241)
- Derivatives (SFAS 133) 58 58
Issued upon exercise of:
- Convertible debentures 458,356 6 7 13
Net income for the year 9,602 9,602
Dividend paid (399) (399)
Treasury stock transactions (23) (555) (578)
3% share reduction (40,703,208) (76) (1,630) (8) 41 (1,673)
Translation differences and other changes 197 197
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2000 1,283,894,733 1,316,070,392 263 7 22,448 (982) 21,736
Net income (loss) for the year (2,604) (2,604)
Dividend paid (458) (458)
Additional paid-in capital stock options 6 6
Treasury stock transactions (21) (312) (333)
Translation differences and other changes 106 106
------------- ------------- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 1,274,172,443 1,316,070,392 263 13 19,471 (1,294) 18,453
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.
52
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
of the Philips Group
all amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
INTRODUCTION
The financial statements of Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (`Royal Philips
Electronics'), the parent company the Philips Group, are included in the
statements of the Philips Group. Therefore the
unconsolidated statements of income of Royal Philips Electronics only reflect
the net after-tax income of affiliated companies and other income after taxes.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The current balance sheet presentation is different from the one used under
Dutch regulations and is more in line with common practice in the United States
in order to accommodate the expectations of foreign - mainly US - shareholders.
Under the current format, the order of presentation of assets and liabilities is
based on the degree of liquidity.
2 ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTMENTS
A summary of the most significant acquisitions and divestments during 2001 is
given below.
Marconi
In October 2001, Philips acquired all the shares of Marconi's Medical
System business, which comprises two businesses, the core Medical Imaging
Equipment business, a global participant in the medical diagnostic imaging
equipment industry, and the Marconi Healthcare Products business (HCP), one of
the largest distributors of radiology imaging supplies in the USA. Philips
intends to divest HCP. The acquisition price of Marconi Medical Systems was 1.2
billion in cash. The primary reasons for the acquisition were to enhance Medical
Systems' computed tomography (CT) portfolio and to acquire an additional CT
installed base whose service and maintenance is the most profitable area of the
diagnostic imaging industry. The cost of the acquisition was allocated on the
basis of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The
allocation includes the cost of planned restructuring associated with certain
existing activities and involuntary termination costs. Based upon an independent
appraisal, EUR 338 million was assigned to specific intangible assets acquired,
including purchased technology and in-process R&D. Of this amount, EUR 51
million, representing the value of in-process R&D that had not yet reached
technological feasibility and had no alternative use, was charged to expense as
of the date of acquisition. Additionally, EUR 556 million, representing the
excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired, has been recorded
as goodwill. All goodwill has been recorded in the Medical Systems segment. In
accordance with Dutch GAAP, goodwill is being amortized over 15 years. Most of
the goodwill will be tax-deductible. The intangible assets, other than goodwill,
are not expected to have a residual value at the end of their respective useful
lives. The weighted average amortization period for customer-related intangible
assets is 15 years and for technology-based intangible assets 10 years, which
averages approximately 12.5 years for all intangibles other than goodwill. No
intangible assets with indefinite lives have been recognized. The results of
operations for Marconi's Medical Systems business have been included in the
Company's consolidated financial statements as from October 19, 2001.
53
The elements of the purchase price, converted into euros using the exchange rate
at acquisition date, have been allocated to the net assets of Marconi Medical
Systems as follows:
[Download Table]
Total purchase price 1,245
Allocated to:
Property, plant and equipment 177
Net working capital 265
Restructuring liability (91)
Developed product technology 96
Core technology 48
In-process R&D 51
Customer relationships 143
----
Goodwill 556
The allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired had not yet been
completely finalized at year-end 2001.
In addition to the acquisition of Marconi's Medical Systems, Philips has agreed
to enter into a five-year technology supply partnership with Marconi, under
which Philips will purchase up to USD 150 million of equipment and services
covering a broad range of Marconi's communications
Lighting
In September 2001, Philips acquired the fluorescent lighting ballast operation
of Lumisistemas (Mexico) and all lighting ballast activities of Helfont
(Brazil). The acquisition price was approximately EUR 72 million. As from the
beginning of September 2001, Philips consolidates these newly acquired
businesses; EUR 53 million has been recorded as goodwill.
Agilent
In August 2001, Philips completed the acquisition of the net assets of Agilent
Technologies Inc.'s Healthcare Solutions Group (HSG) for a total purchase price
of EUR 2.0 billion in cash. HSG is active in the field of pervasive cardiology
and monitoring solutions, and is a leading global provider of medical products
and services to hospitals, healthcare clinics, physicians' offices, airlines and
others. The primary reason for the acquisition was to enhance our existing
business and to provide Medical Systems with a strong position in the cardiac
sector. Additionally, the acquisition enables Medical Systems to enter certain
new, high-growth segments such as home care technology enabling remote
diagnostics. The cost of the acquisition was allocated on the basis of the fair
value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Based upon an independent
appraisal, EUR 421 million was assigned to specific intangible assets acquired,
including purchased technology and in-process R&D. Of this amount, EUR 55
million, representing the value of in-process R&D that had not yet reached
technological feasibility and had no alternative use, was charged to expense as
of the date of acquisition.
54
Additionally, EUR 1,032 million, representing the excess of cost over the fair
value of the net assets acquired, has been recorded as goodwill. All goodwill
has been recorded in the Medical Systems segment. Most of the goodwill will be
tax-deductible. In accordance with Dutch GAAP, goodwill is being amortized over
15 years. The intangible assets, other than goodwill, are not expected to have a
residual value at the end of their respective useful lives. The weighted average
amortization period for customer-related intangible assets is 15 years and for
technology-based intangible assets 10 years, which averages approximately 12.5
years for all intangibles other than goodwill. No intangible assets with
indefinite lives have been recognized. As of August 1, 2001, the results of
operations for Agilent have been included in Philips' consolidated financial
statements.
The elements of the purchase price, converted into euros using the exchange rate
at acquisition date, have been allocated to the net assets of HSG as follows:
[Download Table]
Total purchase price* 2,049
Allocated to:
Property, plant and equipment 125
Net working capital 473
Restructuring liability (2)
Developed product technology 139
Core technology 59
In-process R&D 55
Customer relationships 168
-----
Goodwill 1,032
* of which EUR 106 million is recorded under accrued expenses.
The allocation of the purchase price to the net assets acquired had not yet been
completely finalized at year-end 2001.
LG.Philips Displays
In June 2001, Philips and LG Electronics (LGE) completed a definitive agreement
through which the two companies merged their respective cathode ray tube (CRT)
businesses into a new joint venture company. LGE and Philips share equal control
of the joint venture. The joint venture remitted USD1.1 billion in cash to LGE
and USD 0.3 billion to Philips to close the difference in the valuation of the
net assets contributed.
The investment is accounted for using the equity method. The excess of the
Company's investment over its underlying equity in the recognized net assets,
commonly referred to as goodwill under Dutch GAAP, is EUR 801 million. This
excess is being amortized over the average remaining useful lives of the
non-current assets that have been contributed to the joint venture, determined
in proportion to the relative excess of the fair values over the historical cost
basis of all assets contributed to the joint venture, which is 4.5 years. As
from July 2, 2001, the CRT businesses are no longer consolidated in the
Company's financial statements. Sales of Philips' CRT businesses amounted to EUR
1,994 million and EUR 1,765 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and
1999 respectively, and EUR 686 million for the six months ended June 30, 2001.
55
Philips' assets and liabilities transferred to the new joint venture are as
follows:
[Download Table]
Current assets 684
Non-current assets 1,685
-----
Total assets 2,369
Other liabilities (785)
Provisions (43)
Intercompany financing 33
-----
Net assets 1,574
No gain or loss has been recognized at the formation of the joint venture.
The LG.Philips Displays joint venture comprises approximately 75 organizations
in 25 countries. For local statutory, fiscal and contractual purposes,
individual assets and liabilities in each legal entity have to be valued and
audited. As the valuation process has not yet been completed, the joint
venture's opening balance sheet and its current-year results have not yet been
finalized. Parties are having discussions on certain valuation principles which,
if not resolved, could be submitted for arbitration. Consequently, certain
estimates have been used to account for Philips' investment in this joint
venture and the share in its earnings.
Due to heavy capital expenditures, the weak markets for CRTs and the high cost
of integration, the joint venture requires additional financing. Both partners
have agreed in principle to inject additional equity for a total aggregate
amount of USD 250 million.
Philips Consumer Communications
In October 2001, Philips announced it had signed a definitive agreement with
respect to a transfer of Philips' mobile handset activities to China Electronics
Corporation (CEC). Under the agreement, Philips will contribute part of the
research & development and manufacturing activities of Philips Consumer
Communications (PCC) into a partnership with CEC. Philips will maintain a
focused sales and marketing activity in mobile telephony under the Philips
brand.
In December 2001, 65% of the shares in the manufacturing company in China were
transferred to the CEC group, bringing their ownership to 75%. Therefore, at
year-end this company was deconsolidated. The transfer of 100% of the shares in
the development company in France is expected to be completed in the first
quarter of 2002. Given that both transactions are related, any gain on the total
transaction will be recognized when the share transfer in the development
company is completed.
Part of the Le Mans manufacturing operations that remained after the
restructuring of PCC has been sold to European Telecom plc; the transaction was
closed on December 31, 2001, therefore the operations have been deconsolidated
as of December 31, 2001.
FEI
In May 2001, Philips reduced its stake in FEI Company to 25.5% through a public
offering of FEI shares and through the sale of approximately 6 million shares
owned by Philips. The cash proceeds were EUR 200 million, resulting in a gain of
EUR 185 million included in other business income.
Following the offering, Philips no longer consolidates the financial data of
FEI, previously included in the product sector Miscellaneous. The remaining
investment is accounted for as an equity investment from May 2001 onwards.
56
Philips Broadcast
In February 2001, Philips sold its Broadcast group to Thomson Multimedia of
France for a cash amount of EUR 165 million, of which EUR 63 million will be
received in 2002 and 2003. In relation to this sale a gain was recognized, net
of cost of disposal, of EUR 57 million, which is included in other business
income.
Other
In May 2001, Philips sold its investment in Philips Matsushita Battery
Corporation to its joint venture partner for EUR 42 million, resulting in a gain
of EUR 20 million, which is presented under results relating to unconsolidated
companies.
In May 2001, Marantz Japan Inc. (MJI) bought the Marantz trademark and the
European and American sales organizations from Philips. In addition, Philips
sold 1.5% of its shareholding in MJI, reducing its share from 50.5% to 49%. As a
result, these activities are no longer consolidated in Philips but are accounted
for as an equity investment. Cash proceeds amounted to EUR 40 million, and the
gain from this transaction was EUR 3 million.
Early in 2001, Philips became the majority shareholder in NavTech as a result of
a conversion of debt into equity. As a consequence, Philips started to
consolidate the financial figures of NavTech.
THE MOST SIGNIFICANT ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTMENTS DURING 2000 AND 1999 WERE AS
FOLLOWS:
TSMC preferred stock
In November 2000, the Company purchased 1.3 billion redeemable preferred shares
in Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (a publicly listed Taiwanese
company in which the Philips Group has a substantial shareholding) for 13
billion Taiwanese dollars (EUR 458 million). The preferred shares are redeemable
in 2003. The dividend yield on these preferred shares is 3.5%. The preferred
shares carry the same voting rights as TSMC's common shares. The preferred
shares are carried at cost (redemption value) in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheet. The redeemable preferred shares result in a concentration of
credit risks. However, based on historical results, the Company is of the
opinion that TSMC will have sufficient means to redeem the shares at the
redemption date.
ADAC
In December 2000, Philips acquired substantially all of ADAC Laboratories'
common stock for USD 18.50 per share for each outstanding share. The total
purchase price was EUR 483 million. The cost of the acquisition was allocated on
the basis of the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
Based upon an independent appraisal, EUR 241 million was assigned to specific
intangible assets acquired, including purchased technology, in-process R&D, the
value of the customer base and the value of the existing workforce. Of this
amount, EUR 44 million, representing the value of in-process R&D that had not
yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, was
charged to expense as of the date of acquisition. An amount of EUR 257 million,
representing the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired,
has been recorded as goodwill. Goodwill and other intangibles are being
amortized over their useful lives, which average approximately 13 years.
57
MedQuist
During 2000, in a series of transactions, Philips acquired approximately 71% of
the outstanding shares in MedQuist, a provider of electronic medical
transcription services in the United States, for a total aggregate cash purchase
price of EUR 1,339 million. The cost of the acquisition was allocated on the
basis of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Based
upon an independent appraisal, EUR 207 million was assigned to specific
intangible assets acquired, including the value of the customer base and the
existing workforce. An amount of EUR 1,097 million, representing the excess of
cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired, has been recorded as
goodwill. Goodwill and other intangibles are being amortized over their useful
lives, which average approximately 15 years. The results of operations for
MedQuist have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements
as from July 1, 2000.
Optiva
In October 2000, Philips acquired all of the outstanding shares of Optiva
Corporation, the manufacturer of the Sonicare toothbrush, at a cost of EUR 291
million. The cost of the acquisition was allocated on the basis of the fair
value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Based upon an independent
appraisal, EUR 99 million was assigned to specific intangible assets acquired,
including patents and trademarks and the value of the workforce. Additionally,
EUR 182 million, representing the excess of cost over the fair value of the net
assets acquired, has been recorded as goodwill. The intangible assets are being
amortized over their estimated useful lives, which average approximately 14.5
years. As from October 1, 2000, the results of operations for Optiva have been
included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Philips has changed the name of Optiva into Philips Oral Healthcare with effect
from 2001.
MiCRUS
In June 2000, Philips purchased IBM's MiCRUS 8-inch wafer fab in the USA, a
semiconductor activity, for which the results of operations have been included
in the consolidated financial statements as from June 1, 2000. The acquisition
price was EUR 378 million, of which approximately EUR 340 million was paid
through December 31, 2001. Based upon an independent appraisal, EUR 367 million
was assigned to the fixed assets acquired and EUR 11 million was assigned to the
value of the existing workforce.
Atos Origin
In October 2000, Philips and Atos of France, a leading European IT services
provider, merged Atos and Origin, Philips' IT services subsidiary. Under this
transaction, Philips received 21.3 million newly issued Atos shares based on
Atos closing price August 25, 2000 of EUR 122 per share, representing 48.7% of
the shares in the combined entity Atos Origin.
Additionally, Philips received two tranches of warrants, each representing
approximately 2.4 million Atos Origin shares. These warrants may be exercised in
the event the weighted average share price of Atos Origin exceeds EUR 156 per
share for twelve consecutive business days within 20 months following the
closing date for the first tranche, and EUR 208 per share within 32 months for
the second tranche. As from October 1, 2000, Philips no longer consolidates
Origin as a separate division, but, under the equity method of accounting,
includes its share in Atos Origin's earnings in results relating to
unconsolidated companies from January 1, 2001 onwards. Due to Atos Origin's
different reporting cycle, Philips' share can only be accounted for on a
three-month-delay basis.
58
The Company adjusted its investment in Origin to equal its share of the
post-transaction merged equity of Atos Origin, based on Philips' accounting
policies, resulting in a gain of EUR 1,072 million, which is included in other
business income.
Philips limited its voting rights to 35% and has the intention to reduce its
stake in Atos Origin below 35% (directly or indirectly) within two years after
the closing date, subject to market conditions being acceptable.
AC&M
In May 2000, Philips reached agreement with Yageo Corporation of Taiwan to sell
its AC&M (Advanced Ceramics & Modules) business to Yageo Corporation.
The transaction was completed in August 2000, and the Company received cash
proceeds of EUR 658 million and recognized a gain, net of cost of disposal, of
EUR 309 million (net of taxes EUR 247 million), which is included in other
business income. Sales and income related to this business included in the
consolidated statement of income for 2000 totaled EUR 239 million and EUR 41
million respectively.
LG.Philips LCD Co., LTD
With effect from July 1, 1999, Philips and LG Electronics of South Korea
finalized a manufacturing joint venture agreement, creating a world-leading
supplier of Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Displays (AMLCDs).
Philips acquired a 50 per cent stake in LGE's LCD business for EUR 1.7 billion
and accounts for the investment using the equity method. The cost of the
acquisition was allocated on the basis of the fair value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. The excess of the Company's investment over its
underlying equity in the recognized net assets, commonly referred to as goodwill
under Dutch GAAP, is EUR 1.3 billion. Goodwill and other intangibles are being
amortized over their estimated useful lives, which average 15 years.
VLSI Technology, Inc.
In June 1999 the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of VLSI
Technology (VLSI), a semiconductor business, at a cost of EUR 1.1 billion, which
included EUR 0.1 billion of assumed debt. The results of operations for VLSI
have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the
date of acquisition. The cost of the acquisition was allocated on the basis of
the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Based upon an
independent appraisal, EUR 342 million was assigned to specific intangible
assets acquired, including purchased technology, in-process R&D, patents and
trademarks, and the value of the existing workforce. Of this amount, EUR 48
million, representing the value of in-process R&D that had not yet reached
technological feasibility and had no alternative future use, was charged to
expense as of the date of acquisition. An amount of EUR 305 million,
representing the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired,
has been recorded as goodwill. Goodwill and other intangibles are being
amortized over their useful lives, which average approximately 7 years.
Origin B.V.
In June 1999, the Company acquired an additional 10% interest in Origin at a
cost of EUR 124 million. Philips then owned approximately 98% of Origin's
stockholders' equity. Goodwill resulting from the acquisition totaled EUR 107
million and had a useful life of 7 years.
59
Conventional Passive Components
In the first quarter of 1999, Philips sold its Conventional Passive Components
activities for an amount of EUR 358 million. A gain of EUR 169 million was
recognized on the sale (net of taxes EUR 130 million).
2 INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
Salaries and wages
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
----- ----- -----
Salaries and wages 7,292 7,631 6,910
Pension costs (430) (445) (42)
Other social security and similar charges:
- Required by law 1,049 1,009 958
- Voluntary 189 261 190
----- ----- -----
TOTAL 8,100 8,456 8,016
See note 18 to the financial statements for further information on pension
costs.
Employees
The average number of employees during 2001 was 205,870 (2000: 231,161, 1999:
230,016). The number of employees by category is summarized as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
--------------------------------- ------- ------
beginning end average** average average
of year* of year
Production 128,660 111,401 124,306 124,473 126,622
Research & Development 23,393 23,394 23,661 22,201 21,104
Other 44,913 38,865 39,345 60,484 62,443
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Permanent employees 196,966 173,660 187,312 207,158 210,169
Temporary employees 22,458 14,983 18,558 24,003 19,847
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
TOTAL 219,424 188,643 205,870 231,161 230,016
----------------
* including changes in consolidation at January 1, 2001
**(de)consolidation changes have not been taken into consideration in
determining the average number of employees
The number of employees at year-end 2001 decreased by 30,781 as compared to the
beginning of the year. This includes a decrease of 23,251 relating to the
deconsolidation of the Display Components activities and an increase of 9,970
relating to the acquisitions of the medical systems businesses of Marconi and
Agilent.
Remuneration of the Board of Management and Supervisory Board
Board of Management
Remuneration and pension costs relating to the members of the Board of
Management amounted to EUR 3,043,533 (2000: EUR 4,442,733, 1999: EUR 9,412,000).
The costs for former members of the Board of Management, which relate to pension
charges, amounted to EUR 1,647,000 (2000: EUR 1,350,000, 1999: EUR 1,470,000).
In 2001, the present members of the Board of Management were granted 360,000
stock option rights (2000: 500,000 stock option rights, 1999: 440,000 stock
option rights). At year-end 2001, the members of the Board of Management held
1,564,000 stock option rights (year-end 2000: 1,911,200) at a weighted average
exercise price of EUR 24.20 (year-end 2000: EUR 20.56).
See note 25 to the financial statements for further information on stock options
and pages 106 and 107 for further information on individual remuneration and
interests in stock options and Philips shares.
60
Supervisory Board
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board amounted to EUR 331,260
(2000: EUR 376,637, 1999: EUR 414,000); former members received no remuneration.
The annual remuneration for individual members is EUR 40,840 and for the
Chairman EUR 74,874. Additionally, the membership of committees of the
Supervisory Board is compensated by an amount of EUR 4,538 per year per
committee. At year-end 2001 the present members of the Supervisory Board held no
stock options.
For further information on individual remuneration and interests in Philips
shares, see page 108.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of intangibles is
as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
----- ----- -----
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 1,994 1,808 1,565
Amortization of software 146 86 24
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles:
- Amortization of goodwill relating to consolidated
Companies 216 173 95
- Amortization of other intangible assets 155 125 52
Write-off of in-process R&D 106 44 68
----- ----- -----
2,617 2,236 1,804
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortization of software are
primarily included in cost of sales.
Included in the table above is an amount of EUR 240 million (2000: EUR 47
million, 1999: EUR 76 million) which is reported under restructuring and
impairment charges.
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment includes an additional write-off
in connection with the retirement of property, plant and equipment amounting to
EUR 25 million in 2001 (2000: EUR 19 million, 1999: EUR 17 million).
Amortization of goodwill relating to consolidated companies and other intangible
assets increased because of new acquisitions in 2001, mainly the medical systems
businesses of Marconi and Agilent, and full-year amortization relating to the
acquisitions in the previous year.
Research and development expenses
Expenditures for research and development activities amounted to EUR 3,312
million, representing 10.2% of sales (2000: EUR 2,766 million, 7.3% of sales;
1999: EUR 2,284 million, 7.3% of sales). The major increase in 2001 compared to
last year was caused by the higher level of research and development activities
and also included the effect of consolidation changes for an amount of more than
EUR 200 million.
Write-off of acquired in-process Research and Development
The write-off of acquired in-process R&D in 2001 related to the acquisitions of
the medical systems businesses of Agilent and Marconi (EUR 106 million); in 2000
it related to the acquisition of ADAC (EUR 44 million) and in 1999 to the
acquisitions of VLSI, Voice Control Systems and Micrion/FEI (EUR 68 million).
61
Advertising and promotional cost
Advertising and promotional cost incurred during 2001 totaled EUR 988 million
(2000: EUR 1,039 million, 1999: EUR 978 million).
Restructuring and impairment charges
The following table presents the changes in the restructuring provision from
December 31, 1998 to December 31, 2001:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
balance balance
December 31, other December 31,
2000 additions utilized releases changes 2001
----------- --------- -------- -------- ------- ------------
Personnel costs 67 437 (166) (12) 326
Write-down of assets 22 547 (560) (3) 6
Other costs 11 136 (66) (12) 41 110
--- ----- ---- --- -- ---
TOTAL 100 1,120 (792) (27) 41 442
[Enlarge/Download Table]
balance balance
December 31, other December 31,
1999 additions utilized releases changes 2000
------------ --------- -------- -------- ------- ------------
Personnel costs 84 125 (115) (27) 67
Write-down of assets 13 57 (38) (10) 22
Other costs 18 26 (24) (9) 11
--- --- ---- --- ---- ---
Total 115 208 (177) (46) 100
A goodwill-related impairment loss of EUR 35 million in the year 2000 with
respect to Voice Control Systems within the sector Consumer Electronics was
included in restructuring and impairment charges.
[Enlarge/Download Table]
balance balance
December 31, other December 31,
1998 additions utilized releases changes 1999
------------ --------- -------- -------- ------- ------------
Personnel costs 175 71 (116) (46) 84
Write-down of assets 30 81 (87) (11) 13
Other costs 60 12 (33) (21) 18
--- --- --- --- ---- ---
Total 265 164 (236) (78) 115
The movements in the provision for restructuring costs in 2001 are presented by
sector as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
balance balance
December 31, other December 31,
2000 additions utilized releases changes* 2001
------------ --------- -------- -------- -------- -----------
Lighting 25 26 (27) (8) 16
Consumer Electronics 5 504 (371) (1) 137
DAP 6 4 (9) 1
Components 51 167 (140) (11) (6) 61
Semiconductors 204 (163) 41
Medical Systems 79 (6) (4) 47 116
Miscellaneous 8 99 (37) (3) 67
Unallocated 5 37 (39) 3
--- ----- ---- --- -- ---
TOTAL 100 1,120 (792) (27) 41 442
-------------
* relate to transferred provision into the joint venture LG.Philips Displays and
restructuring recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of Marconi.
62
Additions of EUR 1,120 million are presented by sector as follows:
[Download Table]
write-
down write-
personnel of fixed down of other
cost assets inventories costs total
--------- -------- ----------- ----- -----
Lighting 20 2 4 26
Consumer Electronics 147 74 233 50 504
DAP 2 2 4
Components 51 53 35 28 167
Semiconductors 53 91 37 23 204
Medical Systems 70 9 79
Miscellaneous 71 8 20 99
Unallocated 23 14 37
--- --- --- --- ----
Total 437 240 307 136 1,120
The movements in the provision for restructuring costs in 2000 are presented by
sector as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
balance balance
December 31, other December 31,
1999 additions utilized releases changes 2000
----------- --------- -------- -------- ------- ------------
Lighting 43 31 (35) (14) 25
Consumer Electronics 21 27 (33) (10) 5
DAP 13 (7) 6
Components 3 90 (30) (12) 51
Semiconductors 6 (4) (2)
Miscellaneous 20 38 (42) (8) 8
Unallocated 22 9 (26) 5
--- --- ---- --- ---- ---
Total 115 208 (177) (46) 100
Additions of EUR 208 million are presented by sector as follows:
[Download Table]
write-
down write-
personnel of fixed down of other
cost assets inventories costs total
--------- -------- ----------- ----- -----
Lighting 27 4 31
Consumer Electronics 18 3 6 27
DAP 7 1 1 4 13
Components 53 17 8 12 90
Miscellaneous 17 21 38
Unallocated 3 5 1 9
--- -- -- -- ---
Total 125 47 10 26 208
63
The movements in the provision for restructuring costs in 1999 are presented by
sector as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
balance additions utilized releases other balance
December 31, changes December 31,
1998 1999
------------ --------- --------- -------- ------- ------------
Lighting 45 44 (31) (15) 43
Consumer Electronics 135 6 (79) (41) 21
DAP 8 (8)
Components 19 79 (82) (13) 3
Semiconductors 21 (13) (2) 6
Miscellaneous 35 13 (21) (7) 20
Unallocated 2 22 (2) 22
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Total 265 164 (236) (78) 115
Additions of EUR 164 million are presented by sector as follows:
[Download Table]
personnel write- write- other total
costs down of down of costs
fixed inventories
assets
---------- ------- ----------- ------ -----
Lighting 34 6 4 44
Consumer Electronics 2 2 1 1 6
DAP
Components 6 68 3 2 79
Miscellaneous 7 1 5 13
Unallocated 22 22
------ ----- ------ ----- -----
Total 71 76 5 12 164
The projects initiated in 2001 will ultimately reduce direct labor by
approximately 7,000 persons and indirect labor by approximately 3,800 persons.
The release of surplus in 2001 was primarily attributable to reduced severance
due to a transfer of employees, who were scheduled to be laid off, to other
positions in the Company. The release in 2000 and 1999 also related to a change
in severance as well as lower expenditures than originally planned.
The remaining prior-year provisions available at December 31, 2001 relate
primarily to personnel costs. The Company expects to make cash expenditures of
EUR 442 million in 2002 under existing restructuring programs.
Other business income, net
Other business income consists of amounts not directly related to the production
and sale of products and services and acquisition-related costs. An amount of
EUR 287 million relates to the net gain from the disposal of certain business
interests (2000: EUR 1,429 million, 1999: EUR 257 million). In 2001, EUR 185
million arose from the sale of a portion of Philips' share in FEI Company. In
2000, the gain primarily related to the Atos Origin merger (EUR 1,072 million)
and the sale of AC&M (EUR 309 million); in 1999 it mainly related to the sale of
Conventional Passive Components (EUR 169 million).
Other business income also includes gains of EUR 74 million from the sale of
fixed assets (2000: EUR 48 million), of which EUR 44 million relates to sale and
lease-back transactions. In addition, EUR 80 million was received as insurance
recoveries.
64
3 FINANCIAL INCOME AND EXPENSES
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---- ---- ----
Interest income 66 99 133
Interest expense (457) (266) (262)
---- ----- ----
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE, NET (391) (167) (129)
Income from securities 5 2,217 117
Income from non-current financial assets 62 13 44
Write-off of non-current financial assets (526) -- --
Foreign exchange hedging costs (64) (86) 7
Miscellaneous financing costs (1) 11 (7)
---- ----- ----
TOTAL (915) 1,988 32
==== ===== ====
In 2001, no securities were sold. Income from securities in 2000 includes the
gain on the sale of JDS Uniphase shares of EUR 1,207 million. Additionally, 2000
includes the gain on the exchange of Seagram shares for Vivendi Universal
shares, amounting to EUR 966 million, net of a USD hedge result. The
corresponding results for 1999 include the gain on the sale of JDS Uniphase
shares.
Write-off of non-current financial assets in 2001 arises from the impairments of
Vivendi Universal and GN Great Nordic shares for an amount of EUR 440 million
and EUR 86 million respectively (see note 12).
Dividends received in 2001 on shares of Vivendi Universal of EUR 33 million and
in 1999 on Seagram shares of EUR 28 million are classified under income from
non-current financial assets. In 2000, dividends received from Seagram of EUR 32
million are classified under income from securities.
4. INCOME TAXES
The tax benefit on income from continuing operations amounted to EUR 421 million
in 2001 (2000: tax expense EUR 570 million, 1999: tax expense EUR 336 million).
The components of income before taxes are as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------- ----- -----
Netherlands (638) 4,620 479
Foreign (1,648) 1,649 1,304
------- ----- -----
INCOME BEFORE TAXES (2,286) 6,269 1,783
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
Netherlands:
Current taxes (61) 120 45
Deferred taxes (129) 277 35
------- ----- -----
(190) 397 80
Foreign:
Current taxes 292 349 229
Deferred taxes (523) (176) 27
------- ----- -----
(231) 173 256
------- ----- -----
INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) EXPENSE FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (421) 570 336
Philips' operations are subject to income taxes in various foreign jurisdictions
with statutory income tax rates varying from 16% to 42%, which causes a
difference between the weighted average statutory income tax rate and the
Netherlands' statutory income tax rate of 35%.
65
A reconciliation of the weighted average statutory income tax rate as a
percentage of income before taxes and the effective income tax rate is as
follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---- ---- ----
Weighted average statutory income tax rate 31.7 34.2 33.3
Tax effect of:
Utilization of previously unrecognized loss carryforwards 3.9 (2.5) (10.6)
New loss carryforwards not recognized (4.8) 1.4 5.0
Changes in the valuation of other deferred taxes (1.2) (0.3) 5.4
Released valuation allowance -- (2.6) (9.4)
Exempt income and non-deductible expenses (7.6) (19.2) (4.0)
Withholding and other taxes (2.9) 1.3 3.9
Tax incentives and other (0.7) (3.2) (4.8)
---- ---- ----
Effective tax rate 18.4 9.1 18.8
In 2001 and 2000 there were no taxes on extraordinary items, compared to a EUR 2
million benefit in 1999.
The tax effects of transactions recorded directly to in stockholders' equity.
The 2001 include a benefit arising from stock option transactions of EUR 1
million (2000: EUR 11 million; 1999: EUR 23 million) and a charge relating to
the deferred results on hedge transactions of EUR 16 million (2000: EUR 85
million, 1999: benefit of EUR 102 million). In 2000, a benefit of EUR 107
million was also included with respect to the accounting change related to
inventories.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
-------------------- -----------------------
assets liabilities assets liabilities
------ ----------- ------ -----------
Intangible fixed assets 70 (470) 80 (400)
Property, plant and equipment 240 (150) 240 (310)
Inventories 220 (40) 240 (40)
Receivables 70 (10) 80 (20)
Provisions:
- Pensions 100 (140) 100 (110)
- Restructuring 150 - 50 -
- Guarantees 10 - 10 -
- Other 600 (10) 510 (10)
Other assets 220 (430) 40 (440)
Other liabilities 220 (324) 120 (63)
------- ------- ------- -------
Total deferred tax assets/liabilities 1,900 (1,574) 1,470 (1,393)
------- ------- ------- -------
Net deferred tax position 326 77
Tax loss carryforwards (including tax
credit carryforwards) 1,977 1,379
Valuation allowances (1,308) (1,015)
------- -------
NET DEFERRED TAX ASSETS 995 441
66
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers
whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the
scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income
and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In order to fully realize
the deferred tax asset, the Company will need to generate future taxable income
in the countries where the net operating losses were incurred. Based upon the
level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income
over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits
of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowance at
December 31, 2001.
The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2001 and 2000
was EUR 1,308 million and EUR 1,015 million respectively. The net change in the
total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 was an
increase of EUR 293 million and a decrease of EUR 448 million respectively.
The portion of the valuation allowance relating to deferred tax assets, for
which subsequently recognized tax benefits will be allocated to reduce goodwill
or other non-current intangible assets of an acquired entity or directly to
contributed capital, amounts to EUR 52 million (2000: EUR 50 million).
At December 31, 2001, operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:
[Download Table]
Total 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007/2011 later unlimited
4,810 40 100 100 40 60 450 670 3,350
The Company also has tax credit carryforwards of EUR 479 million, which are
available to offset future tax, if any, and which expire as follows:
[Download Table]
Total 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007/2011 later unlimited
479 27 6 5 6 5 8 19 403
Classification of the deferred tax assets and liabilities takes place at a
fiscal entity level as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
---- ----
Deferred tax assets grouped under non-current receivables 1,482 916
Deferred tax liabilities grouped under provisions (487) (475)
----- -----
995 441
An amount of EUR 516 million (2000: EUR 441 million), included in deferred tax
assets of EUR 1,482 million, is expected to be realized within one year.
Classification of the income tax payable and receivable is as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
---- ----
Income tax receivable grouped under non-current receivables 95 89
Income tax receivable grouped under current receivables 42 24
Income tax payable grouped under current liabilities (328) (613)
The amount of the unrecognized deferred income tax liability for temporary
differences, EUR 145 million (2000: EUR 254 million), relates to unremitted
earnings in foreign Group companies, which are considered to be permanently
re-invested. Under current Dutch tax law, no additional taxes are payable.
However, in certain jurisdictions, withholding taxes would be payable.
67
5. RESULTS RELATING TO UNCONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---- ---- ----
Results relating to unconsolidated companies:
- income (loss) excluding amortization of goodwill and
other intangibles (387) 4,094 458
- amortization of goodwill and other intangibles (367) (124) (49)
---- ----- ----
TOTAL (754) 3,970 409
The results relating to unconsolidated companies for 2001 are affected by a
number of special items. In 2001, Philips sold its ownership in Philips
Matsushita Battery Corporation, resulting in a gain of EUR 20 million. The
results of LG.Philips Displays include a restructuring charge of EUR 89 million.
The employee stock option program of TSMC resulted in a dilution effect of
Philips' shareholding in the company, amounting to a loss of EUR 60 million.
Additionally, results of TSMC included a special charge of EUR 82 million for
impairment at a TSMC subsidiary, partly offset by a gain of EUR 41 million
related to a reduction in the provision for withholding tax.
The results for 2000 included several special items. A gain of EUR 680 million
was recorded in conjunction with issuance of shares by TSMC at a price in excess
of the Company's per share carrying value. Additionally, the sale of ASM,
Lithography Shares in June 2000 resulted in a gain of EUR 2,595 million.
Furthermore, the exchange of Philips' approximately 33% equity interest in
Beltone Electronics Inc. for shares of GN Great Nordic A/S resulted in a gain of
EUR 122 million.
The results for 1999 included a special item in respect of EUR 67 million TSMC
dilution gain.
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles includes the amortization of the
excess of the Company's investment over its underlying equity in the net assets
of unconsolidated companies of EUR 180 million in 2001 (2000: EUR 84 million,
1999: EUR 49 million) and the Company's share of amortization recorded by the
unconsolidated companies of EUR 187 million in 2001 (2000: EUR 40 million, 1999:
nil).
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles in 2001 was substantially higher
than the previous year because of full-year amortization of Atos Origin and six
month amortization relating to LG.Philips Displays.
Investments in, and loans to, unconsolidated companies
Amortization of goodwill, changes in deferred taxes and gains on sales, totaling
EUR 128 million net, are not included in "share in income" in the table below.
The changes during 2001 are as follows:
[Download Table]
total investments loans
----- ----------- -----
Balance as of January 1, 2001 5,328 4,793 535
Changes:
Acquisitions/additions 1,227 1,108 119
Sales/redemptions (245) (47) (198)
Share in income (626) (619) (7)
Dividend received (85) (85) -
Changes in consolidations 20 20 -
Translation and exchange rate differences 13 - 13
----- ----- ----
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 5,632 5,170 462
The excess of the Company's investment over its underlying equity in the net
assets of unconsolidated companies, commonly referred to as goodwill under Dutch
GAAP, is not included in investments in unconsolidated companies but in
intangible assets.
Loans to unconsolidated companies include redeemable preferred shares of TSMC
for an amount of EUR 431 million (2000: EUR 421 million).
Philips' stake in NavTech has been increased from 50% to 82% and as a
consequence the company is consolidated as of January 1, 2001. The majority
shareholding in FEI Company was reduced to 25.5%, resulting in deconsolidation
as from May 1, 2001. The investments in unconsolidated companies at December 31,
2001 include EUR 204 million (2000: EUR 215 million) for companies accounted for
under the cost method. Income from unconsolidated companies includes EUR 1
million (2000: EUR 3 million) representing dividends received.
The total book value of investments in, and loans to, unconsolidated companies
is summarized as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
---------------------------- ---------
shareholding % amount
Philips' joint ventures with LGE (Korea) 50.0 1,182 832
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. (Taiwan) 21.8 2,450 2,553
Atos Origin (France) 48.7 1,388 1,449
Other 612 494
----- -----
TOTAL 5,632 5,328
The fair values of Philips' shareholdings in TSMC and Atos Origin, based on
quoted market prices at December 31, 2001, were EUR 10.4 billion (2000: EUR 6.7
billion) and EUR 1.6 billion (2000: EUR 1.6 billion) respectively.
Summarized financial information for the Company's equity investments in
unconsolidated companies on a combined basis is presented below:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
January-December
-----------------------------------
2001 2000 1999
------ ----- -----
Net sales 12,697 9,039 5,633
Income before taxes (911) 2,572 1,254
Income taxes 38 (4) (124)
------ ----- -----
Income after taxes (873) 2,568 1,130
Net income (1,091) 2,594 1,097
Total share in net income of unconsolidated companies
recognized in the consolidated statements of income (754) 1,333 412
[Enlarge/Download Table]
December 31,
---------------------------
2001 2000
------- -------
Current assets 7,740 5,080
Non-current assets 18,882 16,609
------- -------
26,622 21,689
Current liabilities (6,397) (4,123)
Non-current liabilities (4,924) (3,427)
------- -------
Net asset value 15,301 14,139
Investments in and loans to unconsolidated companies included in the
consolidated balance sheet 5,632 5,328
69
6 MINORITY INTERESTS
The share of third-party minority interests in the loss of Group companies in
2001 amounted to EUR 15 million, compared with the share in income of EUR 67
million and EUR 52 million in 2000 and 1999 respectively.
Minority interests in consolidated companies, totaling EUR 202 million (2000
EUR 469 million),are based on the third-party shareholding in the underlying
net assets. The change in 2001 is mainly attributable to the deconsolidation
of FEI Company and Hua Fei China in connection with the establishment of the
joint venture LG.Philips Displays. Moreover, the buy-out of third-party
minority shareholdings in India, Pakistan and South Africa resulted in a
further reduction. The consolidation of NavTech slightly increased minority
interests.
7 EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS -NET
There were no extraordinary items in 2001 and 2000.
Extraordinary losses in 1999 (EUR 7 million, net of taxes EUR 5 million)
resulted from the early redemption of debt.
8 EARNINGS PER SHARE
The earnings per share data have been calculated in accordance with SFAS
No.128, "Earnings per Share", as per the following schedule:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES 1,278,076,537 1,312,859,102 1,378,040,952
BASIC EPS COMPUTATION
-- Income (loss) from continuing operations available to
holders of common shares (2,604) 9,602 1,804
-- Extraordinary items -- net -- -- (5)
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO HOLDERS OF COMMON
SHARES (2,604) 9,602 1,799
DILUTED EPS COMPUTATION
-- Income (loss) from continuing operations available to
holders of common shares (2,604) 9,602 1,804
-- Plus interest on assumed conversion of convertible
debentures, net of taxes 1 1 --
-- Income (loss) available to holders of common shares (2,603) 9,603 1,804
-- Extraordinary items - net -- -- (5)
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO HOLDERS OF COMMON
SHARES PLUS EFFECT OF ASSUMED CONVERSIONS (2,603) 9,603 1,799
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES 1,278,076,537 1,312,859,102 1,378,040,952
Plus shares applicable to:
-- Options 6,420,978 9,961,410 6,954,752
-- Convertible debentures 2,046,122 3,717,651 4,230,552
---------- ---------- ----------
Dilutive potential common shares 8,467,100 13,679,061 11,185,304
------------- -------------- --------------
ADJUSTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES 1,286,543,637 1,326,538,163 1,389,226,256
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
-- Basic earnings (2.04) 7.31 1.31
-- Diluted earnings* (2.04) 7.24 1.30
* The dilution effects on EPS are only taken into consideration if this does not
result in an improvement in income per share or in a reduction in loss per
share, as is the case in 2001.
70
9 SECURITIES
Included in securities are investments in equity securities which have been
designated as available for sale (immediately available or within a period of
one year) relating to shares of JDS Uniphase and ASML.
All are carried at the lower of cost or market value and are presented in the
table below:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
------------------------------------------ ------
number book market book
of shares value value value
JDS Uniphase 10,477,168 77 103 61
ASML 30,000,000 50 586 50
Others 3 3 --
----- ------- ------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31 130 692 111
During 2001 no changes in securities have taken place with regard to the
number of shares in JDS Uniphase and ASML.
During 2000 a portion of the JDS Uniphase shares was sold (see note 3).
In December 2000, Philips exchanged its Seagram shares for Vivendi
Universal shares, which have been classified under other non-current
financial assets (see note 12).
10 RECEIVABLES
Trade accounts receivable include installment accounts receivable of EUR 69
million (2000:EUR 69 million).
Discounted drafts of EUR 5 million (2000:EUR 8 million) have been deducted.
Income taxes receivable (current portion) totaling EUR 42 million (2000:EUR
24 million) are included under other receivables.
The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---- ---- ----
Balance as of January 1, 181 278 186
Additions charged to income 43 59 198
Deductions from allowance * (37) (182) (118)
Other movements ** 94 26 12
--- ---- ----
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 281 181 278
* Write-offs for which an allowance was previously provided
** Including the effect of translation differences and consolidation changes
11 INVENTORIES
Inventories are summarized as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
---- ----
Raw materials and supplies 1,507 1,638
Work in process 762 1,125
Finished goods 2,187 2,627
Advance payments on work in process (166) (111)
----- -----
TOTAL 4,290 5,279
71
The decrease in inventories in 2001 compared to 2000 is predominantly caused
by supply chain improvements and programs. Lower inventories in Components,
as a result of the deconsolidation of Philips' CRT business were offset by
additional inventories from acquisitions in Medical Systems.
The changes in the reserve for obsolescence of inventories are as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
Balance as of January 1, 754 630 735
Additions charged to income 397 302 242
Deductions from reserve (351) (243) (392)
Other movements * 109 65 45
---- ---- ----
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 909 754 630
* Including the effect of translation differences and consolidation changes
12 OTHER NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS
The changes during 2001 are as follows:
[Download Table]
total security loans restricted
investments liquid
assets
Balance as of January 1, 2001 3,747 3,511 93 143
Changes:
Acquisitions/additions 104 1 65 38
Sales/redemptions (550) (465) (80) (5)
Value adjustments (527) (526) (1) --
Translation and exchange differences (2) -- (2) --
Changes in consolidation 17 (3) 20 --
----- ----- --- ---
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 2,789 2,518 95 176
Accumulated total of write-downs
included in the book value 543 530 13 --
The sale of security investments in 2001 primarily consists of the redemption
of the convertible redeemable preferred shares of LG Electronics of Korea
(see note 1). Included in security investments are 38,265,561 shares in
Vivendi Universal, a strategic investment being held in order to strengthen
the relationship. Security investments also includes 6,830,687 shares in GN
Great Nordic received in 2000 in exchange for the Company's equity position
in Beltone Electronics Inc. Philips is restricted from selling these shares
until 2003, a period of three years from the acquisition date.
In view of the extended period of time over which the market value of the
security investments in Vivendi Universal and GN Great Nordic was below
bookvalue, these shares were written down to fair value at December 31, 2001,
being EUR 2,353 million and EUR 46 million respectively. The impairment
losses of EUR 440 million and EUR 86 million respectively are included in
financial income and expenses.
Other security investments include EUR 115 million of shares that are not
available for sale or redemption (2000: EUR 111 million).
13 NON-CURRENT RECEIVABLES
Non-current receivables include receivables with a remaining term of more
than one year, and the non-current portion of income taxes receivable
amounting to EUR 95 million (2000: EUR 89 million). Prepaid expenses in 2001
include prepaid pension costs of EUR 1,740 million (2000: EUR 1,469 million)
and deferred tax assets of EUR 1,482 million (2000: EUR 916 million).
72
14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The components of property, plant and equipment and the changes during 2001
were as follows:
Property, plant and equipment
[Enlarge/Download Table]
total land machinery other prepayments no longer
and and equipment and productively
buildings installations construction employed
in progress
Balance as of January 1, 2001:
Cost 20,265 3,821 11,804 2,840 1,741 59
Accumulated depreciation (11,224) (1,733) (7,370) (2,066) -- (55)
------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ---
Book value 9,041 2,088 4,434 774 1,741 4
Changes in book value:
Capital expenditures 2,143 325 1,603 476 (267) 6
Retirements and sales (208) (38) (100) (26) (37) (7)
Depreciation (1,948) (154) (1,355) (436) (1) (2)
Write-downs and impairments (21) (5) (6) (10)
Translation differences 231 43 129 17 42 --
Changes in consolidation (1,520) (235) (844) (15) (430) 4
------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ---
Total changes (1,323) (64) (573) 6 (693) 1
Balance as of December 31, 2001:
Cost 18,069 3,732 10,456 2,796 1,048 37
Accumulated depreciation (10,351) (1,708) (6,595) (2,016) -- (32)
======= ====== ====== ====== ===== ===
BOOK VALUE 7,718 2,024 3,861 780 1,048 5
Land is not depreciated.
The expected service lives as of December 31, 2001 were as follows:
Buildings from 14 to 50 years
Machinery and installations from 5 to 10 years
Other equipment from 3 to 5 years
15 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The changes during 2001 were as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
total goodwill other software
----------------------------- intangibles
relating to relating to
consolidated unconsolidated
companies companies*
Balance as of January 1, 2001:
Acquisition cost 5,219 2,295 1,294 1,262 368
Accumulated amortization (792) (289) (132) (257) (114)
------ ----- ------ ----- ----
Book value 4,427 2,006 1,162 1,005 254
Changes in book value:
Acquisitions 3,555 1,744 801 776 234
Amortization and write-downs (803) (216) (180) (261) (146)
Translation differences 87 37 1 45 4
Changes in consolidation 3 (50) -- (15) 68
------ ----- ------ ----- ----
Total changes 2,842 1,515 622 545 160
Balance as of December 31, 2001:
Acquisition cost 8,658 3,978 2,095 1,909 676
Accumulated amortization (1,389) (457) (311) (359) (262)
------ ----- ------ ----- ----
BOOK VALUE 7,269 3,521 1,784 1,550 414
* Represents the excess of the Company's investment over its companies
73
Goodwill relating to consolidated companies of EUR 1,744 million arose from the
acquisitions of medical systems businesses of Agilent and Marconi as well as
several smaller items. Goodwill relating to unconsolidated companies arose from
the formation of the display joint venture with LG Electronics (see note 1).
The amount of other intangibles acquired (EUR 776 million) includes the amounts
paid for in-process R&D of EUR 106 million relating to the aforementioned
acquisitions of medical systems businesses which amount was charged directly to
the 2001 income statement. In-process R&D for 2000 amounted to EUR 44 million
(1999: EUR 68 million). Additionally, acquisitions include other specific
intangible assets acquired in the above-mentioned transactions, such as
purchased technology, patents and trademarks, the value of the customer base
and, up to June 30, 2001, the value of the assembled workforce (see note 1). The
value of the acquired assembled workforces of the medical systems businesses of
Agilent and Marconi have been subsumed into goodwill in accordance with SFAS No.
141, "Business Combinations".
Amortization of goodwill relating to unconsolidated companies totaling EUR 180
million (2000: EUR 84 million, 1999: EUR 49 million) was not included in income
from operations but was charged to results relating to unconsolidated companies
(see note 5).
The amortization periods as of December 31, 2001 are as follows:
Goodwill from 5 to 15 years
Other intangibles from 3 to 15 years
Software average 3 years
16. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
Accrued liabilities are summarized as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
----- -----
Personnel-related costs:
- Salaries and wages payable 493 546
- Accrued holiday rights 215 232
- Accrued pension costs 52 38
- Other 90 66
Taxes:
- Income tax payable 328 613
- Other taxes payable 30 33
Commission, freight, interest and rent payable 513 389
Deferred income 291 367
Advertising costs payable 110 126
IT costs payable 47 35
Warranties 30 19
Other liabilities 1,938 1,237
----- -----
TOTAL 4,137 3,701
===== =====
74
17. PROVISIONS
Provisions are summarized as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
---------------------- ----------------------
Long-term Short-term Long-term Short-term
--------- ---------- --------- ----------
Pensions (see note 18):
- Defined-benefit plans 699 100 900 68
- Other postretirement benefits 417 56 385 47
Post-employment benefits 85 26 79 17
Deferred tax liabilities (see note 4) 405 82 282 193
Restructuring (see note 2) 58 384 20 80
Obligatory severance payments 100 55 129 57
Replacement and guarantees 83 359 74 354
Other provisions 437 394 653 153
----- ----- ----- -----
TOTAL 2,284 1,456 2,522 969
===== ===== ===== =====
Obligatory severance payments
The provision for obligatory severance payments cover the Company's commitment
to pay employees a lump sum upon reaching retirement age, or upon the employees'
dismissal or resignation. In the event that a former employee has died, the
Company may have a commitment to pay a lump sum to the deceased employees'
relatives.
Replacement and guarantees
The provision for replacement and guarantees reflects the estimated costs of
replacement and free-of-charge services that will be incurred by the Company
with respect to products sold.
Other provisions
Other provisions include provisions for expected losses on existing
projects/orders totaling EUR 32 million (2000: EUR 38 million), for employee
jubilee funds totaling EUR 107 million (2000: EUR 115 million) and environmental
provisions of EUR 238 million (2000: EUR 202 million).
The changes in the provisions for post-employment benefits, obligatory severance
payments, replacement and guarantees and other provisions are as follows:
[Download Table]
Balance as of January 1, 2001 1,516
Changes:
Additions 667
Utilization (644)
-----
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 1,539
=====
75
18. PENSIONS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
Employee pension plans have been established in many countries in accordance
with the legal requirements, customs and the local situation in the countries
involved. The majority of employees in Europe and North America are covered by
defined-benefit plans. The benefits provided by these plans are based primarily
on compensation near retirement.
In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides other
postretirement benefits, primarily retiree healthcare benefits, in certain
countries.
Contributions are made by the Company, as necessary, to provide assets
sufficient to meet the benefits payable to defined-benefit pension plan
participants. These contributions are determined based upon various factors,
including legal and tax considerations as well as local customs. The Company
funds certain defined-benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit
plans as claims are incurred. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated
benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for defined-benefit pension
plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were EUR 208
million, EUR 199 million and EUR 170 million respectively as of December 31,
2001 (2000: EUR 138 million, EUR 120 million and EUR 85 million respectively).
Provided below is a table with a summary of the changes in the pension benefit
obligations and defined pension plan assets for 2001 and 2000, and a
reconciliation of the funded status of these plans to the amounts recognized in
the consolidated balance sheets.
Also provided below is a table with a summary of the changes in the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations and plan assets for 2001 and 2000, and a
reconciliation of the obligations to the amounts recognized in the consolidated
balance sheets.
76
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 2001 2000
------ ------ ------ ------
pension benefits postretirement benefits
BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 18,523 17,731 632 580
Service cost 351 366 12 13
Interest cost 1,105 1,090 43 43
Employee contributions 28 32 -- --
Actuarial (gains) and losses (51) 401 34 13
Plan amendments 6 73 -- 2
Settlements (8) (191) -- --
Curtailments -- (9) -- (7)
Changes in consolidations 3 (204) (29) 8
Benefits paid (1,015) (940) (47) (47)
Exchange rate differences 125 156 14 24
Miscellaneous (3) 18 (2) 3
------ ------ ------ ------
BENEFIT OBLIGATION AT END OF YEAR 19,064 18,523 657 632
PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of
year 22,505 23,799 17 14
Actual return on plan assets (996) (130) 1 2
Employee (refunds) contributions 28 32 -- --
Employer contributions (205) (215) 2 3
Settlements (11) (125) -- --
Curtailments -- (2) -- --
Changes in consolidations 54 (235) (15) 4
Benefits paid (923) (855) (3) (6)
Exchange rate differences 143 228 (2) --
Miscellaneous (1) 8 -- --
------ ------ ------ ------
FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS AT END OF YEAR 20,594 22,505 -- 17
Funded status 1,530 3,982 (657) (615)
Unrecognized net transition (asset)
obligation (82) (140) 122 136
Unrecognized prior service cost 161 192 6 7
Unrecognized net (gain) loss (701) (3,571) 56 40
------ ------ ------ ------
NET BALANCES 908 463 (473) (432)
CLASSIFICATION OF THE NET BALANCES IS AS
FOLLOWS:
- Prepaid pension costs under
non-current receivables 1,740 1,469
- Accrued pension costs under accrued
liabilities (52) (38)
- Provisions for pensions under
provisions (799) (968)
- Intangible assets 1 --
- Stockholders' equity 18 --
------ ------
908 463
77
The weighted average assumptions underlying the pension computation were as
follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
---- ----
Discount rate 6.1% 6.0%
Rate of compensation increase 3.4% 3.4%
Expected return on plan assets 7.2% 7.0%
The components of net periodic pension costs of major defined-benefit plans were
as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Service cost - benefits earned during the period 351 366 424
Interest cost on the projected benefit obligation 1,105 1,090 977
Expected return on plan assets (1,625) (1,535) (1,353)
Net amortization of unrecognized net transition assets (68) (98) (100)
Net actuarial gain recognized (284) (231) (13)
Amortization of prior service cost 31 21 14
Settlement (gain) loss 4 (106) 8
Curtailment (gain) loss 1 1 --
Minimum pension liability (gain) loss -- (23) (29)
------ ------ ------
NET PERIODIC PENSION COST (485) (515) (72)
The Company also sponsors defined-contribution and similar-type plans for a
significant number of salaried employees. The total cost of these plans amounted
to EUR 55 million in 2001 (2000: EUR 70 million, 1999: EUR 30 million).
The components of the net periodic cost of postretirement benefits other than
pensions are:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
---- ---- ----
Service cost-benefits earned during the period 12 13 13
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation 43 43 35
Expected return on plan assets (1) (2) (2)
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation 11 13 13
Net actuarial loss recognized 1 1 2
Curtailment loss -- 22 9
Settlement gain -- -- (5)
---- ---- ----
NET PERIODIC COST 66 90 65
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using a
weighted average discount rate of 7.0% (2000: 7.0%), an assumed compensation
increase, where applicable, of 4.6% (2000: 4.6%), and an expected return on plan
assets, where applicable, of 11.7% (2000: 11.7%). For measurement purposes, the
rate of increase in per capita healthcare costs is assumed to be on average 5.7%
for 2001, reaching 5% by the year 2005. Healthcare cost trend assumptions have a
significant effect on the amounts reported for other postretirement benefits.
Increasing the assumed healthcare cost trend rate by 1 percentage point would
increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31,
2001 by approximately EUR 62 million and increase the net periodic
postretirement benefit cost for 2001 by EUR 5 million. Conversely, decreasing
the assumed healthcare cost trend by 1 percentage point would decrease the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2001 by
approximately EUR 51 million and decrease the net periodic postretirement
benefit cost for 2001 by EUR 6 million.
78
19. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
----- -----
Advances received from customers on orders not covered
by work in process 192 168
Other taxes including social security premiums payable 381 375
Other short-term liabilities 240 319
----- -----
TOTAL 813 862
20. SHORT-TERM DEBT
[Download Table]
2001 2000
----- -----
Short-term bank borrowings 552 1,140
Commercial paper 521 --
Other short-term loans 18 130
Current portion of long-term debt 180 473
----- -----
TOTAL 1,271 1,743
During 2001 the weighted average interest rate on the bank borrowings was 5.5%
(2000: 5.7% and 1999: 5.5%), and on commercial paper 3.9% (in 2001 only, due to
newly established global commercial paper program).
21. LONG-TERM DEBT
[Enlarge/Download Table]
average
remaining
range of average rate amount due in due after due after term
interest rates of interest outstanding 2002 2002 2006 (in years)
-------------- ------------ ----------- ------ --------- --------- ----------
Convertible debentures 1.6 1.6 134 -- 134 -- 3.5
Other debentures 5.0-8.8 6.1 6,253 147 6,106 3,060 5.3
Private financing 2.5-5.8 3.7 2 -- 2 -- 3.5
Bank borrowings 1.3-14.5 6.2 200 8 192 94 4.8
Liabilities arising from finance lease
transactions 2.9-5.5 4.6 15 6 9 -- 3.0
Other long-term debt 4.9-7.2 5.8 171 19 152 43 3.9
---- ----- ---- ----- -----
TOTAL 6.0 6,775 180 6,595 3,197
Corresponding data previous year 7.0 2,757 473 2,284 1,063
The following amounts of long-term debt as of December 31, 2001 are due in the
next five years:
[Download Table]
2002 180
2003 306
2004 2,399
2005 313
2006 380
-----
3,578
Corresponding amount previous year 1,694
Of the total long-term debt outstanding, a portion amounting to EUR 180 million
which falls due in 2002, is included in short-term debt.
79
In the Netherlands, Philips issues personnel debentures with a 5-year right of
conversion into common shares of Royal Philips Electronics. Personnel debentures
which were issued after December 31, 1998 may not be converted within a period
of 3 years after the date of issue. These personnel debentures are available to
most employees and are purchased by them with their own funds. The personnel
debentures are redeemable on demand, but in practice are considered to be a form
of long-term financing. The personnel debentures become non-convertible
debentures at the end of the conversion period. At such time, they will be
reported as other long-term debt.
At December 31, 2001 an amount of EUR 134 million (2000: EUR 105 million) of
personnel debentures was outstanding, with an average conversion price of EUR
26.27 and an average interest rate of 1.6%. The conversion price varies between
EUR 12.08 and EUR 49.50, with various conversion periods ending between January
1, 2002 and December 31, 2006.
During 2001, Philips issued new bonds for a total amount of EUR 4,250 million,
as follows:
In May 2001, two tranches consisting of:
o EUR 1,500 million with a fixed coupon of 5.75%, maturing in 2008;
o EUR 750 million with a fixed coupon of 6.125%, maturing in 2011.
In July 2001, two tranches consisting of:
o EUR 1,000 million with a fixed coupon of 5.125%, maturing in 2004;
o EUR 1,000 million with a floating coupon of EURIBOR + 0.625%, maturing in
2004.
Two outstanding bonds matured during 2001 for a total amount of EUR 441 million.
Philips had two "putable" US dollar bonds outstanding at year-end 2001, which
amount to EUR 304 million (2000: EUR 288 million), for which the investor may
require prepayment in one specific month during the lifetime of the respective
bond. The average remaining tenor of total outstanding long-term debt was 5.2
years, compared to 5.9 years in 2000, assuming that investors require payment at
the relevant put dates. However, assuming that the "putable" bonds will be
repaid at final maturity dates, the average remaining tenor at the end of 2001
was 6.1 years, compared to 8.4 years at the end of 2000.
At the end of 2001, the Group had long-term committed and undrawn credit lines
available of USD 2.5 billion (2000: USD 2.5 billion). The commitment fees
amounted to EUR 2 million.
22. SECURED LIABILITIES
Certain portions of long-term and short-term debt have been secured by
collateral as follows:
[Download Table]
amount of the debt collateral
------------------ -----------------------------
tangible
fixed assets other assets
Institutional financing 21 37 88
Other debts 16 28 2
---- ---- ----
TOTAL 37 65 90
Previous year 45 78 107
80
23. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Long-term operating lease commitments totaled EUR 768 million in 2001 (2000: EUR
614 million). These leases expire at various dates during the next 20 years. The
payments which fall due in connection with these obligations during the coming
five years are:
[Download Table]
2002 136
2003 120
2004 113
2005 77
2006 101
Guarantees given with regard to unconsolidated companies and third parties
amounted to EUR 792 million (2000: EUR 805 million). The amount of conditional
liabilities was EUR 8 million (2000: EUR 9 million).
Royal Philips Electronics and certain of its Group companies are involved as
plaintiff or defendant in litigation relating to such matters as competition
issues, commercial transactions, product liability, participations and
environmental pollution. On the basis of information received to date, the Board
of Management believes that this litigation will not materially affect Royal
Philips Electronics' financial position and results of operations.
During 1999 the Company entered into agreements for the construction of the
first phase of the High Tech Campus in the Netherlands. Upon completion of the
first phase, the buildings will be leased to Philips until 2007. Commitments
have been entered into, and a guarantee has been issued, for all present and
future monetary payment obligations of the lessee, Philips Electronics Nederland
B.V., with a maximum amount of EUR 130 million. The actual contingent liability
outstanding at year-end from this guarantee is EUR 99 million (2000: EUR 26
million), which is the amount spent so far. The first lease payments were due in
2001, when the first premises became available for use.
The Company entered into two sale and operational lease-back arrangements where
it sold office buildings for an aggregate amount of EUR 89 million in the
Netherlands and the USA. The rental periods are 10 and 20 years, with the
possibility to prolong both contracts. The rental payments are fixed but can be
indexed, with a maximum of 5% per year. The rental payments for 2001 totaled EUR
0.2 million as both transactions took place in the second half of December 2001.
Assuming a 5% index per year for the building in the Netherlands, the remaining
minimum payments in millions of euros are as follows:
[Download Table]
2002 8
2003 8
2004 8
2005 9
2006 9
Later 83
81
24. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Priority shares
There are ten priority shares.
The issuance of shares or rights to shares, cancellation of shares, amendments
to the Articles of Association and the liquidation of the Company need approval
of the priority shareholders, who also make a binding recommendation for the
appointment of members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board (see
also page 111).
Preference shares
The "Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips" has been granted the right to
acquire preference shares in the Company. Such right has not been exercised (see
also page 111).
Option rights
The Company has granted stock options on shares of Royal Philips Electronics at
original exercise prices equal to market prices of the shares at the date of
grant (see note 25).
Other reserves
Royal Philips Electronics' shares which have been repurchased and are held in
treasury for delivery upon exercise of options and convertible personnel
debentures are accounted for in stockholders' equity under other reserves.
Treasury shares are recorded at cost, representing the market price on the
acquisition date.
In order to reduce potential dilution effects, a total of 12,678,002 shares were
acquired during 2001 at an average market price of EUR 29.86 per share, totaling
EUR 379 million, and a total of 2,955,712 shares were delivered at an average
exercise price of EUR 22.67. A total of 41,897,949 shares were being held by
Group companies at December 31, 2001 (2000: 32,175,659 shares after stock
split), acquired at an aggregate cost of EUR 1,294 million.
A net deferred foreign-exchange hedge loss (net of taxes) of EUR 7 million
(2000: EUR 29 million loss) is included under other reserves.
The changes are as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
---- ----
Balance as of January 1 (29) (161)
Adjustments due to transition rules -- 58
Net change in hedging transactions (31) (403)
Recognition into earnings 40 577
Translation differences (1) (100)
Changes in consolidation 14 --
---- ----
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31* (7) (29)
---------------
* Estimated net amount expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next
12 months: EUR 7 million.
At the beginning of the year 2000 the opening balance of the deferred foreign
exchange hedges was adjusted due to the introduction of SFAS No. 133. In the
course of the year the deferred position was affected by substantial movements
in the deferred foreign exchange results related to securities. Before the end
of the year the majority of these results were recognized into earnings.
A cash distribution of EUR 0.36 per common share will be proposed to the General
Meeting of Shareholders, which will result in a reduction of other reserves by
EUR 459 million.
82
25. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has granted stock options on its common shares to members of the
Group Management Committee, Philips Executives and certain non-executives. The
purpose of the stock option plans is to align the interests of management with
those of shareholders by providing additional incentives to improve the
Company's performance on a long-term basis, thereby increasing shareholder
value. Under the Company's plans, options are granted at fair market value on
the date of grant. Exercise of all options is restricted by the Company's rules
on insider trading.
In 2001, fixed stock options and performance (variable) stock options were
granted under the Corporate Philips Stock Option Plan 2001. Under this plan,
options are granted for ten years, with a three-year restriction period during
which no options can be exercised. The actual number of performance stock
options that will be eligible for vesting will be determined based upon Total
Shareholder Return of Philips, as defined in comparison with a peer group of
multinationals over a three-year period.
In prior years, options were issued with terms of either five or ten years, all
vesting within two or three years from grant.
USD-denominated stock options are granted to employees in the USA only.
Under the terms of an employee stock purchase plan established by the Company in
the USA and various other countries, substantially all employees in those
countries are eligible to purchase a limited number of shares of Philips stock,
through payroll withholdings, at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the
closing price at the beginning or end of quarterly stock purchase periods. A
total of 955,668 shares were sold in 2001 under the plan at a price of USD 21.66
(2000: 54,034 shares, at a price of USD 36.13).
The shares subject to the stock option and stock purchase plans are partly
covered by shares held in treasury.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value
method. Accordingly, no compensation has been recorded for the fixed stock
options granted, nor for the stock purchase plan. Compensation cost of EUR 5
million was recognized for the performance stock options granted based on the
market value of the shares at December 31, 2001.
The pro forma net income and earnings per share data, calculated as if the fair
value of the options granted to option holders would have been considered as
compensation costs, is as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Net income (loss):
- As reported (2,604) 9,602 1,799
- Pro forma (2,690) 9,515 1,775
Basic earnings per share:
- As reported (2.04) 7.31 1.31
- Pro forma (2.10) 7.25 1.29
Diluted earnings per share:
- As reported (2.04) 7.24 1.30
- Pro forma (2.10) 7.17 1.28
83
As noted above, the actual number of performance stock options that are
ultimately eligible to vest is dependent upon Total Shareholder Return of
Philips, as defined in comparison with a peer group of multinationals over a
three-year period. To the extent that the number of stock options that
ultimately vest differs from the assumptions underlying the pro forma results
presented above, future pro forma net income will be adjusted. Pro forma net
income may not be representative of that to be expected in future years.
In accordance with SFAS No. 123, the fair value of stock options granted is
required to be based upon a statistical option valuation model. In actuality,
since the options are not traded on any exchange, employees can receive no value
nor derive any benefit from holding these stock options without an increase in
the market price of stock. Such an increase in stock price would benefit all
shareholders commensurately.
The fair value of the Company's 2001, 2000 and 1999 option grants was estimated
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
-----------------------------
(EUR-denominated)
Risk-free interest rate 4.66% 5.06% 3.19%
Expected dividend yield 1.2% 0.7% 1.2%
Expected option life 5 yrs 4 yrs 4 yrs
Expected stock price volatility 49% 46% 37%
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
-----------------------------
(USD-denominated)
Risk-free interest rate 4.77% 6.26% 5.32%
Expected dividend yield 1.2% 0.9% 1.2%
Expected option life 5 yrs 5 yrs 5 yrs
Expected stock price volatility 49% 43% 37%
The assumptions were used for these calculations only and do not necessarily
represent an indication of management's expectations of future development.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully
transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Because
the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly
different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective
input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's
opinion the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure
of the fair value of its employee stock options.
84
The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding
at December 31, 2001:
Fixed option plans
[Enlarge/Download Table]
options outstanding options exercisable
------------------------------- --------------------------------
weighted
number average number weighted
outstanding exercise remaining exercisable average exercise
at Dec. 31, price per contractual at Dec. 31, price per
2001 share life (years) 2001 share
(price in EUR) (price in EUR)
1997 1,664,200 9.19 - 19.43 0.3 1,664,200 12.98
1998 2,012,800 11.57 - 21.02 1.2 2,012,800 16.55
1999 3,758,400 15.76 - 23.01 2.2 --
2000 3,397,425 42.03 - 53.75 8.3 --
2001 5,258,660 24.35 - 37.60 9.3 --
(price in USD) (price in USD)
1998 1,455,886 12.94 - 23.59 6.3 1,455,886 17.26
1999 2,296,762 22.24 - 35.34 7.3 1,442,537 23.17
2000 3,385,382 36.65 - 49.71 8.4 --
2001 4,893,025 22.12 - 34.50 9.3 --
---------- ----------
28,122,540 6,575,423
Variable plans
(price in EUR) (price in EUR)
2000 3,394,025 42.03 - 53.75 8.3 --
2001 4,862,060 24.35 - 37.60 9.2 --
(price in USD) (price in USD)
1993-1994 223,610 2.75 - 6.89 1.0 223,610 2.92
1995-1997 1,260,272 7.50 - 14.20 3.0 1,260,272 7.80
2000 3,385,382 36.65 - 49.71 8.4 --
2001 4,893,025 22.12 - 34.50 9.3 --
---------- ----------
18,018,374 1,483,882
85
A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plans as of December 31,
2001, 2000 and 1999 and changes during the years then ended is presented below:
Fixed option plans
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
--------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------------------
weighted weighted weighted
average average average
exercise exercise exercise
shares (price in EUR) shares (price in EUR) shares (price in EUR)
---------- -------------- ---------- -------------- ---------- --------------
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 12,305,150 22.75 13,261,600 14.27 15,376,800 11.61
Granted 5,282,385 31.45 3,445,850 43.52 3,983,400 16.22
Exercised (1,330,000) 9.82 (4,172,484) 13.56 (6,062,600) 8.47
Forfeited (166,050) 27.46 (229,816) 11.61 (36,000) 9.19
---------- ---------- ----------
Outstanding at the end of the year 16,091,485 26.63 12,305,150 22.75 13,261,600 14.27
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year in EUR 14.75 17.42 4.76
(price in USD) (price in USD) (price in USD)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 7,865,003 31.17 4,996,988 20.66 2,484,600 17.34
Granted 5,243,503 26.97 4,015,797 42.25 2,914,700 23.12
Exercised (183,325) 19.21 (665,900) 19.06 (295,644) 17.52
Forfeited (894,126) 33.68 (481,882) 32.76 (106,668) 20.47
---------- ---------- ----------
Outstanding at the end of the year 12,031,055 29.34 7,865,003 31.17 4,996,988 20.66
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year in USD 11.90 18.38 8.55
Variable plans
[Enlarge/Download Table]
weighted weighted weighted
average average average
exercise exercise exercise
shares (price in EUR) shares (price in EUR) shares (price in EUR)
---------- -------------- ---------- -------------- ---------- --------------
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 3,426,350 43.53 -- -- -- --
Granted 4,899,485 33.91 3,445,850 43.52 -- --
Exercised -- -- -- -- -- --
Forfeited (69,750) 37.55 (19,500) 42.92 -- --
---------- ---------- ----------
Outstanding at the end of the year 8,256,085 37.87 3,426,350 43.53 -- --
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year in EUR 14.75 17.42 --
(price in USD) (price in USD) (price in USD)
Outstanding at the beginning of the year 5,363,954 31.97 2,787,200 7.14 4,804,736 6.95
Granted 5,243,503 26.97 4,015,797 42.25 -- --
Exercised (72,262) 6.54 (1,174,348) 7.28 (1,904,648) 6.62
Forfeited (772,906) 35.31 (264,695) 36.09 (112,888) 7.99
---------- ---------- ----------
Outstanding at the end of the year 9,762,289 29.21 5,363,954 31.97 2,787,200 7.14
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year in USD 11.90 18.38 --
86
26. Financial instruments and risks
Currency fluctuations may impact Philips' financial results. Furthermore,
Philips is exposed to interest rate risk, commodity price risk, equity price
risk and credit risk. The Company does not purchase or hold derivative financial
instruments for trading purposes.
Currency risk
The Company has a structural currency mismatch between costs and revenues, as a
substantial proportion of its production, administration and research &
development costs is denominated in euros, while a substantial proportion of its
revenues is denominated in US dollars. Consequently, fluctuations in the
exchange rate of the US dollar against the euro can have a material impact on
Philips' financial results. In particular, a relatively stronger US dollar
during any reporting period will improve Philips' income from operations, while
a weaker US dollar will worsen it.
The Company is exposed to currency risk in the following areas:
o transaction exposures, such as both existing and forecasted sales and
purchases and payables/receivables resulting from such transactions;
o translation exposure of investments in foreign entities (including
results);
o exposures of non-functional-currency-denominated debt;
o exposures of non-functional-currency-denominated securities.
All businesses must identify and measure their exposures from material
transactions denominated in currencies other than their own functional currency.
It is Philips' policy that significant transaction exposures should be hedged by
the businesses. Generally, the maximum tenor of these hedges is 12 months.
Translation exposure on investments in foreign entities is not hedged.
Financing of subsidiaries is generally done in the functional currency of the
borrowing entity. If the financing currency is not the functional currency of
the business, then in principle the entity's exposure to foreign exchange risks
is hedged, unless it is restricted for regulatory reasons.
Philips does not currently hedge the foreign exchange exposure arising from
securities available for sale. Forward foreign exchange hedges that were
outstanding at the end of 2000 became ineffective, and the results have been
charged to financial income and expenses for an amount of EUR 35 million.
The Company uses foreign exchange derivatives to manage its currency risk. The
inherent risk related to the use of these derivatives is outlined below.
87
An instantaneous 10% strengthening or weakening of non-euro currencies against
the euro from their levels at December 31, 2001, with all other variables held
constant, would result in an estimated change in the fair value of the Company's
financial instruments of EUR 43 million, compared with EUR 18 million in 2000.
For the purpose of this analysis, financial instruments consist of debt, liquid
assets, securities and derivative financial instruments, leading to the
following sensitivity:
[Download Table]
Sensitivity to a 10% increase in the euro
versus non-euro currencies
Debt (589)
Liquid assets (2)
Securities (10)
Derivatives 644
----
Total 43
The US dollar and the pound sterling account for a significant percentage of the
above exposure. An instantaneous 10% increase of the US dollar against the euro
from their levels at December 31, 2001, with all other variables held constant,
and an instantaneous 10% increase of the pound sterling against the euro from
their levels at December 31, 2001, with all other variables held constant, would
result in the following changes in the fair value of the Company's financial
derivatives.
[Enlarge/Download Table]
Sensitivity to a 10%
Sensitivity to a 10% increase in the euro
increase in the euro versus the pound
versus the US dollar sterling
-------------------- --------------------
Derivatives related to debt/liquid assets 558 4
Derivatives related to securities -- --
Derivatives related to transactions 15 40
---- ----
Total 573 44
The hedges of forecasted sales and purchases account for a part of the
sensitivity calculated above. They are concluded to offset the effect of changes
in foreign currency related to forecasted transactions by the businesses. These
forecasted transactions are not financial instruments and therefore are not
recorded in the accounts of the Company. The hedges related to these forecasted
transactions are recorded as cash flow hedges. The results from such hedges
currently deferred in equity amount to a loss of EUR 9 million. This loss will
be released to the income statement in 2002 when the related hedged transactions
affect the income statement.
Virtually all transaction hedges that were outstanding at December 31, 2001 were
forward foreign exchange contracts that will expire in 2002. During 2001 no
results were recorded in the income statement as a result of ineffectiveness of
these hedges.
Changes in fair value of hedges related to accounts payable, receivable,
external debt and intercompany loans are recognized in the income statement. The
changes in fair value of these hedges are partly offset by changes in fair value
of the hedged items in the income statement. All fair value hedges are forward
exchange contracts or cross currency basis swaps.
88
Interest rate risk
At year-end 2001, Philips had a ratio of fixed-rate debt to total outstanding
debt of approximately 69%, compared to 48% one year earlier. The Company
partially hedges the interest-rate risk inherent in the external debt. As of
year-end 2001, the Company hedged a notional amount of USD 146 million, compared
to current outstanding USD-denominated fixed-rate public debt of USD 1,063
million, EUR 700 million compared to outstanding EUR-denominated fixed-rate
public debt of EUR 4,948 million, and TWD 12,999 million compared to an
investment of TWD 12,999 million.
The Company also entered into five interest rate swaps, paying fixed interest on
EUR 110 million and receiving fixed interest on EUR 64 million for general asset
and liability management purposes.
Interest rate swaps hedge the Company against adverse movements of long-term
interest rates. These interest rate hedges related to bonds or investments are
fair value hedges; thus profits resulting from the hedges (EUR 41 million in
2001) are offset by equal and opposite losses recorded on the underlying
financial instruments in the income statement. At inception of an interest rate
swap, the Company requires the correlation between the hedged item and the
interest rate swap to match. At December 31, 2001, the condition of correlation
continued to exist, therefore there was no hedge ineffectiveness during the year
on interest rate swaps. Some interest rate hedges related to bonds were unwound
during 2001. The gains on these hedges will be released over the remaining life
of the underlying financial instruments to the income statement. In 2002 it is
expected that a gain of EUR 5 million will be released. As the fixed flows of
the swaps match exactly the coupons of the underlying financial instruments, the
hedges are deemed to be effective. No results were released to the income
statement as a result of ineffectiveness of interest rate hedges in 2001. The
results on other interest rate swaps are recognized in the income statement.
As of December 31, 2001, the majority of debt consisted of bonds. Of the EUR
6,152 million of outstanding bonds, 4.9% have a so-called "embedded put"
feature, which allows the investor to ask for redemption of the bonds in one
specific month prior to their final maturity date.
A sensitivity analysis shows that if long-term interest rates were to decrease
instantaneously by 1% from their level of December 31, 2001, with all other
variables (including foreign exchange rates) held constant, the fair value of
the long-term debt and investments would increase by EUR 282 million. In this
case the fair value of debt and investments plus the fair value of related
interest rate swaps would increase by EUR 267 million (compared to EUR 106
million in 2000). This increase is based on the assumption that the "putable"
bonds will be repaid at their final maturity date. If the bondholders required
payment at their respective put dates and there was an increase in interest
rates by 1%, this would reduce the market value of the bonds and investments by
EUR 235 million. In this case the fair value of debt and investments plus the
fair value related to interest rate swaps would decrease by EUR 221 million
(compared to EUR 71 million in 2000).
89
Other financial risks
Other financial risks include the equity price risk, the commodity price risk
and the credit risk.
In November 2000, Philips purchased 1.3 billion redeemable preferred shares in
Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (a publicly listed Taiwanese company
in which the Philips Group has a substantial shareholding) for 13 billion
Taiwanese dollars (EUR 458 million). The preferred shares are redeemable in
2003.
The dividend yield on these preferred shares is 3.5%. The preferred shares
confer the same voting rights as TSMC's common shares. The preferred shares are
carried at cost in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The redeemable
preferred shares result in a concentration of credit risks. However, the Company
is of the opinion that TSMC will have sufficient means to redeem the preferred
shares at the redemption date.
In 2001, an impairment loss of EUR 526 million was recognized on the security
investments in Vivendi Universal and GN Great Nordic in view of the extended
period of time during which the market value of these shares was below cost.
In addition to TSMC, Vivendi and Great Nordic, Philips is a shareholder of other
publicly listed companies such as Atos Origin, ASML, FEI, JDS Uniphase and
MedQuist and therefore is exposed to the equity price risk through movements in
the share prices of these companies. The aggregate market value of all these
investments exceeded the book value by EUR 8,838 million at year-end 2001.
The Company is a purchaser of certain base metals (such as copper), precious
metals and energy. The Company maintains a commodity price risk management
strategy that uses derivative instruments to minimize significant, unanticipated
earnings fluctuations caused by commodity price volatility. The commodity price
derivatives that the Company enters into are concluded as cash flow hedges to
offset forecasted purchases.
Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognized at the reporting date
if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted. As of December 31,
2001, the Company identified 3 customers with significant exposure. This
exposure amounts to EUR 201 million in total and ranges from EUR 58 million to
EUR 79 million per customer. To reduce exposure to credit risk, the Company
performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers
but generally does not require collateral.
The Company invests available cash and cash equivalents with various financial
institutions.
The Company is also exposed to credit risks in the event of non-performance by
counterparties with respect to derivative financial instruments. The Company
does not enter into any derivative financial instruments to protect against
default of financial counterparties. However, the Company requires in principle
that financial counterparties with which it deals in derivative transactions
complete legally enforceable set-off agreements prior to trading and, whenever
possible, have a strong credit rating from Standard & Poor's and Moody's
Investor Services. It is the Company's policy to conclude financial
transactions, where possible, under an ISDA (International Swap Dealers
Association) master agreement. Wherever possible, cash is invested and financial
transactions are concluded with financial institutions with strong credit
ratings.
90
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The estimated fair value of financial instruments has been determined by the
Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methods.
The estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the
Company could realize in a current market exchange or the value that will
ultimately be realized by the Company upon maturity or disposition.
Additionally, because of the variety of valuation techniques permitted under
SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments",
comparisons of fair values between entities may not be meaningful. The use of
different market assumptions and/or estimation methods may have a material
effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
[Download Table]
December 31, 2001 December 31, 2000
--------------------- ---------------------
carrying estimated carrying estimated
amount fair value amount fair value
-------- ---------- -------- ----------
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents 890 890 1,089 1,089
Securities 130 692 111 1,189
Accounts receivable - current 5,812 5,812 6,500 6,500
Other financial assets 2,789 2,789 3,747 3,631
Accounts receivable - non-current 306 272 303 269
Derivative instruments 237 237 423 423
Liabilities:
Accounts payable (3,243) (3,243) (4,255) (4,255)
Debt (7,866) (7,945) (4,027) (4,061)
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
financial instruments:
Cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable
The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
these instruments.
Cash equivalents
The fair value is based on the estimated aggregate market value.
Securities
The fair value of equity investments is based on quoted market prices.
Other financial assets
For other financial assets, fair value is based upon the estimated market
prices.
Debt
The fair value is estimated on the basis of the quoted market prices for certain
issues, or on the basis of discounted cash flow analyses based upon Philips'
incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements with
comparable terms and maturities.
Derivative instruments
The fair value is the amount that the Company would receive or pay to terminate
the derivative instruments, considering currency exchange rates and remaining
maturities.
91
27. APPLICATION OF GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES IN THE UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA
The accounting policies followed in the preparation of the consolidated
financial statements differ in some respects from those generally accepted in
the United States of America.
To determine net income and stockholders' equity in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (US GAAP),
Philips has applied the following accounting principles:
o In 2001, Philips charged net income for an amount of EUR 133 million
related to amortization of goodwill for LG.Philips Displays and the medical
systems businesses acquired from Marconi and Agilent after June 30, 2001.
Under US GAAP, no goodwill amortization is allowed according to SFAS 142,
but an impairment test is required. For US GAAP purposes, the amortization
is eliminated from income and capitalized.
o Philips rents a portion of its property, plant and equipment through sale
and lease-back transactions. Under Dutch GAAP, the difference between the
net proceeds and the book value is accounted for under 2001 income. Under
US GAAP, this income has to be recognized proportionally during the terms
of the lease. The unrecognized portion of EUR 27 million (net of taxes) is
therefore reversed from 2001 income.
o Under Dutch GAAP, securities available for sale are valued at the lower of
cost or net realizable value. Under US GAAP they are valued at market
price, unless such shares are restricted by contract for a period of one
year or more, and changes in unrealized gains or losses with respect to
securities available for sale are credited or charged to stockholders'
equity.
o Prior to the year 2000, under Dutch GAAP, the results of foreign-exchange
contracts relating to hedges of securities, when sale is restricted for a
period of one year or more, were deferred to stockholders' equity (EUR 90
million). Under US GAAP, changes in the value of these forward exchange
contracts are reported in income. On January 1, 2000 the Company adopted
SFAS No. 133 as its accounting policy for derivative instruments for both
Dutch GAAP and US GAAP. However, the resulting cumulative effect of the
change in accounting principle is EUR 58 million gain under Dutch GAAP and
EUR 32 million loss under US GAAP because of the differences in accounting
for derivatives which existed prior to adoption of SFAS No. 133.
o Philips reported a charge to income from operations of EUR 329 million for
restructuring in its 1998 financial statements. With regard to a portion of
this restructuring, EUR 40 million (EUR 23 million net of taxes), the plans
had not been communicated to employees until early 1999 and, accordingly,
this portion was recorded under US GAAP as a charge in 1999.
o Under Dutch GAAP, the excess of the Company's investment over its
underlying equity in the net assets of unconsolidated companies has been
classified as goodwill under intangible fixed assets, whereas under US GAAP
it would be included in investments in unconsolidated companies.
o During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company recognized gains on
divestments which totaled EUR 287 million (2000: EUR 1,429 million). Under
Dutch GAAP, these gains are classified in the consolidated statement of
income as other business income, which is included as part of income from
operations, whereas under US GAAP, such gains are reported separately under
income before taxes.
o Under Dutch GAAP, additional write-downs of inventory, as part of
restructuring projects, are recorded under a separate caption in income
from operations, being restructuring and impairment charges, whereas under
US GAAP they would be included under cost of sales.
92
Reconciliation of net income according to Dutch GAAP versus US GAAP
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Income (loss) from continuing operations as per the
consolidated statements of income (2,604) 9,602 1,804
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in
2000 and reclassification of extraordinary items under
Dutch GAAP -- 5 --
------ ------ ------
(2,604) 9,607 1,804
Adjustments to US GAAP:
Additional minimum liabilities under SFAS No. 87 -- (16) (62)
Provisions for restructuring not recognized in 1998 -- -- (23)
Reversal of cash flow hedges on securities available for
sale -- -- (90)
Adjustments to unconsolidated companies - net 36 (14) --
Reversal of goodwill amortization due to SFAS No. 142 133 -- --
Reversal of gain on sale and lease-back (27) -- --
Other items (13) -- (34)
------ ------ ------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP BEFORE DISCONTINUED
OPERATIONS, EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT
OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE (2,475) 9,577 1,595
Extraordinary items - net -- -- (5)
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for
derivative instruments and hedging activities - net -- 85 --
------ ------ ------
NET INCOME (LOSS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP (2,475) 9,662 1,590
Basic earnings per common share in EUR:
Income (loss) from continuing operations (1.94) 7.30 1.16
Extraordinary items - net -- -- (0.01)
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle -- 0.06 --
NET INCOME (LOSS) (1.94) 7.36 1.15
Diluted earnings per common share in EUR:
Income (loss) from continuing operations (1.94) 7.22 1.15
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle -- 0.06 --
NET INCOME (LOSS) (1.94) 7.28 1.15
In addition to the reconciliation of net income, "comprehensive income" is
required to be reported under US GAAP.
Comprehensive income is defined as all changes in the equity of a business
enterprise during a period, except investments by, and distributions to, equity
owners. Accordingly, comprehensive income consists of net income and other items
that are reflected in stockholders' equity on the balance sheet and have been
excluded from the income statement. Such items of other comprehensive income
include foreign currency translation adjustments, the change in the fair value
of certain derivatives qualifying for hedge treatment, certain pension
liability-related losses and unrealized holding gains and losses on securities
available for sale.
93
Statement of comprehensive income
[Download Table]
2001 2000 1999
------ ------ ------
Net income (loss) in accordance with US GAAP (2,475) 9,662 1,590
Other comprehensive income (net of taxes):
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting for
derivative instruments and hedging activities -- (32) --
Translation differences 102 65 419
Cash flow hedges 22 132 (71)
Minimum pension liability (5) -- 43
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale (406) (1,191) 2,131
------ ------ ------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
US GAAP (2,762) 8,636 4,112
The accumulated balances for each item of other comprehensive income are as
follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
unrealized
gains on accumulated
securities minimum other
translation available pension cash flow comprehensive
differences for sale liability hedges income
----------- ---------- --------- --------- -------------
Beginning balance (868) 972 (13) (29) 62
Net current period change 102 (522) (18) (18) (456)
Reclassification
adjustments for gains
(losses) reclassified into
income -- 116 13 40 169
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
Ending balance (766) 566 (18) (7) (225)
Net current period change is net of income taxes of EUR 10 million and EUR 5
million related to the minimum pension liability and cash flow hedges
respectively.
Reconciliation of stockholders' equity according to Dutch GAAP versus US GAAP
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
------ ------
Stockholders' equity as per the consolidated balance sheets 18,453 21,736
Equity adjustments that affect net income:
Intangible assets relating to additional liabilities under SFAS No. 87 -- 13
Unconsolidated companies 22 (14)
Goodwill related to acquisitions after June 30, 2001 (SFASNo.142) 133 --
Sale and lease-back transactions (27) --
Equity adjustments not affecting net income under US GAAP:
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale 566 972
SFAS No. 87 additional liabilities recognized in prior years 13 --
------ ------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP 19,160 22,707
Changes in unrealized gains on securities available for sale in 2001 primarily
relate to the lower market value of the JDS Uniphase shares as compared to the
market value as at December 31, 2000.
94
28 INFORMATION RELATING TO PRODUCT SECTORS AND MAIN COUNTRIES
In order to improve financial transparency to Philips' shareholders and
the financial community at large, the Board decided in 2000 that separate
results will be published for all divisions. As a consequence, the
following 9 product sectors are distinguished: Lighting, Consumer
Electronics, Domestic Appliances and Personal Care, Components,
Semiconductors, Medical Systems, Origin (deconsolidated from October 1,
2000 onwards), Miscellaneous and Unallocated.
On February 8, 2001 it was announced that the activities listed under the
Consumer Electronics sector, Specialty Products, would be reallocated
within the Group. As a result, Speaker Systems, Remote Control Systems,
Creative Display Solutions and Imaging were transferred to the Components
sector, with all remaining businesses, with the exception of Institutional
TV, Accessories and Broadcast Networks, being assigned to the
Miscellaneous sector. Prior years have been restated accordingly.
Lighting
Philips is the leader in the world lighting market. A wide variety of
applications are served by a full range of incandescent and halogen lamps,
automotive lamps, high-intensity gas-discharge and special lamps, QL
induction lamps, fixtures, ballasts and lighting electronics.
Consumer Electronics
This division markets a wide range of products in the following areas:
video products (Consumer TV, VCR, TV-VCR, DVD Video), audio products
(audio systems, portable products), computer monitors (CRT- and
LCD-based), consumer communications (mobile phones, cordless digital
phones, fax), set-top boxes, business communications systems and broadband
networks.
Domestic Appliances and Personal Care
This division markets a wide range of products in the following areas:
male shaving and grooming (shavers, trimmers, etc.), body beauty and
health (depilators, hair dryers, suncare, skincare, etc.), oral care
(electric toothbrushes), food and beverage (mixers, coffee makers,
toasters, etc.) and home environment care (vacuum cleaners, air cleaners,
steam irons, fans, etc.).
Components
Philips Components is a major provider of integrated digital electronic
solutions in the areas of displays, storage and connectivity. Its global
customer base covers the computing, consumer electronics,
telecommunications and automotive industries. It produces modules for
optical storage in CD and DVD formats and mobile display systems for use
in cellular phones. It also produces wireless connectivity modules to
address the digital, Internet-driven, 24/7 world. It also encompasses
speaker systems, remote control systems, creative display solutions and
imaging.
Semiconductors
Philips Semiconductors is a major supplier of integrated circuits (ICs)
and discrete semiconductors to the consumer electronics,
telecommunications, automotive, PC and PC peripherals industries.
95
Medical Systems
Philips Medical Systems is one of the world's leading suppliers of medical
imaging modalities and patient monitoring systems. It is a global leader in the
product segments X-ray, ultrasound, nuclear medicine and patient monitoring. It
holds also strong positions in magnetic resonance, computed tomography and
medical IT.
Origin
Origin is a global IT service company delivering systems and a full range of
services that facilitate total business solutions for clients. It is represented
in more than 30 countries. In October 2000, Philips sold its 98% interest in
Origin to Atos and received 48.7% interest in Atos Origin. This investment is
accounted for under the equity method. As a result of the merger, as from
October 1, 2000 Philips no longer consolidates Origin as a separate division but
includes its share of Atos Origin's earnings in results relating to
unconsolidated companies beginning January 1, 2001, with a delay of three
months.
Miscellaneous
This sector comprises various activities and businesses not belonging to a
product sector. It consists mainly of two groups of activities: the central
research and technology centers (such as Philips Research, Intellectual Property
and Standards, Philips Centre for Industrial Technology and Philips Design) and
Corporate Investments (such as NavTech, Assembleon and Philips Enabling
Technologies Group (PETG)). It also comprises various (remaining) activities
that have been sold, discontinued, phased out or deconsolidated in earlier
years. NavTech was consolidated for the first time in 2001 and included in the
Miscellaneous sector. Until its deconsolidation in May 2001 FEI Company was
included in the consolidated figures of the Miscellaneous sector. Also included
are some remaining former businesses from the Consumer Electronics sector and
the equity investment in Atos Origin.
Unallocated
The sector Unallocated includes general and administrative expenses in the
corporate center and the country organizations.
The sales volumes of the various business activities and the associated income
from operations by product sector and by geographic area are set forth in the
following tables. Segment revenues represent the total of sales to third parties
("sales") and sales of products and services between the product sectors
("intersegment revenues").
Included in segment revenues by geographic area is the total revenue from
worldwide sales to third parties and unconsolidated companies by consolidated
companies located within that geographic area ("sales"), as well as the total
value of sales to consolidated companies in other geographic areas
("interregional revenues").
The transfer prices charged for all intersegment (including interregional) sales
are based on the arm's length principle as set forth in internationally accepted
transfer pricing policies and guidelines.
96
Product sectors
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------
results
sales (to income as a % of relating to
third segment (loss) from segment unconsolidated
parties) revenues operations revenues companies
--------- -------- ----------- --------- ---------------
Lighting 5,083 5,122 623 12.2 (13)
Consumer Electronics 11,052 11,233 (649) (5.8) -
DAP 2,224 2,246 334 14.9 -
Components 2,772 3,705 (667) (18.0) (505)
Semiconductors 4,389 4,940 (607) (12.3) (154)
Medical Systems 4,834 4,836 (199) (4.1) 1
Miscellaneous 1,985 2,154 (104) (4.8) (79)
Unallocated - (102) (4)
------ ------ ------ ----- -------
TOTAL 32,339 34,236 (1,371) (754)
INTERSEGMENT REVENUES (1,897)
------
SALES 32,339
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS AS A % OF SALES (4.2)
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2000
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting 5,052 5,097 668 13.1 (33)
Consumer Electronics 13,060 13,277 410 3.1 (4)
DAP 2,107 2,130 287 13.5 -
Components 5,042 6,920 608 8.8 211
Semiconductors 5,879 6,812 1,346 19.8 1,151
Medical Systems 3,031 3,047 169 5.5 (3)
Origin 717 1,164 1,063 91.3 (2)
Miscellaneous 2,974 3,378 (191) (5.7) 2,647
Unallocated - - (79) 3
------ ------ ------ ----- -------
Total 37,862 41,825 4,281 3,970
Intersegment revenues (3,963)
------
Sales 37,862
Income from operations as a % of sales 11.3
[Enlarge/Download Table]
1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting 4,548 4,597 602 13.1 (1)
Consumer Electronics 11,152 11,451 255 2.2 (1)
DAP 1,791 1,817 220 12.1 -
Components 4,101 5,947 293 4.9 187
Semiconductors 3,796 4,557 614 13.5 259
Medical Systems 2,493 2,495 181 7.3 (9)
Origin 1,056 1,735 97 5.6 -
Miscellaneous 2,522 2,869 (118) (4.1) (25)
Unallocated - - (393) (1)
------ ------ ------ ----- -------
Total 31,459 35,468 1,751 409
Intersegment revenues (4,009)
Sales 31,459
Income from operations as a % of sales 5.6
97
Product sectors
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
net total
total operating liabilities long-lived capital
assets capital excl. debt assets expenditures depreciation
------ --------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ------------
Lighting 2,936 2,020 888 1,487 224 179
Consumer Electronics 3,429 672 2,660 551 202 265
DAP 1,084 652 432 571 105 81
Components 4,083 397 730 2,255 475 267
Semiconductors 8,303 4,742 927 4,431 956 943
Medical Systems 7,926 5,382 2,471 4,844 86 75
Miscellaneous 2,734 314 837 427 95 86
Unallocated 7,959 122 3,552 421 - 73
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -----
TOTAL 38,454 14,301 12,497 14,987 2,143 1,969
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting 2,944 1,903 947 1,383 258 171
Consumer Electronics 4,643 1,486 3,092 644 335 195
DAP 1,131 752 379 564 96 77
Components 5,740 2,158 1,499 3,301 639 332
Semiconductors 8,501 4,572 1,283 4,233 1,631 692
Medical Systems 3,982 2,821 1,157 2,429 58 47
Origin 1,449 - - - 18 43
Miscellaneous 1,912 819 1,057 531 135 188
Unallocated 8,239 (154) 2,895 383 - 44
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -----
Total 38,541 14,357 12,309 13,468 3,170 1,789
[Enlarge/Download Table]
1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting 2,849 1,875 849 1,275 176 161
Consumer Electronics 3,998 1,285 2,697 596 271 52
DAP 777 459 314 256 76 67
Components 5,340 2,151 1,237 3,244 253 417
Semiconductors 5,188 3,194 928 2,917 622 467
Medical Systems 1,840 1,023 807 640 41 38
Origin 683 240 415 275 56 68
Miscellaneous 1,797 1,012 750 527 81 238
Unallocated 7,312 (1,081) 3,383 424 86 40
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -----
Total 29,784 10,158 11,380 10,154 1,662 1,548
98
Main countries
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sales (to net
third total operating long-lived capital
parties) assets capital assets expenditures depreciation
--------- ------- --------- --------- ------------ ------------
Netherlands 1,555 5,253 2,807 1,779 403 333
United States 8,901 10,593 6,899 6,802 386 516
Germany 2,648 1,831 508 711 226 123
France 1,990 4,794 85 377 157 182
United Kingdom 1,560 752 448 210 46 48
China 2,205 1,428 213 523 224 171
Other countries 13,480 13,803 3,341 4,585 701 596
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -----
TOTAL 32,339 38,454 14,301 14,987 2,143 1,969
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Netherlands 1,696 8,593 2,932 1,885 638 369
United States 9,126 8,802 5,820 5,051 573 349
Germany 3,272 1,644 128 672 194 132
France 2,333 2,749 222 474 205 120
United Kingdom 2,179 951 526 337 89 61
China 2,683 2,113 783 814 295 156
Other countries 16,573 13,689 3,946 4,235 1,176 602
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -----
Total 37,862 38,541 14,357 13,468 3,170 1,789
[Enlarge/Download Table]
1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Netherlands 1,619 7,740 2,151 1,811 435 370
United States 7,535 5,139 2,839 2,476 249 228
Germany 2,727 1,558 86 632 134 147
France 1,962 1,118 164 392 92 113
United Kingdom 2,281 1,041 607 321 55 53
China 2,023 1,570 635 635 91 123
Other countries 13,312 11,618 3,676 3,887 606 514
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -----
Total 31,459 29,784 10,158 10,154 1,662 1,548
99
BALANCE SHEETS AND STATEMENTS OF INCOME OF
KONINKLIJKE PHILIPS ELECTRONICS N.V.
("ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS")
IN MILLIONS OF EUROS
The balance sheets are presented before appropriation of profit
Balance sheets as of December 31
[Download Table]
2001 2000
------ ------
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents 25 16
A Securities 127 111
B Receivables 2,173 1,691
------ ------
2,325 1,818
Non-current assets:
C Investments in affiliated companies 21,787 20,923
D Other non-current financial assets 2,423 3,418
E Tangible fixed assets 1 1
F Intangible fixed assets 2,977 2,306
------ ------
27,188 26,648
------ ------
TOTAL 29,513 28,466
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
G Other liabilities 364 355
H Short-term debt 4,109 4,075
I Short-term provisions 7 72
------ ------
4,480 4,502
Non-current liabilities:
J Long-term debt 6,368 2,053
I Long-term provisions 212 175
------ ------
6,580 2,228
K Stockholders' equity:
Issued, paid-up capital 263 263
Share premium account 13 7
Reserves 20,781 11,864
Undistributed profit(loss) for the year (2,604) 9,602
------ ------
18,453 21,736
------ ------
TOTAL 29,513 28,466
Statements of income
[Download Table]
Income (loss) after taxes from
affiliated companies (1,929) 3,842
Other income after taxes (675) 5,760
------ ------
L NET INCOME (LOSS) (2,604) 9,602
100
Notes to the financial statements of
Royal Philips Electronics
all amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
With respect to the accounting policies, see pages 38-46 of the consolidated
financial statements, which form part of these notes.
A. SECURITIES
See note to the Group financial statements.
B. RECEIVABLES
[Download Table]
2001 2000
Trade accounts receivable 250 210
Group companies 1,646 992
Unconsolidated companies 30 29
------ ------
1,926 1,231
Other receivables 30 42
Advances and prepaid expenses 3 2
Deferred tax assets 270 13
Income tax receivable 10 14
Derivative instruments (66) 389
------ ------
TOTAL 2,173 1,691
An amount of EUR 185 million included in receivables is due after one year
(2000: EUR 27 million).
C. INVESTMENTS IN AFFILIATED COMPANIES
The investments in affiliated companies are included in the balance sheet based
on their net asset value in conformity with the aforementioned accounting
principles of the consolidated financial statements, or their purchase price.
[Download Table]
total investments loans
Balance as of January 1, 2001 20,923 14,456 6,467
Changes:
Acquisitions/additions 5,388 2,859 2,529
Sales/redemptions (2,150) (1,031) (1,119)
After-tax income from affiliated companies (1,929) (1,929) -
Dividends received (1,003) (1,003) -
Translation differences/other changes 558 272 286
------- ------- -------
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 21,787 13,624 8,163
A list of affiliated companies, prepared in accordance with the relevant legal
requirements, is deposited at the Commercial Register in Eindhoven, the
Netherlands.
101
D. OTHER NON-CURRENT FINANCIAL ASSETS
[Download Table]
total security other
investments receivables
Balance as of January 1, 2001 3,418 3,412 6
Changes:
Acquisitions/additions 38 38 --
Sales/redemptions (507) (507) --
Value adjustments (526) (526) --
----- ----- -----
BALANCE AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2001 2,423 2,417 6
Included in other non-current financial assets are participations and securities
that generate income unrelated to the normal business operations.
Included are Vivendi Universal shares and GN Great Nordic shares. The redeemable
preferred shares of LG Electronics Inc. of Korea, included in the balance as of
January 1, 2001, were redeemed in the year 2001. See note 12 to the Group
financial statements and the relevant notes.
E. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
[Download Table]
Balance as of January 1, 2001:
Cost 1
Accumulated depreciation --
---
Book value 1
Changes in book value:
Capital expenditures --
Retirements and sales --
Depreciation and write-downs --
---
Total changes --
Balance as of December 31, 2001:
Cost 1
Accumulated depreciation --
---
BOOK VALUE 1
Tangible fixed assets consist of fixed assets other than land and buildings.
F. INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
[Download Table]
Balance as of January 1, 2001:
Acquisition cost 2,482
Accumulated amortization (176)
------
Book value 2,306
Changes in book value:
Acquisitions 984
Amortization and write-downs (313)
------
Total changes 671
Balance as of December 31, 2001:
Acquisition cost 3,426
Accumulated amortization (449)
------
BOOK VALUE 2,977
The intangible fixed assets represent goodwill paid upon acquisitions. The
acquisitions in 2001 mainly relate to LG.Philips Displays.
The amortization period ranges between 5 and 15 years.
102
G. OTHER LIABILITIES
[Download Table]
2001 2000
Other short-term liabilities 65 82
Deferred income and accrued expenses 299 273
--- ---
TOTAL 364 355
H. SHORT-TERM DEBT
Short-term debt includes outstanding commercial paper for an amount of EUR 521
million, the current portion of outstanding long-term debt amounting to EUR 160
million (2000: EUR 430 million), debt to other Group companies totaling EUR
3,206 million (2000: EUR 2,798 million) and institutional financing totaling EUR
222 million (2000: EUR 847 million).
I. PROVISIONS
[Download Table]
2001 2000
Pensions 19 21
Other 200 226
---
TOTAL 219 247
Of which long-term 212 175
Of which short-term 7 72
As almost all obligations in connection with pension plans have been covered by
separate pension funds or third parties, the provision for pensions refers to
additional payments which the Company intends to make in the future.
J. LONG-TERM DEBT
[Enlarge/Download Table]
range of average rate amount due due after due after average
interest rates of interest outstanding in 2002 2002 2006 remaining
term
(in years)
Convertible debentures 1.6 1.6 134 - 134 - 3.5
Other debentures 5.0-8.8 6.1 6,249 145 6,104 3,060 5.3
Intercompany financing 1.8-3.8 2.8 1,119 1,119 - - -
Other long-term debt 5.4-7.0 5.7 145 15 130 30 3.7
--- ----- ----- ----- -----
TOTAL 5.5 7,647 1,279 6,368 3,090
Corresponding data previous year 6.7 3,858 1,805 2,053 1,029
The following amounts of the long-term debt as of December 31, 2001 are due in
the next five years:
[Download Table]
2002 1,279
2003 222
2004 2,381
2005 302
2006 373
-----
4,557
Corresponding amount previous year 2,829
Included in convertible debentures are Philips personnel debentures, for which
reference is made to the related note in the Group accounts.
103
K. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
See the Group financial statements and related notes.
No legal reserve for undistributed income from affiliated companies is required
on the basis of the "collective method", taking into account dividend
distributions by affiliated companies, the receipt of which can be effected
without restrictions.
L. NET INCOME
Net income in 2001 amounted to a loss of EUR 2,604 million (2000: net income of
EUR 9,602 million).
For the remuneration of past and present members of both the Board of Management
and the Supervisory Board, please refer to the statement on page 60 and 61 of
the consolidated financial statements.
M. EMPLOYEES
The number of persons employed by Royal Philips Electronics at year-end 2001 was
13 (2000: 14) and included the members of the Board of Management and most
members of the Group Management Committee.
N. OBLIGATIONS NOT APPEARING IN THE BALANCE SHEET
General guarantees as defined in Book 2, Section 403 of the Netherlands Civil
Code have been given by Royal Philips Electronics on behalf of several Group
companies in the Netherlands. The liabilities of these companies to third
parties and unconsolidated companies totaled EUR 1,309 million as of year-end
2001 (2000: EUR 1,674 million). Guarantees totaling EUR 679 million (2000: EUR
600 million) have also been given on behalf of other Group companies, and
guarantees totaling EUR 506 million (2000: EUR 439 million) on behalf of
unconsolidated companies and third parties.
February 5, 2002
The Supervisory Board
The Board of Management
104
Other information regarding Royal Philips Electronics
AUDITORS' REPORT
Introduction
We have audited the 2001 financial statements of Koninklijke Philips Electronics
N.V. appearing on pages 38 to 104. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
Scope
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the Netherlands. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2001 and the
results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the Netherlands and comply with the financial
reporting requirements included in Part 9, Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code.
Eindhoven, February 5, 2002
KPMG Accountants N.V.
PROPOSED DISTRIBUTION TO SHAREHOLDERS OF ROYAL PHILIPS ELECTRONICS
Pursuant to article 38 of the Articles of Association, and with the approval of
the Supervisory Board and the Meeting of Priority Shareholders, a proposal will
be submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders to make a distribution in
cash to shareholders of EUR 0.36 per common share from the other reserves (2000:
a dividend was declared of EUR 0.36 per common share). This will result in a
reduction of other reserves of the Company by EUR 459 million.
REMUNERATION OF THE BOARD OF MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BOARD
Remuneration
The total remuneration and related costs (in euros) of the members of the Board
of Management in 2001 can be specified as follows:
[Download Table]
2001 2000
---------- ----------
Salaries 3,094,826 3,758,811
Bonuses 1,971,707 2,242,922
---------- ----------
5,066,533 6,001,733
Pension charges* (2,023,000) (1,559,000)
---------- ----------
Total 3,043,533 4,442,733
-----------
*The negative amount of pension charges is mainly due to negative net periodic
pension costs related to pensions funded by the Dutch Philips Pension Fund.
The cash remuneration in euros of the individual members of the Board of
Management was as follows:
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
salary bonus* total salary bonus* total
--------- --------- ---------- -------- --------- ----------
G.J. Kleisterlee 1) 721,775 248,520 970,295 400,839 -- 400,839
J.H.M. Hommen 635,292 370,625 1,005,917 612,603 432,906 1,045,509
A.P.M. van der Poel 635,292 355,310 990,602 612,603 318,327 930,930
J.W. Whybrow 635,292 354,927 990,219 612,603 302,671 915,274
C. Boonstra 2) 313,826 562,687 876,513 907,560 900,300 1,807,860
A. Baan 3) 153,349 79,638 232,987 612,603 218,382 830,985
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Subtotal 3,094,826 1,971,707 5,066,533 3,758,811 2,172,586 5,931,397
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Former member -- -- -- -- 70,336 70,336
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
TOTAL 3,094,826 1,971,707 5,066,533 3,758,811 2,242,922 6,001,733
--------------
* The bonuses paid are related to the level of performance achieved in the
previous year.
1) Bonus figures 2001 relate to period April-December 2000; salary figure 2000
related to period April-December 2000.
2) Salary figures 2001 relate to period January-April 2001.
3) Salary figures 2001 relate to period January-March 2001.
106
The table below gives an overview of the interests of the members of the Board
of Management under the stock option plans of Royal Philips Electronics.
[Enlarge/Download Table]
number of options amounts in euros
------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
share
as of granted exercise as of price on
Jan. 1, during during Dec. 31, exercise exercise expiry
2001 2001 2001 2001 price date date
------- ------- --------- -------- -------- -------- ----------
G.J. Kleisterlee 27,200b) 27,200 -- 7.74 38.63c) 25.02.2001
12,000b) 12,000b) 9.40 13.02.2002
12,000b) 12,000b) 16.66 12.02.2003
60,000b) 60,000b) 15.97 11.02.2004
60,000a/b) 60,000a/b) 42.24 17.02.2010
-- 120,000a) 120,000a) 37.60 08.02.2011
J.H.M. Hommen 480,000 480,000 9.84 13.02.2002
80,000 80,000 17.10 12.02.2003
80,000 80,000 16.41 11.02.2004
80,000a) 80,000a) 42.24 17.02.2010
-- 80,000a) 80,000a) 37.60 08.02.2011
A.P.M. van der Poel 40,000 20,000 20,000 17.10 33.00 12.02.2003
80,000 80,000 16.41 11.02.2004
80,000a) 80,000a) 42.24 17.02.2010
-- 80,000a) 80,000a) 37.60 08.02.2011
J.W. Whybrow 80,000 80,000 16.41 11.02.2004
80,000a) 80,000a) 42.24 17.02.2010
-- 80,000a) 80,000a) 37.60 08.02.2011
--------- ------- ------ ---------
TOTAL 1,251,200 360,000 47,200 1,564,000
-----------
a) 50% fixed options and 50% performance-related options
b) awarded before date of appointment as a member of the Board of Management
c) shares not sold but retained in depot with bank
The Supervisory Board and the Board of Management have decided to adjust upwards
the exercise price of all options granted to, but not yet exercised by, members
of the Board of Management as of May 29, 1999 by EUR 0.437 and as of July 31,
2000 by EUR 0.21 per common share in connection with the 8% share reduction
program and the 3% share reduction program effected mid-1999 and mid-2000
respectively. This increase is incorporated in the above table.
The vested pension benefits of individual members of the Board of Management are
as follows (in euros):
[Download Table]
increase accumulated
in accrued annual pension
Ultimate pension as at
age at Retirement during December 31,
31-12-2001 Age 2001 2001
---------- ---------- ----------- -------------
G.J. Kleisterlee 55 62 13,525 316,845
J.H.M. Hommen 58 62 19,969 94,984
A.P.M. van der Poel 53 62 13,051 238,079
J.W. Whybrow 54 62 13,051 332,311
107
Supervisory Board
During 2001 the individual members of the Supervisory Board received, by virtue
of the positions they held, the following remuneration (in euros):
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000
------------------------------- -------------------------------
member- member-
ship committees total ship committees total
------ ---------- ------ ------- ---------- ------
L.C. van Wachem 74,874 9,076 83,950 74,874 9,076 83,950
W. de Kleuver 40,840 9,076 49,916 40,840 9,076 49,916
W. Hilger (Jan./March) 20,420 2,269 22,689 40,840 9,076 49,916
L. Schweitzer 40,840 -- 40,840 40,840 -- 40,840
R. Greenbury 40,840 4,538 45,378 40,840 4,538 45,378
J-M. Hessels 40,840 4,538 45,378 40,840 3,403 44,243
K.A.L.M. van Miert 40,840 2,269 43,109 40,840 -- 40,840
------- ------ ------- ------- ------ --------
299,494 31,766 331,260 319,914 35,169 355,083
C.J. Oort (Jan./March) -- -- -- 20,420 1,134 21,554
------- ------ ------- ------- ------ --------
299,494 31,766 331,260 340,334 36,303 376,637
Supervisory Board members' and Board of Management members' interests in Philips
Members of the Supervisory Board and of the Board of Management are not allowed
to take any interests in derivative Philips securities.
[Download Table]
number of shares
-----------------------------------------------
as of as of
December 31, January 1,
2001 2001
------------ ----------
L.C. van Wachem 17,848 17,848
L. Schweitzer 1,070 1,070
G.J. Kleisterlee 27,200 --
The above statement does not specify ownership of convertible personnel
debentures, which are held under a scheme that since 1998 has no longer been
applicable to members of the Board of Management.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE OF THE PHILIPS GROUP
General
Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (the "Company") is the parent company of
the Philips Group. Its shares are listed on the stock market of Euronext
Amsterdam, the New York Stock Exchange, the London Stock Exchange and several
other stock exchanges.
The management of the Company is entrusted to the Board of Management under the
supervision of the Supervisory Board. The activities of the Philips Group are
organized in product divisions, which are responsible for the worldwide business
policy. Philips has more than 150 production sites in over 25 countries and
sales and service outlets in some 150 countries. It delivers products, systems
and services in the fields of lighting, consumer electronics and communications,
domestic appliances and personal care, components, semiconductors, medical
systems, business electronics and information technology. The Company's
activities are grouped in eight sectors: Lighting, Consumer Electronics,
Domestic Appliances and Personal Care, Components, Semiconductors, Medical
Systems, Miscellaneous and Unallocated.
108
The statutory seat of the Company is Eindhoven, the Netherlands, and the
statutory list of all subsidiaries and affiliated companies, prepared in
accordance with the relevant legal requirements (The Netherlands Civil Code,
Book 2, Articles 379 and 414), forms part of the notes to the consolidated
financial statements and is deposited at the office of the Commercial Register
in Eindhoven, the Netherlands (file no. 1910).
In recent years the governance of the Company and the Philips Group has been
improved, in particular in respect of the supervisory function, the rights of
shareholders and transparency. These improvements were in response to
developments in the international capital markets, such as the United States,
where the Company's shares have been traded since 1962 and listed on the New
York Stock Exchange since 1987. Philips also generally endorses the
recommendations of the Committee of the Amsterdam Exchanges of October 1997 on
best practices in corporate governance.
Board of Management and Supervisory Board
The Board of Management is responsible for the effective management of the
business. It is required to keep the Supervisory Board informed of developments,
to consult it on important matters and to submit certain important decisions to
it for its prior approval. The Board of Management consists of at least three
members (currently four), who are elected for an indefinite period by the
General Meeting of Shareholders. Individual data on the members of the Board of
Management are printed on page 58 of the separate booklet entitled "Management
Report". The President is appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Members of the Board of Management may be suspended by the Supervisory Board and
the General Meeting of Shareholders and dismissed by the latter. The
remuneration of the members of the Board of Management is determined by the
Supervisory Board upon a proposal from the President and on the advice of the
Remuneration Committee of the Supervisory Board.
The Supervisory Board is independent of the Board of Management and is
responsible for supervising both the policies of the Board of Management and the
general direction of the Group's business. It is also required to advise the
Board of Management. The Supervisory Board consists of at least
five members (currently six). They elect a Chairman, Vice-Chairman and Secretary
from their midst. The Board has three permanent committees: an Audit Committee,
a Remuneration Committee and a Nomination and Selection Committee. These
committees advise the plenary Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board has
adopted Rules of Procedure to consolidate its own governance rules. The profile
for the Supervisory Board's additional data on the individual members are given
on pages 60 to 62 of the separate booklet entitled "Management Report". Member
of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders
for fixed terms of four years, and may be re-elected for two additional
four-year terms. In exceptional cases, however, the Supervisory Board and the
Meeting of Priority Shareholders may deviate from this rule. Members of the
Supervisory Board may be suspended or dismissed by the General Meeting of
Shareholders. Their remuneration is fixed by the General Meeting of
Shareholders.
109
The appointment of the members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory
Board by the General Meeting of Shareholders is upon a binding recommendation
from the Supervisory Board and the Meeting of Priority Shareholders. However,
this binding recommendation may be overruled by a resolution of the General
Meeting of Shareholders taken by a majority of at least 2/3 of the votes cast
and representing more than half of the issued share capital.
Group Management Committee
The Group Management Committee consists of the members of the Board of
Management, certain Chairmen of product divisions and certain key officers.
Members other than members of the Board of Management are appointed by the
Supervisory Board. The task of the Group Management Committee, the highest
consultative body within Philips, is to ensure that business issues and
practices are shared across the Company and to define and implement common
policies.
General Meeting of Shareholders
A General Meeting of Shareholders is held at least once a year to discuss and
resolve on the report of the Board of Management, the annual accounts with
explanation and appendices, the report of the Supervisory Board, any proposal
concerning dividends or other distributions, and any other matters proposed by
the Supervisory Board, the Board of Management, the Meeting of Priority
Shareholders or shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Company's
Articles of Association. This meeting is held in Eindhoven, Amsterdam, Rotterdam
or The Hague no later than six months after the end of the financial year.
Meetings are convened by public notice and mailed to registered shareholders.
Extraordinary General Meetings may be convened by the Supervisory Board or the
Board of Management if deemed necessary and must be held if the Meeting of
Priority Shareholders or shareholders jointly representing at least 10% of the
outstanding capital make a written request to that effect to the Supervisory
Board and the Board of Management specifying in detail the business to be dealt
with. The agenda of the General Meeting of Shareholders shall contain such
business as may be placed thereon by the Board of Management, the Supervisory
Board or the Meeting of Priority Shareholders. Requests from shareholders for
items to be included on the agenda will be honored, provided that such requests
are made to the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board by shareholders
representing at least 1% of the Company's outstanding capital at least 60 days
before a General Meeting of Shareholders and provided that the Board of
Management and the Supervisory Board are of the opinion that such requests are
not detrimental to the serious interests of Philips.
The main powers of the General Meeting of Shareholders are to appoint, suspend
and dismiss members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board, to
adopt the financial statements and to discharge the Board of Management and the
Supervisory Board from responsibility for performing their respective duties for
the previous financial year, to adopt amendments to the Articles of Association
and proposals to dissolve or liquidate the Company, to issue shares or rights to
shares, to restrict or pass pre-emptive rights of shareholders and to repurchase
or cancel outstanding shares. Following common practice, the Company each year
requests limited authorization to issue (rights to) shares, to pass pre-emptive
rights and to repurchase shares.
110
Meeting of Priority Shareholders and the Dr. A.F. Philips-Stichting
There are ten priority shares. Eight are held by the Dr. A.F. Philips-Stichting,
with Messrs F.J. Philips and H.A.C. van Riemsdijk each holding one. The
self-electing Board of the Dr. A.F. Philips-Stichting consists of the Chairman
and the Vice-Chairman and Secretary of the Supervisory Board, certain other
members of the Supervisory Board, and the President of the Company. At present,
the Board consists of Messrs L.C. van Wachem, W. de Kleuver, J-M. Hessels,
K.A.L.M. van Miert and G.J. Kleisterlee.
A Meeting of Priority Shareholders is held at least once a year, at least thirty
days before the General Meeting of Shareholders. Approval of the Meeting of
Priority Shareholders is required for resolutions of the General Meeting of
Shareholders regarding the issue of shares or rights to shares, the cancellation
of shares, amendments to the Articles of Association, and the liquidation of the
Company. Acting in agreement with the Supervisory Board, the Meeting also makes
a binding recommendation to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the
appointment of members of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board,
which can be overruled by the General Meeting of Shareholders as set out before.
Preference shares and the Stichting Preferente Aandelen Philips
The authorized share capital of the Company consists of ten priority shares,
3,250,000,000 ordinary shares and 3,249,975,000 preference shares. The Stichting
Preferente Aandelen Philips ("the Foundation") has been granted the right to
acquire preference shares in the Company. The mere notification that the
Foundation wishes to exercise its rights, should a third party ever seem likely
to gain a controlling interest in the Company, will result in the preference
shares being effectively issued. The Foundation may exercise this right for as
many preference shares as there are ordinary shares in the Company outstanding
at that time. The object of the Foundation is to represent the interests of the
Company, the enterprises maintained by the Company and its affiliated companies
within the Philips Group, such that the interests of Philips, those enterprises
and all parties involved with them are safeguarded as effectively as possible,
and that they are afforded maximum protection against influences which, in
conflict with those interests, may undermine the autonomy and identity of
Philips and those enterprises, and also to do anything related to the above ends
or conducive to them.
The members of the self-electing Board of the Foundation are Messrs J.R. Glasz,
S.D.de Bree, W.E. Scherpenhuijsen Rom, L.C. van Wachem and G.J. Kleisterlee. As
Chairman of the Supervisory Board and the Board of Management respectively,
Messrs Van Wachem and Kleisterlee are members of the Board ex officio. Mr
Kleisterlee is not entitled to vote.
The Board of Management of the Company and the Board of the Stichting Preferente
Aandelen Philips declare that they are jointly of the opinion that the Stichting
Preferente Aandelen Philips is independent of the Company as required by the
Listing Requirements of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.'s stock market.
111
The Philips Group in the last eight years*
all amounts in millions of euros unless otherwise stated
Due to factors such as consolidations and divestments, the amounts, percentages
and ratios are not directly comparable.
General data
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
Sales 32,339 37,862 31,459 30,459 29,658 27,094 25,259 23,768
Percentage increase over previous year (15) 20 3 3 9 7 6 2
Income (loss) from continuing operations (2,604) 9,602 1,804 541 1,231 126 971 683
Discontinued operations - - - 5,054 263 202 247 281
Net income (loss) (2,604) 9,602 1,799 6,053 2,602 (268) 1,143 964
Turnover rate of net operating capital 2.15 3.16 3.14 2.91 2.84 2.70 2.88 2.95
Total employees at year-end (in thousands) 189 219 227 234 252 250 253 241
Salaries, wages and social costs paid 8,100 8,456 8,016 8,209 8,261 8,083 7,363 7,031
Income
Income (loss) from operations (1,371) 4,281 1,751 685 1,714 422 1,350 1,227
As a % of sales (4.2) 11.3 5.6 2.2 5.8 1.6 5.3 5.2
As a % of net operating capital (RONA) (9.1) 35.7 17.5 6.5 16.4 4.2 15.4 15.2
Income taxes 421 (570) (336) (41) (276) 7 (74) (135)
As a % of income before taxes 18 (9) (19) (11) (20) 40 (7) (16)
Income (loss) after taxes (1,865) 5,699 1,447 332 1,119 25 964 696
As a % of sales (5.8) 15.1 4.6 1.1 3.8 0.1 3.8 2.9
Income (loss) from continuing operations (2,604) 9,602 1,804 541 1,231 126 971 683
As a % of stockholders' equity (ROE) (12.8) 53.5 12.6 5.1 15.9 1.9 15.8 12.5
Per common share (2.04) 7.31 1.31 0.38 0.88 0.09 0.71 0.51
Net income (loss) (2,604) 9,602 1,799 6,053 2,602 (268) 1,143 964
Per common share (2.04) 7.31 1.31 4.20 1.86 (0.20) 0.84 0.72
Dividend paid per common share (from prior-year
profit distribution) 0.36 0.30 0.25 0.23 0.18 0.18 0.14 0.06
*1997 and prior years have been restated to reflect the sale of PolyGram N.V. in
1998 and to present the Philips Group accounts on a continuing basis.
Definitions
Net operating capital: intangible assets (excl. goodwill unconsolidated
companies), property, plant and equipment, non-current receivables and current
assets excl. cash and cash equivalents, securities and deferred tax positions,
after deduction of provisions and other liabilities
RONA: income from operations as a % of average net operating capital
ROE: income from continuing operations as a % of average stockholders' equity
Net debt: long-term and short-term debt net of cash and cash equivalents
Net debt: group equity ratio: the % distribution of net debt over group equity
plus net debt.
Average number of outstanding shares: weighted average number of outstanding
common shares based on monthly positions during the reporting year
The financial statements have been prepared in euros. Amounts previously
reported in Dutch guilders are reported in euros using the irrevocably fixed
conversion rate which became effective on January 1, 1999 (EUR 1 = NLG 2.20371).
112
Capital employed
[Enlarge/Download Table]
2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
Cash and cash equivalents 890 1,089 2,331 6,553 1,397 785 932 940
Securities 130 111 1,523 - - - - -
Receivables 6,154 6,806 6,453 5,442 5,464 5,369 4,890 4,567
Inventories 4,290 5,279 4,566 4,274 4,522 4,334 5,083 4,330
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Current assets 11,464 13,285 14,873 16,269 11,383 10,488 10,905 9,837
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Non-current financial assets 8,421 9,075 2,431 2,836 1,451 1,618 1,358 1,257
Net assets discontinued operations - - - - 1,482 1,198 1,013 901
Non-current receivables 3,582 2,713 2,326 1,920 1,858 1,662 1,413 1,397
Property, plant and equipment (book value) 7,718 9,041 7,332 6,574 6,935 6,719 6,094 5,599
Intangible assets (book value) 7,269 4,427 2,822 554 213 222 198 105
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Non-current assets 26,990 25,256 14,911 11,884 11,939 11,419 10,076 9,259
Total assets 38,454 38,541 29,784 28,153 23,322 21,907 20,981 19,096
Property, plant and equipment:
Capital expenditures for the year 2,143 3,170 1,662 1,634 1,627 2,185 2,127 1,535
Depreciation for the year 1,969 1,789 1,548 1,615 1,492 1,437 1,218 1,270
Capital expenditures: depreciation 1.1 1.8 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.5 1.7 1.2
Inventories as a % of sales 13.3 13.9 14.5 14.0 15.2 16.0 20.1 18.2
Outstanding trade receivables, in months' sales 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.5
Financial structure
Other current liabilities 8,193 8,818 8,262 6,779 6,328 5,768 5,643 5,373
Debt 7,866 4,027 3,314 3,587 4,030 5,855 4,756 3,875
Provisions 3,740 3,491 3,118 2,985 3,251 3,420 3,460 3,566
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total provisions and liabilities 19,799 16,336 14,694 13,351 13,609 15,043 13,859 12,814
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Issued, paid-up capital 263 263 339 1,672 1,655 1,600 1,566 1,536
Surplus and reserves 18,190 21,473 14,418 12,888 7,499 4,985 5,060 4,410
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Stockholders' equity 18,453 21,736 14,757 14,560 9,154 6,585 6,626 5,946
Minority interests 202 469 333 242 559 279 496 336
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Group equity 18,655 22,205 15,090 14,802 9,713 6,864 7,122 6,282
Total equity and liabilities 38,454 38,541 29,784 28,153 23,322 21,907 20,981 19,096
Net debt: group equity ratio 27:73 12:88 6:94 * 21:79 42:58 35:65 32:68
Stockholders' equity per common share 14.48 16.93 11.08 10.09 6.39 4.74 4.85 4.41
Market price per common share at year-end 33.38 39.02 33.75 14.30 13.80 7.94 6.58 5.83
*Not meaningful: net cash in 1998 exceeded the debt level
113
Some key financial information in NLG and USD
all amounts in millions of Dutch guilders and US dollars unless otherwise stated
Philips' consolidated financial data are presented in euros. For the convenience
of the reader, certain information is summarized below in Dutch guilders and in
US dollars. The 2001 euro amounts of the statement of income and cash flow items
have been converted at average rates, while the balance sheet amounts have been
converted at the official rates as of December 31, 2001. The conversion rates
used have been listed in the table below.
Statement of income
[Enlarge/Download Table]
NLG USD
-------------------- ---------------------
2001 2000 2001 2000
Sales 71,266 83,437 28,835 34,864
Income (loss) from operations (3,021) 9,434 (1,222) 3,942
Financial income and expenses (2,017) 4,381 (816) 1,831
------- ------- ------- -------
Income (loss) before taxes (5,038) 13,815 (2,038) 5,773
Income taxes 928 (1,256) 375 (525)
------- ------- ------- -------
Income (loss) after taxes (4,110) 12,559 (1,663) 5,248
Results relating to unconsolidated companies (1,661) 8,749 (672) 3,656
Minority interests 33 (148) 13 (62)
------- ------- ------- -------
Income (loss) from continuing operations (5,738) 21,160 (2,322) 8,842
Per common share (4.50) 16.11 (1.82) 6.73
Net income (loss) (5,738) 21,160 (2,322) 8,842
Per common share (4.50) 16.11 (1.82) 6.73
Balance sheet as of December 31
Cash and cash equivalents 1,961 2,400 786 1,014
Securities 286 245 115 103
Receivables 13,562 14,998 5,433 6,337
Inventories 9,454 11,633 3,788 4,915
Non-current assets 59,478 55,657 23,830 23,516
------- ------- ------- -------
Total assets 84,741 84,933 33,952 35,885
Other current liabilities 18,055 19,432 7,234 8,210
Debt 17,334 8,874 6,945 3,750
Provisions 8,242 7,693 3,302 3,250
------- ------- ------- -------
Total provisions and liabilities 43,631 35,999 17,481 15,210
------- ------- ------- -------
Stockholders' equity 40,665 47,900 16,293 20,238
Minority interests 445 1,034 178 437
------- ------- ------- -------
Group equity 41,110 48,934 16,471 20,675
------- ------- ------- -------
Total equity and liabilities 84,741 84,933 33,952 35,885
Stockholders' equity per common share 37.91 37.31 12.78 15.76
Cash flow statement
Net cash provided by operating activities 2,750 6,602 1,113 2,759
Net cash used for investing activities (10,058) (5,298) (4,070) (2,214)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities 6,962 (4,491) 2,517 (1,877)
Conversion rates in euros:
Average 0.45378 0.45378 1.1215 1.0860
Year-end 0.45378 0.45378 1.1326 1.0740
114
COPIES OF ANNUAL REPORT 2001
Non-US shareholders and other non-US interested parties can obtain copies of
the Annual Report 2001 free of charge from:
Royal Philips Electronics
Annual Report Office
P.O. Box 218
5600 MD Eindhoven, The Netherlands
Fax:31-40-2786436
Holders of shares of New York Registry and other interested parties in the USA
can obtain, free of charge, copies of the Annual Report 2001 from the Transfer
and Register Agent:
Citibank Shareholder Services
P.O. Box 2502
Jersey City, New Jersey 07303-2502
Telephone: 877-CITI-ADR (toll-free)
Fax: 201-324-3284
E-mail: citibank@em.fcnbd.com
Internet address: www.citibank.com/corpbank/adr
The Annual Report on Form 20-F is filed electronically with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Annual Report 2001 is also available in the original Dutch version, which is
the authentic text.
INFORMATION SOURCES
Investors and financial analysts may contact
Mr A.S. Cathcart, Director of Investor Relations
Telephone: 31-20-5977222
Fax: 31-20-5977220
E-mail: alan.cathcart@philips.com
US shareholders should direct communications concerning share transfers, lost
certificates, dividends and change of address to Citibank (see above).
Non-US shareholders should contact:
ABN AMRO
Afdeling Uitgevende Instellingen
Kemelstede 2
4817 ST Breda
The Netherlands
Telephone: 31-76-5799482
Fax: 31-76-5799620
Internet address:
www.investor.philips.com
Printed in the Netherlands
This Annual Report (Financial Statements and Analysis) is printed on Cameron Hi
White paper,which is 100% recycled and made from post-consumer waste without
chlorine bleaching.This paper,which has the environmental classification
55B/45C,has been awarded the NAPM and Eugropa Recycled Marks.
| EX-10.(B)1 | Last Page of 194 | TOC | 1st | Previous | Next | ↓Bottom | Just 194th |
|---|
(PHILIPS LOGO)
www.philips.com
www.investor.philips.com
9922 130 09105
Dates Referenced Herein and Documents Incorporated by Reference
↑Top
Filing Submission 0001156973-02-000178 – Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)
Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
About — Privacy — Redactions — Help —
Thu., Apr. 25, 8:58:21.2pm ET 
